SlideShare a Scribd company logo
CPA Chapter 5 #1
Last Name:
First Name:
1. The manager of a new research and development firm wants
to ensure that all business performed follows ethical practices.
Compose a brief company policy statement that explains the
concept of "ethical behavior" in a way that all employees
understand expectations. Be sure to make clear the relationship
between ethics, law, and free choice.
2. Briefly explain the justice approach to ethics and then
explain the three types of justice.
3. List the five approaches that are used to describe values for
guiding ethical decision making. Briefly describe each.
4. What is social responsibility? Why is it considered a difficult
concept to grasp?
5. List and define the criteria of corporate social responsibility.
6. Many companies routinely use Facebook and other social
media outlets as part of their management practice. In a climate
where so much information is so readily available to him, why
is it important for a manager to be ethical when using social
media for business purposes? Write a short essay that answers
the above question and argues whether or not social media can
be used ethically to monitor employee behavior and to gather
competitive intelligence.
Page 1 of 1
Management
RICHARD L. DAFT
Vanderb i l t Un i ve r s i t y
This page intentionally left blank
Australia • Brazil • Japan • Korea • Mexico • Singapore • Spain
• United Kingdom • United States
Management
RICHARD L. DAFT
Vanderb i l t Un i ve r s i t y
NINTH EDITION
© 2010, 2008 South-Western, Cengage Learning
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the
copyright hereon
may be reproduced or used in any form or by any means—
graphic, electronic,
or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, Web
distribution,
information storage and retrieval systems, or in any other
manner—except as
may be permitted by the license terms herein.
Library of Congress Control Number: 2008943508
Student Edition ISBN 13: 978-0-324-59584-0
Student Edition ISBN 10: 0-324-59584-0
South-Western Cengage Learning
5191 Natorp Boulevard
Mason, OH 45040
USA
Cengage Learning products are represented in Canada by Nelson
Education, Ltd.
For your course and learning solutions, visit www.cengage.com
Purchase any of our products at your local college store or at
our preferred
online store www.ichapters.com
Management, Ninth Edition
Richard L. Daft, with the assistance of
Patricia G. Lane
Vice President of Editorial, Business: Jack
W. Calhoun
Editor-in-Chief: Melissa S. Acuña
Executive Editor: Joe Sabatino
Managing Developmental Editor: Emma
Newsom
Developmental Editor: Erin Berger
Editorial Assistant: Ruth Belanger
Executive Marketing Manager: Kimberly
Kanakes
Marketing Manager: Clint Kernen
Sr. Marketing Coordinator: Sarah Rose
Sr. Marketing Communications Manager:
Jim Overly
Sr. Content Project Manager: Martha Conway
Media Editor: Rob Ellington
Sr. Frontlist Buyer, Manufacturing: Doug Wilke
Production Service: Macmillan Publishing
Solution
s
Sr. Art Director: Tippy McIntosh
Cover and Internal Designer: Joe Devine, Red
Hangar Design
Cover Image: BLOOMimage, Getty Images
Photography Manager: Don Schlotman
Photo Researcher: Chris Caperton, O’Donnell
and Associates; Susan Van Etten
Text Permissions Manager: Margaret
Chamberlain-Gaston
Text Permissions Researcher: James Reidel
Printed in Canada
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 13 12 11 10 09
For product information and technology assistance, contact us at
Cengage Learning Customer & Sales Support, 1-800-354-9706
For permission to use material from this text or product,
submit all requests online at www.cengage.com/permissions
Further permissions questions can be emailed to
[email protected]
www.cengage.com/permissions
www.cengage.com
www.ichapters.com
With deep appreciation to Dorothy,
the playwright and partner in my life,
and to my parents, who started my life
toward outcomes that I could not understand at the time.
This page intentionally left blank
vii
About the Author
Richard L. Daft, PhD, is the Brownlee O. Currey, Jr., Pro-
fessor of Management in the Owen Graduate School
of Management at Vanderbilt University. Professor
Daft specializes in the study of organization theory
and leadership. Dr. Daft is a Fellow of the Academy of
Management and has served on the editorial boards
of Academy of Management Journal, Administrative Sci-
ence Quarterly, and Journal of Management Education.
He was the associate editor-in-chief of Organization
Science and served for three years as associate editor
of Administrative Science Quarterly.
Professor Daft has authored or co-authored 12 books,
including Organization Theory and Design (South-Western,
2007), The Leadership Experience (South-Western, 2008),
and What to Study: Generating and Developing Research
Questions (Sage, 1982). He published Fusion Leadership:
Unlocking the Subtle Forces That Change People and Orga-
nizations (Berrett-Koehler, 2000, with Robert Lengel). He has
also authored dozens of
scholarly articles, papers, and chapters. His work has been
published in Administra-
tive Science Quarterly, Academy of Management Journal,
Academy of Management Review,
Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Management,
Accounting Organizations and
Society, Management Science, MIS Quarterly, California
Management Review, and Organi-
zational Behavior Teaching Review. Professor Daft is currently
working on a new book,
The Executive and the Elephant. He also is an active teacher
and consultant. He has
taught management, leadership, organizational change,
organizational theory, and
organizational behavior.
Professor Daft served as associate dean, produced for-profi t
theatrical produc-
tions, and helped manage a start-up enterprise. He has been
involved in management
development and consulting for many companies and
government organizations,
including the American Banking Association, Bridgestone, Bell
Canada, the National
Transportation Research Board, Nortel, TVA, Pratt & Whitney,
State Farm Insur-
ance, Tenneco, the United States Air Force, the United States
Army, J. C. Bradford &
Co., Central Parking System, Entergy Sales and Service,
Bristol-Myers Squibb, First
American National Bank, and the Vanderbilt University Medical
Center.
This page intentionally left blank
ix
Preface
Managing for Innovation in a Changing World
In recent years, organizations have been buffeted by massive
and far-reaching social,
technological, and economic changes. Any manager who still
believed in the myth of
stability was rocked out of complacency when, one after
another, large fi nancial insti-
tutions in the United States began to fail. Business schools, as
well as managers and
businesses, were scrambling to keep up with the fast-changing
story and evaluate its
impact. This edition of Management addresses themes and
issues that are directly rel-
evant to the current, fast-shifting business environment. I
revised Management with
a goal of helping current and future managers fi nd innovative
solutions to the prob-
lems that plague today’s organizations—whether they are
everyday challenges or
once-in-a-lifetime crises. The world in which most students will
work as managers is
undergoing a tremendous upheaval. Ethical turmoil, the need for
crisis management
skills, e-business, rapidly changing technologies, globalization,
outsourcing, global
virtual teams, knowledge management, global supply chains, the
Wall Street melt-
down, and other changes place demands on managers that go
beyond the techniques
and ideas traditionally taught in management courses. Managing
today requires the
full breadth of management skills and capabilities. This text
provides comprehensive
coverage of both traditional management skills and the new
competencies needed in
a turbulent environment characterized by economic turmoil,
political confusion, and
general uncertainty.
In the traditional world of work, management was to control and
limit people,
enforce rules and regulations, seek stability and effi ciency,
design a top-down hier-
archy, and achieve bottom-line results. To spur innovation and
achieve high per-
formance, however, managers need different skills to engage
workers’ hearts and
minds as well as take advantage of their physical labor. The
new workplace asks that
managers focus on leading change, harnessing people’s
creativity and enthusiasm,
fi nding shared visions and values, and sharing information and
power. Teamwork,
collaboration, participation, and learning are guiding principles
that help managers
and employees maneuver the diffi cult terrain of today’s
turbulent business environ-
ment. Managers focus on developing, not controlling, people to
adapt to new tech-
nologies and extraordinary environmental shifts, and thus
achieve high performance
and total corporate effectiveness.
My vision for the ninth edition of Management is to present the
newest manage-
ment ideas for turbulent times in a way that is interesting and
valuable to students
while retaining the best of traditional management thinking. To
achieve this vision, I
have included the most recent management concepts and
research and have shown
the contemporary application of management ideas in
organizations. I have added
a questionnaire at the beginning of each chapter that draws
students personally into
the topic and gives them some insight into their own
management skills. A chapter
feature for new managers, called the New Manager Self-Test,
gives students a sense of
what will be expected when they become managers. The
combination of established
scholarship, new ideas, and real-life applications gives students
a taste of the energy,
challenge, and adventure inherent in the dynamic fi eld of
management. The South-
Western/Cengage Learning staff and I have worked together to
provide a textbook
better than any other at capturing the excitement of
organizational management.
I revised Management to provide a book of utmost quality that
will create in stu-
dents both respect for the changing fi eld of management and
confi dence that they can
PREFACEx
understand and master it. The textual portion of this book has
been enhanced through
the engaging, easy-to-understand writing style and the many in-
text examples, boxed
items, and short exercises that make the concepts come alive for
students. The graphic
component has been enhanced with several new exhibits and a
new set of photo essays
that illustrate specifi c management concepts. The well-chosen
photographs provide
vivid illustrations and intimate glimpses of management scenes,
events, and people.
The photos are combined with brief essays that explain how a
specifi c management
concept looks and feels. Both the textual and graphic portions
of the textbook help
students grasp the often abstract and distant world of
management.
Focus on Innovation: New to the Ninth Edition
The ninth edition of Management is especially focused on the
future of management
education by identifying and describing emerging ideas and
examples of innovative
organizations and by providing enhanced learning opportunities
for students.
Learning Opportunities
The ninth edition has taken a leap forward in pedagogical
features to help students
understand their own management capabilities and learn what it
is like to manage in
an organization today. New to this edition is an opening
questionnaire that directly
relates to the topic of the chapter and enables students to see
how they respond to
situations and challenges typically faced by real-life managers.
New Manager Self-
Tests in each chapter provide further opportunity for students to
understand their
management abilities. These short feedback questionnaires give
students insight into
how they would function in the real world of management. End-
of-chapter questions
have been carefully revised to encourage critical thinking and
application of chap-
ter concepts. End-of-chapter cases and ethical dilemmas help
students sharpen their
diagnostic skills for management problem solving.
Chapter Content
Within each chapter, many topics have been added or expanded
to address the cur-
rent issues managers face. At the same time, chapter text has
been tightened and
sharpened to provide greater focus on the key topics that count
for management
today. This tightening has resulted in a shortening of the text
from 21 to 19 chapters.
The essential elements about operations and technology have
been combined into one
chapter. An appendix on entrepreneurship and small business
has been provided for
students who want more information on managing in small
businesses start-ups.
Chapter 1 includes a section on making the leap from being an
individual contribu-
tor in the organization to becoming a new manager and getting
work done primarily
through others. The chapter introduces the skills and
competencies needed to manage
organizations effectively, including issues such as managing
diversity, coping with glo-
balization, and managing crises. In addition, the chapter
discusses today’s emphasis
within organizations on innovation as a response to a rapidly
changing environment.
Chapter 2 continues its solid coverage of the historical
development of management
and organizations. It also examines new management thinking
for turbulent times.
The chapter includes a new section on systemic thinking and an
expanded discussion
of post-World War II management techniques. The fi nal part of
the chapter looks at
issues of managing the technology-driven workplace, including
supply chain man-
agement, customer relationship management, and outsourcing.
Chapter 3 contains an updated look at current issues related to
the environment and
corporate culture, including a new section on issues related to
the natural environ-
ment and managers’ response to environmental advocates. The
chapter also illus-
trates how managers shape a high–performance culture as an
innovative response to
a shifting environment.
PREFACE xi
Chapter 4 takes a look at the growing power of China and India
in today’s global
business environment and what this means for managers around
the world. The
chapter discusses the need for cultural intelligence, and a new
section looks at under-
standing communication differences as an important aspect of
learning to manage
internationally or work with people from different cultures. In
addition, the complex
issues surrounding globalization are discussed, including a
consideration of the cur-
rent globalization backlash. A new section on human resources
points out the need
for evaluating whether people are suitable for foreign
assignments.
Chapter 5 makes the business case for incorporating ethical
values in the organi-
zation. The chapter includes a new discussion of the bottom-of-
the-pyramid business
concept and how managers are successfully applying this new
thinking. The chapter
also has an expanded discussion of ethical challenges managers
face today, includ-
ing responses to recent fi nancial scandals. It considers global
ethical issues, as well,
including a discussion of corruption rankings of various
countries.
Chapter 6 provides a more focused discussion of the overall
planning process and
a new discussion of using strategy maps for aligning goals. This
chapter also takes
a close look at crisis planning and how to use scenarios. The
chapter’s fi nal section
on planning for high performance has been enhanced by a new
discussion of intelli-
gence teams and an expanded look at using performance
dashboards to help manag-
ers plan in a fast-changing environment.
Chapter 7 continues its focus on the basics of formulating and
implementing strategy.
It includes a new section on diversifi cation strategy, looking at
how managers use
unrelated diversifi cation, related diversifi cation, or vertical
integration as strategic
approaches in shifting environments. This chapter also looks at
new trends in strat-
egy, including the dynamic capabilities approach and
partnership strategies.
Chapter 8 gives an overview of managerial decision making
with an expanded dis-
cussion of how confl icting interests among managers can create
uncertainty regard-
ing decisions. A new section on why managers often make bad
decisions looks at the
biases that can cloud judgment. The chapter also includes a new
section on innova-
tive group decision making and the dangers of groupthink.
Chapter 9 discusses basic principles of organizing and describes
both traditional and
contemporary organizational structures in detail. The chapter
includes a discussion
of organic versus mechanistic structures and when each is more
effective. Chapter 9
also provides a description of the virtual network organization
form.
Chapter 10 includes a more focused discussion of the critical
role of managing change
and innovation today. The chapter includes a new discussion of
the ambidextrous
approach for both creating and using innovations and has
expanded material on
exploration and creativity, the importance of internal and
external cooperation, and
the growing trend toward open innovation.
Chapter 11 includes an expanded discussion of the strategic role
of HRM in building
human capital. The chapter has new sections on coaching and
mentoring and the trend
toward part-time and contingent employment. New ways of
doing background checks
on applicants, such as checking their pages on social networks,
are discussed, and the
chapter also looks at the changing social contract between
employers and employees.
Chapter 12 has been revised and updated to refl ect the most
recent thinking on organiza-
tional diversity issues. The chapter looks at how diversity is
changing the domestic and
global workforce and includes a new section on the traditional
versus inclusive models
for managing diversity. This chapter also contains new coverage
of the dividends of
diversity; an expanded discussion of prejudice, discrimination,
and stereotypes; and a
new look at the difference between stereotyping and valuing
cultural differences. The
chapter includes a new fi ve-step process for achieving cultural
competence.
Chapter 13 continues its solid coverage of the basics of
organizational behavior, includ-
ing personality, values and attitudes, perception, emotional
intelligence, learning and
PREFACExii
problem-solving styles, and stress management. Many exercises
and questionnaires
throughout this chapter enhance students’ understanding of
organizational behavior
topics and their own personalities and attitudes.
Chapter 14 has been enriched with a discussion of followership.
The chapter empha-
sizes that good leaders and good followers share common
characteristics. Good lead-
ership can make a difference, often through subtle, everyday
actions. The discussion
of power and infl uence has been expanded to include the
sources of power that are
available to followers as well as leaders. The discussions of
charismatic, transforma-
tional, and interactive leadership have all been revised and
refocused.
Chapter 15 covers the foundations of motivation and also
incorporates recent think-
ing about motivational tools for today, including an expanded
treatment of employee
engagement. The chapter looks at new motivational ideas such
as the importance of
helping employees achieve work-life balance, incorporating fun
and learning into
the workplace, giving people a chance to fully participate, and
helping people fi nd
meaning in their work.
Chapter 16 begins with a discussion of how managers facilitate
strategic conversa-
tions by using communication to direct everyone’s attention to
the vision, values,
and goals of the organization. The chapter explores the
foundations of good com-
munication and includes a new section on gender differences in
communication, an
enriched discussion of dialogue, and a refocused look at the
importance of effective
written communication in today’s technologically connected
workplace, including
the use of new forms of manager communication such as blogs.
Chapter 17 includes a new section on the dilemma of teams,
acknowledging that
teams are sometimes ineffective and looking at the reasons for
this, including such
problems as free riders, lack of trust among team members, and
so forth. The chapter
then looks at how to make teams effective, including a signifi
cantly revised discus-
sion of what makes an effective team leader. The chapter covers
the types of teams
and includes a new look at effectively using technology in
virtual teams. The chapter
also includes a section on managing confl ict, including the use
of negotiation.
Chapter 18 provides an overview of fi nancial and quality
control, including Six
Sigma, ISO certifi cation, and a new application of the balanced
scorecard, which
views employee learning and growth as the foundation of high
performance. The dis-
cussion of hierarchical versus decentralized control has been
updated and expanded.
The chapter also addresses current concerns about corporate
governance and fi nding
a proper balance of control and autonomy for employees.
Chapter 19 has been thoroughly revised to discuss recent trends
in operations man-
agement, information technology, and e-business. The chapter
begins by looking at
the organization as a value chain and includes an expanded
discussion of supply chain
management and new technologies such a radio frequency
identifi cation (RFID). The
discussion of information technology has been updated to
include the trend toward
user-generated content through wikis, blogs, and social
networking. The chapter
explores how these new technologies are being applied within
organizations along
with traditional information systems. The chapter also discusses
e-commerce strate-
gies, the use of business intelligence software, and knowledge
management.
In addition to the topics listed above, this text integrates
coverage of the Internet
and new technology into the various topics covered in each and
every chapter.
Organization
The chapter sequence in Management is organized around the
management functions
of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. These four
functions effectively
encompass both management research and characteristics of the
manager’s job.
Part One introduces the world of management, including the
nature of management,
issues related to today’s chaotic environment, the learning
organization, historical
perspectives on management, and the technology-driven
workplace.
PREFACE xiii
Part Two examines the environments of management and
organizations. This sec-
tion includes material on the business environment and
corporate culture, the global
environment, ethics and social responsibility, and the natural
environment.
Part Three presents three chapters on planning, including
organizational goal setting
and planning, strategy formulation and implementation, and the
decision-making
process.
Part Four focuses on organizing processes. These chapters
describe dimensions of
structural design, the design alternatives managers can use to
achieve strategic objec-
tives, structural designs for promoting innovation and change,
the design and use of
the human resource function, and the ways managing diverse
employees are signifi -
cant to the organizing function.
Part Five is devoted to leadership. The section begins with a
chapter on organiza-
tional behavior, providing grounding in understanding people in
organizations. This
foundation paves the way for subsequent discussion of
leadership, motivation of
employees, communication, and team management.
Part Six describes the controlling function of management,
including basic principles
of total quality management, the design of control systems,
information technology,
and techniques for control of operations management.
Innovative Features
A major goal of this book is to offer better ways of using the
textbook medium to convey
management knowledge to the reader. To this end, the book
includes several innova-
tive features that draw students in and help them contemplate,
absorb, and comprehend
management concepts. South-Western has brought together a
team of experts to create
and coordinate color photographs, video cases, beautiful
artwork, and supplemental
materials for the best management textbook and package on the
market.
Chapter Outline and Objectives. Each chapter begins with a
clear statement of its
learning objectives and an outline of its contents. These devices
provide an overview
of what is to come and can also be used by students to guide
their study and test their
understanding and retention of important points.
Opening Questionnaire. The text grabs student attention
immediately by giving the
student a chance to participate in the chapter content actively by
completing a short
questionnaire related to the topic.
Take a Moment. At strategic places through the chapter,
students are invited to Take
a Moment to apply a particular concept or think about how they
would apply it as a
practicing manager. This call to action further engages students
in the chapter con-
tent. Some of the Take a Moment features also refer students to
the associated New
Manager Self-Test, or direct students from the chapter content
to relevant end-of-
chapter materials, such as an experiential exercise or an ethical
dilemma.
New Manager Self-Test. A New Manager Self-Test in each
chapter of the text provides
opportunities for self-assessment as a way for students to
experience management
issues in a personal way. The change from individual performer
to new manager is
dramatic, and these self-tests provide insight into what to
expect and how students
might perform in the world of the new manager.
Concept Connection Photo Essays. A key feature of the book is
the use of photo-
graphs accompanied by detailed photo essay captions that
enhance learning. Each
caption highlights and illustrates one or more specifi c concepts
from the text to rein-
force student understanding of the concepts. Although the
photos are beautiful to
look at, they also convey the vividness, immediacy, and
concreteness of management
events in today’s business world.
Contemporary Examples. Every chapter of the text contains
several written examples
of management incidents. They are placed at strategic points in
the chapter and are
PREFACExiv
designed to illustrate the application of concepts to specifi c
companies. These in-text
examples—indicated by an icon in the margin—include well-
known U.S. and inter-
national companies such as Toyota, Facebook, UPS, LG
Electronics, Google, Unilever,
Siemens, and eBay, as well as less-well-known companies and
not-for-profi t organi-
zations such as Red 5 Studios, Strida, Genmab AS, ValueDance,
and the U.S. Federal
Bureau of Investigation (FBI). These examples put students in
touch with the real world
of organizations so that they can appreciate the value of
management concepts.
Manager’s Shoptalk Boxes. A Manager’s Shoptalk box in each
chapter addresses a
specifi c topic straight from the fi eld of management that is of
special interest to stu-
dents. These boxes may describe a contemporary topic or
problem that is relevant to
chapter content, or they may contain a diagnostic questionnaire
or a special example
of how managers handle a problem. The boxes heighten student
interest in the sub-
ject matter and provide an auxiliary view of management issues
not typically avail-
able in textbooks.
Video Cases. The six parts of the text conclude with video
cases, one per chapter, that
illustrate the concepts presented in that part. The 19 videos
enhance class discussion,
because students can see the direct application of the
management theories they have
learned. Companies discussed in the video package include
Recycline, Flight 001,
and Numi Organic Teas. Each video case explores the issues
covered in the video,
allowing students to synthesize the material they’ve just
viewed. The video cases
culminate with several questions that can be used to launch
classroom discussion or
as homework. Suggested answers are provided in the Media
Case Library.
Exhibits. Several exhibits have been added or revised in the
ninth edition to enhance
student understanding. Many aspects of management are
research based, and some
concepts tend to be abstract and theoretical. The many exhibits
throughout this book
enhance students’ awareness and understanding of these
concepts. These exhibits con-
solidate key points, indicate relationships among concepts, and
visually illustrate con-
cepts. They also make effective use of color to enhance their
imagery and appeal.
Glossaries. Learning the management vocabulary is essential to
understanding con-
temporary management. This process is facilitated in three
ways. First, key concepts
are boldfaced and completely defi ned where they fi rst appear
in the text. Second,
brief defi nitions are set out in the margin for easy review and
follow-up. Third, a
glossary summarizing all key terms and defi nitions appears at
the end of the book
for handy reference.
A Manager’s Essentials and Discussion Questions. Each chapter
closes with a sum-
mary of the essential points that students should retain. The
discussion questions are
a complementary learning tool that will enable students to check
their understand-
ing of key issues, to think beyond basic concepts, and to
determine areas that require
further study. The summary and discussion questions help
students discriminate
between main and supporting points and provide mechanisms
for self-teaching.
Management in Practice Exercises. End-of-chapter exercises
called “Management
in Practice: Experiential Exercise” and “Management in
Practice: Ethical Dilemma”
provide a self-test for students and an opportunity to experience
management issues
in a personal way. These exercises take the form of
questionnaires, scenarios, and
activities, and many also provide an opportunity for students to
work in teams. The
exercises are tied into the chapter through the Take a Moment
feature that refers stu-
dents to the end-of-chapter exercises at the appropriate point in
the chapter content.
Case for Critical Analysis. Also appearing at the end of each
chapter is a brief but
substantive case that provides an opportunity for student
analysis and class discus-
sion. Some of these cases are about companies whose names
students will recog-
nize; others are based on real management events but the
identities of companies and
managers have been disguised. These cases allow students to
sharpen their diagnos-
tic skills for management problem solving.
PREFACE xv
Continuing Case. Located at the end of each part, the
Continuing Case is a run-
ning discussion of management topics appropriate to that part as
experienced by
General Motors Company. Focusing on one company allows
students to follow the
managers’ and the organization’s long-term problems and
solutions in a sustained
manner.
Supplementary Materials
Instructor’s Manual. Designed to provide support for instructors
new to the course,
as well as innovative materials for experienced professors, the
Instructor’s Man-
ual includes Chapter Outlines, annotated learning objectives,
Lecture Notes, and
sample Lecture Outlines. Additionally, the Instructor’s Manual
includes answers
and teaching notes to end-of-chapter materials, including the
video cases and the
continuing case.
Instructor’s CD-ROM. Key instructor ancillaries (Instructor’s
Manual, Test Bank,
ExamView, and PowerPoint slides) are provided on CD-ROM,
giving instructors the
ultimate tool for customizing lectures and presentations.
Test Bank. Scrutinized for accuracy, the Test Bank includes
more than 2,000 true/
false, multiple-choice, short-answer, and essay questions. Page
references are indi-
cated for every question, as are designations of either factual or
application so that
instructors can provide a balanced set of questions for student
exams. Each question
is also tagged based on AACSB guidelines.
ExamView. Available on the Instructor’s Resource CD-ROM,
ExamView contains all
of the questions in the printed Test Bank. This program is an
easy-to-use test cre-
ation software compatible with Microsoft Windows. Instructors
can add or edit ques-
tions, instructions, and answers, and select questions (randomly
or numerically) by
previewing them on the screen. Instructors can also create and
administer quizzes
online, whether over the Internet, a local area network (LAN),
or a wide area network
(WAN).
PowerPoint Lecture Presentation. Available on the Instructor’s
Resource CD-ROM
and the Web site, the PowerPoint Lecture Presentation enables
instructors to custom-
ize their own multimedia classroom presentation. Containing an
average of 27 slides
per chapter, the package includes fi gures and tables from the
text, as well as outside
materials to supplement chapter concepts. Material is organized
by chapter and can
be modifi ed or expanded for individual classroom use.
PowerPoint slides are also
easily printed to create customized Transparency Masters.
Study Guide. Packed with real-world examples and additional
applications for help-
ing students master management concepts, this learning
supplement is an excellent
resource. For each chapter of the text, the Study Guide includes
a summary and com-
pletion exercise; a review with multiple-choice, true/false, and
short-answer ques-
tions; a mini case with multiple-choice questions; management
applications; and an
experiential exercise that can be assigned as homework or used
in class.
Video Package. The video package for Management, ninth
edition, contains two
options: On the Job videos created specifi cally for the ninth
edition of Daft’s Man-
agement and BizFlix videos. On the Job videos use real-world
companies to illustrate
management concepts as outlined in the text. Focusing on both
small and large busi-
ness, the videos give students an inside perspective on the
situations and issues that
corporations face. BizFlix are fi lm clips taken from popular
Hollywood movies such
as Failure to Launch, Rendition, and Friday Night Lights, and
integrated into the ninth
edition of Daft. Clips are supported by short cases and
discussion questions at the
end of each chapter.
Web Site (www.cengage.com/management/daft). Discover a rich
array of online
teaching and learning management resources that you won’t fi
nd anywhere else.
www.cengage.com/management/daft
PREFACExvi
Resources include interactive learning tools, links to critical
management Web sites,
and password-protected teaching resources available for
download.
Premium Student Web Site (www.cengage.com/login). Give
your students access to
additional study aides for your management course. With this
optional package, stu-
dents gain access to the Daft premium Web site. There your
students will fi nd inter-
active quizzes, fl ashcards, PowerPoint slides, learning games,
and more to reinforce
chapter concepts. Add the ninth edition of Management to your
bookshelf at www
.cengage.com/login and access the Daft Premium Web site to
learn more.
Acknowledgments
A gratifying experience for me was working with the team of
dedicated professionals
at South-Western who were committed to the vision of
producing the best manage-
ment text ever. I am grateful to Joe Sabatino, executive editor,
whose enthusiasm,
creative ideas, assistance, and vision kept this book’s spirit
alive. Emma Newsom,
managing developmental editor, provided superb project
coordination and offered
excellent ideas and suggestions to help the team meet a
demanding and sometimes
arduous schedule. Kimberly Kanakes, executive marketing
manager, and Clint
Kernen, marketing manager, provided keen market knowledge
and innovative ideas
for instructional support. Martha Conway, senior content project
manager, cheerfully
and expertly guided me through the production process. Tippy
McIntosh contributed
her graphic arts skills to create a visually dynamic design. Ruth
Belanger, editorial
assistant, and Sarah Rose, marketing coordinator, skillfully
pitched in to help keep
the project on track. Joe Devine deserves a special thank you
for his layout expertise
and commitment to producing an attractive, high-quality
textbook. Additionally, BJ
Parker, Copyshop, USA, contributed the Continuing Case.
Here at Vanderbilt I want to extend special appreciation to my
assistant, Barbara
Haselton. Barbara provided excellent support and assistance on
a variety of proj-
ects that gave me time to write. I also want to acknowledge an
intellectual debt to
my colleagues, Bruce Barry, Ray Friedman, Neta Moye, Rich
Oliver, David Owens,
Ranga Ramanujam, Bart Victor, and Tim Vogus. Thanks also to
Deans Jim Bradford
and Bill Christie who have supported my writing projects and
maintained a positive
scholarly atmosphere in the school. Another group of people
who made a major con-
tribution to this textbook are the management experts who
provided advice, reviews,
answers to questions, and suggestions for changes, insertions,
and clarifi cations. I
want to thank each of these colleagues for their valuable
feedback and suggestions
on the ninth edition:
David Alexander
Christian Brothers
University
Reginald L Audibert
California State
University—Long Beach
Burrell A. Brown
California University of
Pennsylvania
Paula Buchanan
Jacksonville State
University
Diane Caggiano
Fitchburg State College
Bruce Charnov
Hofstra University
Gloria Cockerell
Collin College
Jack Cox
Amberton University
Paul Ewell
Bridgewater College
Mary M. Fanning
College of Notre Dame of
Maryland
Merideth Ferguson
Baylor University
Karen Fritz
Bridgewater College
Yezdi H. Godiwalla
University of Wisconsin—
Whitewater
James Halloran
Wesleyan College
Stephen R. Hiatt
Catawba College
Betty Hoge
Bridgewater College
Jody Jones
Oklahoma Christian
University
www.cengage.com/login
www.cengage.com/login
www.cengage.com/login
PREFACE xvii
Jerry Kinard
Western Carolina
University
Sal Kukalis
California State
University—Long Beach
Joyce LeMay
Bethel University
Wade McCutcheon
East Texas Baptist College
Tom Miller
Concordia University
W J Mitchell
Bladen Community College
John Okpara
Bloomsburg University
Lori A. Peterson
Augsburg College
Michael Provitera
Barry University
Abe Qastin
Lakeland College
Holly Caldwell Ratwani
Bridgewater College
Terry L. Riddle
Central Virginia Commu-
nity College
Thomas Sy
California State
University—Long Beach
Kevin A. Van Dewark
Humphreys College
Noemy Watchel
Kean University
Peter Wachtel
Kean University
David C. Adams
Manhattanville College
Erin M. Alexander
University of Houston–
Clear Lake
Hal Babson
Columbus State Community
College
Reuel Barksdale
Columbus State Community
College
Gloria Bemben
Finger Lakes Community
College
Pat Bernson
County College of Morris
Art Bethke
Northeast Louisiana
University
Thomas Butte
Humboldt State University
Peter Bycio
Xavier University, Ohio
Diane Caggiano
Fitchburg State College
Douglas E. Cathon
St. Augustine’s College
Jim Ciminskie
Bay de Noc Community
College
Dan Connaughton
University of Florida
Bruce Conwers
Kaskaskia College
Byron L. David
The City College of New
York
Richard De Luca
William Paterson
University
Robert DeDominic
Montana Tech
Linn Van Dyne
Michigan State University
John C. Edwards
East Carolina University
Mary Ann Edwards
College of Mount St. Joseph
Janice M. Feldbauer
Austin Community College
Daryl Fortin
Upper Iowa University
Michael P. Gagnon
New Hampshire Community
Technical College
Richard H. Gayor
Antelope Valley College
Dan Geeding
Xavier University, Ohio
James Genseal
Joliet Junior College
Peter Gibson
Becker College
Carol R. Graham
Western Kentucky
University
Gary Greene
Manatee Community
College
Ken Harris
Indiana University
Southeast
Paul Hayes
Coastal Carolina Commu-
nity College
Dennis Heaton
Maharishi University of
Management, Iowa
Jeffrey D. Hines
Davenport College
Bob Hoerber
Westminster College
James N. Holly
University of Wisconsin–
Green Bay
Genelle Jacobson
Ridgewater College
C. Joy Jones
Ohio Valley College
Kathleen Jones
University of North Dakota
Sheryl Kae
Lynchburg College
Jordan J. Kaplan
Long Island University
I would also like to continue to acknowledge those reviewers
who have contrib-
uted comments, suggestions and feedback on previous editions:
PREFACExviii
J. Michael Keenan
Western Michigan
University
Gloria Komer
Stark State College
Paula C. Kougl
Western Oregon University
Cynthia Krom
Mount St. Mary College
Mukta Kulkarni
University of Texas–San
Antonio
William B. Lamb
Millsaps College
Robert E. Ledman
Morehouse College
George Lehma
Bluffton College
Cynthia Lengnick-Hall
University of Texas–San
Antonio
Janet C. Luke
Georgia Baptist College of
Nursing
Jenna Lundburg
Ithaca College
Walter J. MacMillan
Oral Roberts University
Myrna P. Mandell
California State University,
Northridge
Daniel B. Marin
Louisiana State University
Michael Market
Jacksonville State
University
James C. McElroy
Iowa State University
Dennis W. Meyers
Texas State Technical
College
Alan N. Miller
University of Nevada–Las
Vegas
Irene A. Miller
Southern Illinois University
James L. Moseley
Wayne State University
Micah Mukabi
Essex County College
David W. Murphy
Madisonville Community
College
Nora Nurre
Upper Iowa University
Tomas J. Ogazon
St. Thomas University
Allen Oghenejbo
Mills College
Linda Overstreet
Hillsborough Community
College
Ken Peterson
Metropolitan State
University
Clifton D. Petty
Drury College
James I. Phillips
Northeastern State
University
Linda Putchinski
University of Central
Florida
Kenneth Radig
Medaille College
Gerald D. Ramsey
Indiana University
Southeast
Barbara Redmond
Briar Cliff College
William Reisel
St. John’s University–New
York
Terry Riddle
Central Virginia Commu-
nity College
Walter F. Rohrs
Wagner College
Meir Russ
University of Wisconsin–
Green Bay
Marcy Satterwhite
Lake Land College
Don Schreiber
Baylor University
Kilmon Shin
Ferris State University
Daniel G. Spencer
University of Kansas
Gary Spokes
Pace University
M. Sprencz
David N. Meyers College
Shanths Srinivas
California State Polytechnic
University, Pomona
Jeffrey Stauffer
Ventura College
William A. Stower
Seton Hall University
Mary Studer
Southwestern Michigan
College
Bruce C. Walker
Northeast Louisiana
University
Mark Weber
University of Minnesota
Emilia S. Westney
Texas Tech University
Stan Williamson
Northeast Louisiana
University
Alla L. Wilson
University of Wisconsin–
Green Bay
Ignatius Yacomb
Loma Linda University
Imad Jim Zbib
Ramapo College of New
Jersey
Vic Zimmerman
Pima Community College
James Swenson
Moorhead State University,
Minnesota
Irwin Talbot
St. Peter’s College
PREFACE xix
Andrew Timothy
Lourdes College
Frank G. Titlow
St. Petersburg Junior
College
John Todd
University of Arkansas
Philip Varca
University of Wyoming
Dennis L. Varin
Southern Oregon
University
Gina Vega
Merrimack College
George S. Vozikis
University of Tulsa
Bruce C. Walker
Northeast Louisiana
University
Mark Weber
University of Minnesota
Emilia S. Westney
Texas Tech University
Stan Williamson
Northeast Louisiana
University
Alla L. Wilson
University of Wisconsin–
Green Bay
Ignatius Yacomb
Loma Linda University
Imad Jim Zbib
Ramapo College of New Jersey
Vic Zimmerman
Pima Community College
I’d like to pay special tribute to my long-time editorial
associate, Pat Lane. I can’t
imagine how I would ever complete such a comprehensive
revision on my own.
Pat provided truly outstanding help throughout every step of
writing the ninth
edition of Management. She skillfully drafted materials for a
wide range of chapter
topics, boxes, and cases; researched topics when new sources
were lacking; and
did an absolutely superb job with the copyedited manuscript and
page proofs. Her
commitment to this text enabled us to achieve our dream for its
excellence. I also
want to pay tribute to Mary Draper, who stepped in to help with
the research and
revision of this edition. Mary also did a superb job with the
copyedited manu-
script and page proofs. We could not have completed this
revision without Mary’s
excellent assistance.
Finally, I want to acknowledge the love and contributions of my
wife, Dorothy
Marcic. Dorothy has been very supportive during this revision
as we share our lives
together. I also want to acknowledge the love and support from
my fi ve daughters—
Danielle, Amy, Roxanne, Solange, and Elizabeth—who make
my life special during
our precious time together. Thanks also to B. J. and Kaitlyn and
Kaci and Matthew for
their warmth and smiles that brighten my life, especially during
our days together
skiing and on the beach.
Richard L. Daft
Nashville, Tennessee
December 2008
This page intentionally left blank
xxi
Part 1
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
1 Innovative Management for Turbulent Times 2
2 The Evolution of Management Thinking 32
Part 2
THE ENVIRONMENT OF MANAGEMENT
3 The Environment and Corporate Culture 62
4 Managing in a Global Environment 94
5 Managing Ethics and Social Responsibility 128
Part 3
PLANNING
6 Managerial Planning and Goal Setting 158
7 Strategy Formulation and Implementation 184
8 Managerial Decision Making 212
Part 4
ORGANIZING
9 Designing Adaptive Organizations 242
10 Managing Change and Innovation 276
11 Managing Human Resources 306
12 Managing Diversity 340
Part 5
LEADING
13 Dynamics of Behavior in Organizations 376
14 Leadership 408
15 Motivating Employees 440
16 Managing Communication 470
17 Leading Teams 502
Part 6
CONTROLLING
18 Managing Quality and Performance 536
19 Managing the Value Chain, Information Technology,
and E-Business 568
APPENDIX A: MANAGING SMALL BUSINESS START-UPS
601
Glossary 625
Indexes 639
Brief Contents
This page intentionally left blank
xxiii
Part 1
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
1 Innovative Management for Turbulent
Times 2
Are You Ready to Be a Manager? 3
Why Innovation Mat ters 4
The Defi nition of Management 4
The Four Management Functions 5
Planning 5 | Organizing 6 | Leading 6
Controlling 7
Organizational Performance 7
Management Skills 8
Conceptual Skills 8 | Human Skills 9 |
Technical Skills 9 | When Skills Fail 10
Management Types 10
Vertical Differences 11 | Horizontal
Differences 12
What Is It Like to Be a Manager? 13
Making the Leap: Becoming a New Manager 13
New Manager Self-Test: Manager Achievement 14
Manager’s Shoptalk: Do You Really Want To Be A
Manager? 16
Manager Activities 17 | Manager Roles 18
Managing in Small Businesses and Nonprofi t
Organizations 20
Management and the New Workplace 21
New Workplace Characteristics 21 | New
Management Competencies 23
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 23
Discussion Questions 24
Management in Practice: Experiential
Exercise 25
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 26
Case for Critical Analysis 26
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 27
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 28
Endnotes 29
2 The Evolution of Management Thinking 32
Are You a New-Style or an Old-Style Manager? 33
Management and Organization 34
Manager’s Shoptalk: Contemporary Management
Tools 35
Classical Perspective 36
Scientifi c Management 37 | Bureaucratic
Organizations 38 | Administrative Principles 40
Humanistic Perspective 41
Human Relations Movement 42 | Human
Resources Perspective 43
New Manager Self-Test: Evolution of Style 44
Behavioral Sciences Approach 45
Management Science Perspective 46
Recent Historical Trends 47
Systems Theory 47 | Contingency
View 48 | Total Quality Management 49
Innovative Management Thinking For Turbulent
Times 50
The Learning Organization 50
Managing the Technology-Driven Workplace 50
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 52
Discussion Questions 52
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 53
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 53
Case for Critical Analysis 54
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 55
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 56
Endnotes 57
Continuing Case 60
3 The Environment and Corporate
Culture 62
Are You Fit for Managerial Uncertainty? 63
The External Environment 64
General Environment 65
Manager’s Shoptalk: Creating Guanxi in China 67
Task Environment 69
The Organization–Environment Relationship 72
Environmental Uncertainty 72 | Adapting to the
Environment 73
Part 2
THE ENVIRONTMENT OF MANAGEMENT
Contents
xxiv
The Internal Environment: Corporate Culture 75
Symbols 77 | Stories 77 | Heroes 77
Slogans 78 | Ceremonies 78
Environment and Culture 78
Adaptive Cultures 79 | Types of Cultures 79
New Manager Self-Test: Culture Preference 82
Shaping Corporate Culture for Innovative Response 82
Managing the High-Performance
Culture 83 | Cultural Leadership 85
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 85
Discussion Questions 86
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 87
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 87
Case for Critical Analysis 88
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 89
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 90
Endnotes 91
4 Managing in a Global Environment 94
Are You Ready To Work Internationally? 95
A Borderless World 96
Getting Started Internationally 98
Exporting 98 | Outsourcing 99 | Licensing 99
Direct Investing 100 | China Inc. 101
The International Business Environment 102
The Economic Environment 103
Economic Development 103 | Resource and
Product Markets 103 | Exchange Rates 104
The Legal-Political Environment 104
The Sociocultural Environment 105
Social Values 105
Manager’s Shoptalk: How Well Do You Play The
Culture Game? 108
Communication Differences 109 | Other Cultural
Characteristics 110
International Trade Alliances 111
GAT T and the World Trade
Organization 112 | European
Union 112 | North American Free Trade
Agreement (NAF TA) 113
The Globalization Backlash 113
Multinational Corporations 114
Managing in a Global Environment 115
Developing Cultural Intelligence 115 | Managing
Cross-Culturally 116
New Manager Self-Test: Are You Culturally
Intelligent? 117
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 119
Discussion Questions 120
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 120
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 121
Case for Critical Analysis 122
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 123
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 124
Endnotes 124
5 Managing Ethics and Social
Responsibility 128
Will You Be a Courageous Manager? 129
What Is Managerial Ethics? 130
Ethical Dilemmas: What Would You Do? 131
Criteria for Ethical Decision Making 132
Utilitarian Approach 132
Individualism Approach 132 | Moral-Rights
Approach 133 | Justice Approach 133
Manager Ethical Choices 134
Manager’s Shoptalk: How to Challenge the Boss on
Ethical Issues 136
New Manager Self-Test: Self and Others 137
What Is Corporate Social Responsibility? 138
Organizational Stakeholders 138 | The Bottom of
the Pyramid 140
The Ethic of Sustainability 141
Evaluating Corporate Social Responsibilit y 142
Managing Company Ethics and Social
Responsibilit y 144
Code of Ethics 144 | Ethical
Structures 145 | Whistle-Blowing 146 | The
Business Case for Ethics and Social
Responsibility 147
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 148
Discussion Questions 148
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 149
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 150
Case for Critical Analysis 150
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 151
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 152
Endnotes 153
Continuing Case 156
6 Managerial Planning and Goal Setting 158
Does Goal Set ting Fit Your Management Style? 159
Overview of Goals and Plans 160
Levels of Goals and Plans 160 | Purposes of
Goals and Plans 160 | The Organizational
Planning Process 162
Goals in Organizations 162
New Manager Self-Test: Your Approach to
Studying 163
Organizational Mission 163
Goals and Plans 164 | Aligning Goals with
Strategy Maps 166
Part 3
PLANNING
CONTENTS
xxv
Operational Planning 167
Criteria for Effective Goals 168 | Management
by Objectives 168 | Single-Use and Standing
Plans 171
Manager’s Shoptalk: Regulating E-Mail in the
Workplace 171
Planning for a Turbulent Environment 172
Contingency Planning 172 | Building
Scenarios 173 | Crisis Planning 173
Planning for High Performance 175
Traditional Approaches to Planning 175 | High-
Performance Approaches to Planning 175
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 178
Discussion Questions 178
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 179
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 179
Case for Critical Analysis 180
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 181
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 182
Endnotes 182
7 Strategy Formulation and
Implementation 184
What Is Your Strategy Strength? 185
Thinking Strategically 186
New Manager Self-Test: Your Approach to Studying,
Part 2 187
What Is Strategic Management? 188
Purpose of Strategy 188 | Levels of Strategy 190
The Strategic Management Process 191
Strategy Formulation Versus
Execution 191 | SWOT Analysis 192
Formulating Corporate-Level Strategy 194
Portfolio Strategy 194 | The BCG
Matrix 194 | Diversifi cation Strategy 195
Formulating Business-Level Strategy 196
Porter’s Five Competitive
Forces 196 | Competitive Strategies 198
New Trends in Strategy 199
Innovation from Within 200 | Strategic
Partnerships 200
Global Strategy 200
Globalization 201 | Multidomestic
Strategy 202 | Transnational Strategy 202
Strategy Execution 203
Manager’s Shoptalk: Tips for Effective Strategy
Execution 204
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 205
Discussion Questions 206
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 206
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 207
Case for Critical Analysis 207
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 208
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 209
Endnotes 210
8 Managerial Decision Making 212
How Do You Make Decisions? 213
Types of Decisions and Problems 214
Programmed and Nonprogrammed
Decisions 214 | Facing Certainty and
Uncertainty 215
Decision-Making Models 217
The Ideal, Rational Model 217 | How Managers
Actually Make Decisions 218
New Manager Self-Test: Making Important
Decisions 220
Political Model 221
Decision-Making Steps 222
Recognition of Decision
Requirement 222 | Diagnosis and
Analysis of Causes 222 | Development of
Alternatives 223 | Selection of Desired
Alternative 224 | Implementation of Chosen
Alternative 224 | Evaluation and Feedback 225
Personal Decision Framework 226
Why Do Managers Make Bad Decisions? 227
Innovative Group Decision Making 228
Manager’s Shoptalk: Evidence-Based
Management 229
Start with Brainstorming 229
Engage in Rigorous Debate 230 | Avoid
Groupthink 230 | Know When to Bail 231
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 231
Discussion Questions 232
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 232
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 233
Case for Critical Analysis 234
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 235
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 236
Endnotes 237
Continuing Case 240
9 Designing Adaptive Organizations 242
What Are Your Leadership Beliefs? 243
Organizing the Vertical Structure 244
Work Specialization 244 | Chain of
Command 245 | Span of Management 247
Manager’s Shoptalk: How to Delegate 248
Centralization and Decentralization 250
Departmentalization 250
Vertical Functional Approach 252 | Divisional
Approach 252 | Matrix Approach 254 | Team
Part 4
ORGANIZING
CONTENTS
xxvi
Approach 255 | The Virtual Network
Approach 256 | Advantages and Disadvantages of
Each Structure 258
Organizing for Horizontal Coordination 260
The Need for Coordination 260 | Task Forces,
Teams, and Project Management 262
Reengineering 263
Struc ture Follows Strategy 264
New Manager Self-Test: Authority Role Models 266
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 268
Discussion Questions 268
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 269
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 270
Case for Critical Analysis 270
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 272
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 272
Endnotes 273
10 Managing Change and Innovation 276
Are You Innovative? 277
Innovation and the Changing Workplace 278
Changing Things: New Products and Technologies 279
Exploration 279 | Cooperation 281
Entrepreneurship 284
New Manager Self-Test: Taking Charge of
Change 286
Changing People and Culture 287
Training and Development 287 | Organization
Development 287
Implementing Change 291
Need for Change 291 | Resistance to
Change 291
Manager’s Shoptalk: Making Change Stick 292
Force-Field Analysis 293 | Implementation
Tactics 294
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 296
Discussion Questions 296
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 297
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 298
Case for Critical Analysis 299
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 300
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 301
Endnotes 301
11 Managing Human Resources 306
Getting the Right People on the Bus 307
The Strategic Role of HRM Is to Drive Organizational
Performance 308
The Strategic Approach 308 | Building
Human Capital to Drive Performance 309 |
Globalization 311
The Impac t of Federal Legislation on HRM 311
New Manager Self-Test: What Is Your HR Work
Orientation? 313
The Changing Nature of Careers 314
The Changing Social Contract 314 | Innovations
in HRM 315
Finding the Right People 316
Human Resource Planning 317 | Recruiting 318
Selecting 321
Manager’s Shoptalk: What Makes a Good Interview
Go Bad? 323
Managing Talent 324
Training and Development 324 | Performance
Appraisal 326
Maintaining an Effective Workforce 329
Compensation 329 | Benefi ts 330
Termination 330
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 331
Discussion Questions 332
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 332
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 333
Case for Critical Analysis 334
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 335
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 336
Endnotes 336
12 Managing Diversity 340
Do You Know Your Biases? 341
The Changing Workplace 342
Diversity in the United States 343 | Diversity on a
Global Scale 345
Manager’s Shoptalk: A Guide for Expatriate Managers
in America 346
Managing Diversity 346
What Is Diversity? 346 | Dividends of Workplace
Diversity 348
Factors Shaping Personal Bias 350
Prejudice, Discrimination, and
Stereotypes 350 | Ethnocentrism 352
Factors Affecting Women’s Careers 353
Glass Ceiling 353 | Opt-Out Trend 354
New Manager’s Self-Test: Are You Tuned Into Gender
Differences? 355
The Female Advantage 356
Cultural Competence 356
Diversity Initiatives and Programs 358
Changing Structures and Policies 358 | Expanding
Recruitment Efforts 358 | Establishing
Mentor Relationships 358 | Accommodating
Special Needs 360 | Providing Diversity Skills
Training 360 | Increasing Awareness of Sexual
Harassment 361
New Diversity Initiatives 362
Multicultural Teams 362 | Employee Network
Groups 362
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 363
Discussion Questions 364
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 365
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 366
Case for Critical Analysis 367
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 368
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 369
Endnotes 370
Continuing Case 374
CONTENTS
xxvii
13 Dynamics of Behavior in
Organizations 376
Are You Self-Confi dent? 377
Organizational Behavior 378
Attitudes 378
Components of Attitudes 379 | High-Performance
Work Attitudes 380 | Confl icts Among
Attitudes 382
Perception 382
Perceptual Selectivity 383 | Perceptual
Distortions 384 | Attributions 384
Personality and Behavior 385
Personality Traits 386 | Emotional
Intelligence 388 | Attitudes and Behaviors
Infl uenced by Personality 388
New Manager Self-Test: What’s Your EQ? 389
Manager’s Shoptalk: Bridging the Personality
Gap 390
Person–Job Fit 393
Learning 394
The Learning Process 394 | Learning Styles 395
Stress and Stress Management 396
Type A and Type B Behavior 397 | Causes of
Work Stress 397 | Innovative Responses to Stress
Management 398
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 399
Discussion Questions 400
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 400
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 403
Case for Critical Analysis 403
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 405
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 405
Endnotes 406
14 Leadership 408
What’s Your Personal Style? 409
The Nature of Leadership 410
Contemporary Leadership 410
Level 5 Leadership 411 | Interactive
Leadership 412
New Manager Self-Test: Interpersonal Patterns 413
From Management to Leadership 414
Leadership Traits 415
Behavioral Approaches 415
Ohio State Studies 416 | Michigan Studies 416
The Leadership Grid 417
Contingency Approaches 418
Hersey and Blanchard’s Situational
Theory 418 | Fiedler’s Contingency
Theory 419 | Matching Leader Style to the
Situation 420 | Substitutes for Leadership 421
Charismatic and Transformational Leadership 422
Charismatic and Visionary Leadership 422
Manager’s Shoptalk: Are You a Charismatic
Leader? 423
Transformational Versus Transactional Leadership 424
Followership 424
Power and Infl uence 426
Position Power 426 | Personal
Power 427 | Other Sources of
Power 427 | Interpersonal Infl uence Tactics 428
Leadership as Service 429
Servant Leadership 429 | Moral Leadership 430
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 431
Discussion Questions 432
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 432
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 433
Case for Critical Analysis 434
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 435
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 436
Endnotes 437
15 Motivating Employees 440
Are You Engaged or Disengaged? 441
The Concept of Motivation 442
Content Perspectives on Motivation 443
The Hierarchy of Needs 443 | ERG
Theory 445 | A Two-Factor Approach to
Motivation 446 | Acquired Needs 447
Process Perspectives on Motivation 448
Goal-Setting 448 | Equity
Theory 449 | Expectancy Theory 450
New Manager Self-Test: Your Approach
to Motivating Others 452
Reinforcement Perspective on Motivation 452
Job Design for Motivation 454
Job Simplifi cation 454 | Job Rotation 455
Manager’s Shoptalk: The Carrot-and-Stick
Controversy 455
Job Enlargement 456 | Job
Enrichment 456 | Job Characteristics Model 457
Innovative Ideas for Motivating 458
Empowering People to Meet Higher Needs 459
Giving Meaning to Work Through Engagement 460
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 462
Discussion Questions 463
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 463
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 464
Case for Critical Analysis 465
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 466
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 467
Endnotes 468
Part 5
LEADING
CONTENTS
xxviii
16 Managing Communication 470
Are You Building a Personal Network? 471
Communication Is the Manager’s Job 472
What Is Communication? 473 | The
Communication Process 474
Communicating Among People 475
Manager’s Shoptalk: Breaking Down Language
Barriers 475
Communication Channels 476 | Communicating
to Persuade and Infl uence Others 478 | Gender
Differences in Communication 479 | Nonverbal
Communication 480 | Listening 480
New Manager Self-Test: What Is Your Social
Disposition? 482
Organizational Communication 483
Formal Communication Channels 483 | Team
Communication Channels 486 | Personal
Communication Channels 487
Innovations in Organizational Communication 489
Dialogue 489 | Crisis
Communication 490 | Feedback and
Learning 491 | Climate of Trust and
Openness 492
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 492
Discussion Questions 493
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 494
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 495
Case for Critical Analysis 496
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 497
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 498
Endnotes 499
17 Leading Teams 502
How Do You Like to Work? 503
Why Teams at Work? 504
What Is a Team? 504 | The Dilemma of
Teams 505
How to Make Teams Effective 506
Model of Team Effectiveness 506 | Effective Team
Leadership 507
Types of Teams 507
Formal Teams 507 | Self-Directed Teams 508
Innovative Uses of Teams 509
Virtual Teams 509 | Global Teams 511
Team Characteristics 512
Size 512 | Diversity 512 | Member
Roles 513
Team Processes 513
Stages of Team Development 514 | Team
Cohesiveness 516 | Team Norms 517
Managing Team Confl ict 517
Balancing Confl ict and Cooperation 518 | Causes
of Confl ict 519 | Styles to Handle Confl ict 519
Negotiation 520
New Manager Self-Test: Managing Confl ict 522
Work Team Effectiveness 522
Productive Output 523 | Satisfaction of
Members 523 | Capacity to Adapt and
Learn 523
Manager’s Shoptalk: How to Run a Great
Meeting 524
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 525
Discussion Questions 525
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 526
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 526
Case for Critical Analysis 527
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 529
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 530
Endnotes 531
Continuing Case 534
18 Managing Quality and Performance 536
What Is Your Attitude Toward Organizational
Regulation and Control? 537
The Meaning of Control 538
Manager’s Shoptalk: Cyberslackers Beware: The Boss
Is Watching 539
Choosing Standards and Measures 539
The Balanced Scorecard 540
Feedback Control Model 541
Steps of Feedback Control 541 | Application to
Budgeting 544
Financial Control 546
Financial Statements 546 | Financial Analysis:
Interpreting the Numbers 547
The Changing Philosophy of Control 548
Hierarchical versus Decentralized
Approaches 548 | Open-Book
Management 550
New Manager Self-Test: What Is Your Control
Approach? 551
Total Quality Management 552
TQM Techniques 553 | TQM Success
Factors 556
Trends in Quality and Financial Control 557
International Quality Standards 557 | New
Financial Control Systems 557
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 559
Discussion Questions 560
Part 6
CONTROLLING
CONTENTS
xxix
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 561
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 561
Case for Critical Analysis 562
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 564
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 565
Endnotes 565
19 Managing the Value Chain, Information
Technology, and E-Business 568
Which Side of Your Brain Do You Use? 569
The Organization As a Value Chain 570
Manufacturing and Service
Operations 571 | Supply Chain
Management 572
Facilities Layout 573
Process Layout 573
New Manager Self-Test: Political Skills 574
Product Layout 574 | Cellular
Layout 576 | Fixed-Position Layout 576
Technology Automation 576
Radio-Frequency Identifi cation
(RFID) 577 | Flexible Manufacturing
Systems 577 | Lean Manufacturing 578
Inventory Management 578
The Importance of Inventory 579 | Just-in-Time
Inventory 579
Information Technology Has Transformed
Management 580
Boundaries Dissolve; Collaboration
Reigns 580 | Knowledge
Management 580 | Management Information
Systems 581 | Enterprise Resource Planning
Systems 582
Manager’s Shoptalk: Putting Performance Dashboards
to Work 583
A New Generation of Information Technology 585
The Internet and E-Business 586
E-Business Strategy: Market
Expansion 588 | E-Business Strategy: Increasing
Effi ciency 589
A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 589
Discussion Questions 590
Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 591
Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 591
Case for Critical Analysis 592
ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 593
BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 594
Endnotes 595
Continuing Case 598
Appendix A: Managing Small Business Start-Ups 601
Glossary 625
Name Index 639
Company Index 653
Subject Index 657
CONTENTS
This page intentionally left blank
Management
RICHARD L. DAFT
Vanderb i l t Un i ve r s i t y
chapter1pt1
©
G
E T
T
Y
IM
AG
ES
/D
IG
IT
A
L
VI
SI
O
N
L
ea
rn
in
g
O
ut
co
m
es
C
ha
pt
er
O
ut
lin
e After studying this chapter, you should be able to:
1. Describe the four management functions and the type of
management
activity associated with each.
2. Explain the difference between effi ciency and effectiveness
and their
importance for organizational performance.
3. Describe conceptual, human, and technical skills and their
relevance for
managers.
4. Describe management types and the horizontal and vertical
differences
between them.
5. Defi ne ten roles that managers perform in organizations.
6. Appreciate the manager’s role in small businesses and
nonprofi t
organizations.
7. Understand the personal challenges involved in becoming a
new
manager.
8. Discuss characteristics of the new workplace and the new
management
competencies needed to deal with today’s turbulent
environment.
Are You Ready to Be a Manager?
Why Innovation Matters
The Defi nition of Management
The Four Management Functions
Planning
Organizing
Leading
Controlling
Organizational Performance
Management Skills
Conceptual Skills
Human Skills
Technical Skills
When Skills Fail
Management Types
Vertical Differences
Horizontal Differences
What Is It Like to Be a Manager?
Making the Leap: Becoming a
New Manager
New Manager Self-Test: Manager
Achievement
Manager Activities
Manager Roles
Managing in Small Businesses and
Nonprofi t Organizations
Management and the New Workplace
New Workplace Characteristics
New Management Competencies
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT4
In the past, many managers did exercise tight control over
employees. But the fi eld
of management is undergoing a revolution that asks managers to
do more with less, to
engage whole employees, to see change rather than stability as
natural, and to inspire
vision and cultural values that allow people to create a truly
collaborative and produc-
tive workplace. In today’s work environment, managers rely
less on command and con-
trol and more on coordination and communication. This
approach differs signifi cantly
from a traditional mind-set that emphasizes tight top-down
control, employee separa-
tion and specialization, and management by impersonal
measurement and analysis.
This textbook introduces and explains the process of
management and the chang-
ing ways of thinking about the world that are critical for
managers. By reviewing
the actions of some successful and not-so-successful managers,
you will learn the
fundamentals of management. By the end of this chapter, you
will already recognize
some of the skills managers use to keep organizations on track,
and you will begin
to understand how managers can achieve astonishing results
through people. By the
end of this book, you will understand fundamental management
skills for planning,
organizing, leading, and controlling a department or entire
organization.
WHY INNOVATION MAT TERS
The theme of this text is innovation. To gain or keep a
competitive edge, managers
have renewed their emphasis on innovation, shifting away from
a relentless focus on
controlling costs toward investing in the future. In a survey of
nearly 1,000 executives
in North America, Europe, South America, and Asia, 86 percent
agreed that “innova-
tion is more important than cost reduction for long-term
success.”3
Why does innovation matter? Innovations in products, services,
management sys-
tems, production processes, corporate values, and other aspects
of the organization
are what keeps companies growing, changing, and thriving.
Without innovation, no
company can survive over the long run. The growing clout and
expertise of compa-
nies in developing countries, particularly China and India, have
many Western man-
agers worried. In a hypercompetitive global environment,
companies must innovate
more—and more quickly—than ever. Throughout this text, we
will spotlight various
companies that refl ect this new innovation imperative. In
addition, Chapter 10 dis-
cusses innovation and change in detail. First, let’s begin our
adventure into the world
of management by learning some basics about what it means to
be a manager.
THE DEFINITION OF MANAGEMENT
Every day, managers solve diffi cult problems, turn
organizations around, and
achieve astonishing performances. To be successful, every
organization needs good
managers.
What characteristic do all good managers have in common?
They get things done
through their organizations. Managers are the executive
function of the organization,
responsible for building and coordinating an entire system
rather than performing
specifi c tasks. That is, rather than doing all the work
themselves, good managers cre-
ate the systems and conditions that enable others to perform
those tasks. As a boy,
Wal-Mart founder Sam Walton made $4,000 a year at his paper
route. How? Walton
had a natural talent for management, and he created a system
whereby he hired
and coordinated others to help deliver papers rather than simply
delivering what he
could on his own.4
By creating the right systems and environment, managers ensure
that the depart-
ment or organization will survive and thrive beyond the tenure
of any specifi c super-
visor or manager. Consider that Jack Welch was CEO of
General Electric through 20
amazingly successful years, but the leadership transition to Jeff
Immelt in 2001 was
as smooth as silk, and GE has stayed at or near the top of lists
such as Fortune mag-
azine’s “Most Admired Companies,” the Financial Times “most
respected” survey,
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 5
Introduction
1
and Barron’s most admired companies. People who have
studied GE aren’t surprised. The company has thrived for
more than a century because managers created the right
environment and systems. In the late 1800s, CEO Charles
Coffi n emphasized that GE’s most important product
was not lightbulbs or transformers, but managerial talent.
Managers at GE spend a huge amount of time on human
resources issues—recruiting, training, appraising, men-
toring, and developing leadership talent for the future.5
Recognizing the role and importance of other people is
a key aspect of good management. Early twentieth-century
management scholar Mary Parker Follett defi ned manage-
ment as “the art of getting things done through people.”6
More recently, noted management theorist Peter Drucker
stated that the job of managers is to give direction to their
organizations, provide leadership, and decide how to use
organizational resources to accomplish goals.7 Getting
things done through people and other resources and pro-
viding leadership and direction are what managers do.
These activities apply not only to top executives such as Eric
Schmidt of Google or Indra Nooyi of PepsiCo, but also to
the manager of a restaurant in your home town, the leader
of an airport security team, a supervisor of an accounting
department, or a director of sales and marketing. Thus, our
defi nition of management is as follows:
Management is the attainment of organizational goals in an
effective and effi -
cient manner through planning, organizing, leading, and
controlling organizational
resources.
This defi nition holds two important ideas: (1) the four
functions of planning, orga-
nizing, leading, and controlling, and (2) the attainment of
organizational goals in an
effective and effi cient manner. Let’s fi rst take a look at the
four primary management
functions. Later in the chapter, we’ll discuss organizational
effectiveness and effi ciency,
as well as the multitude of skills managers use to successfully
perform their jobs.
As a new manager, remember that management means getting
things done through
other people. You can’t do it all yourself. As a manager, your
job is to create the
environment and conditions that engage other people in goal
accomplishment.
THE FOUR MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS
Exhibit 1.1 illustrates the process of how managers use
resources to attain organiza-
tional goals through the functions of planning, organizing,
leading, and controlling.
Although some management theorists identify additional
management functions,
such as staffi ng, communicating, or decision making, those
additional functions
will be discussed as subsets of the four primary functions in
Exhibit 1.1. Chapters
of this book are devoted to the multiple activities and skills
associated with each
function, as well as to the environment, global competitiveness,
and ethics, which
infl uence how managers perform these functions.
Planning
Planning means identifying goals for future organizational
performance and decid-
ing on the tasks and use of resources needed to attain them. In
other words, mana-
gerial planning defi nes where the organization wants to be in
the future and how
TakeaMoment
©
P
ET
ER
A
N
D
R
EW
B
O
SC
H
/T
H
E
M
IA
M
I H
ER
A
LD
A business may develop from a
founder’s talent, but good management and vision can take it to
the next level. Tattoo artists Ami James (left) and Chris Núñez
(right)
started the business Miami Ink, which is the namesake of the
TLC/
Discovery reality television program in its fourth season in
2008.
The partners pitched the concept for the show with a friend and
turned their business into the most well-known tattoo design
studio
in the United States. Planning for life after reality TV, James
and
Núñez are creating another Miami tattoo studio, Love Hate
Tattoo,
because TLC/Discovery will own the rights to the name Miami
Ink
when the series ends.
mmmmmmanagement The attainmentntntt t
ooooof organizational goals in an
eeeeefffe ective and effi cient manner
tttthhrough planning, organizing,
lllleeeading, and controlling
ooooorganizational resources.
ppppplanning The management
fffufuunction concerned with defi n--
iiinnng goals for future organiza-
tttiioiionalnal pe perforformarmancence an and dd deciecidd-
iiininnng on the tasks and resources
nnnnnneeded to attain them.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT6
to get there. An example of good planning comes from Time
Warner, Inc., where
the marketing chiefs of the various divisions—HBO, Time Inc.,
Turner Broadcasting,
Warner Bros., AOL, New Line Cinema, and Time Warner
Cable—get together every
three weeks to talk about future projects and how the divisions
can work together to
make them more successful. Thanks to careful planning, for
example, almost every
division is involved in promoting major fi lms such as The
Golden Compass, Hairspray,
and The Lord of the Rings trilogy.8
Organizing
Organizing typically follows planning and refl ects how the
organization tries to
accomplish the plan. Organizing involves assigning tasks,
grouping tasks into depart-
ments, delegating authority, and allocating resources across the
organization. In recent
years, companies as diverse as IBM, the Catholic Church,
Motorola, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have
undergone structural reorganizations to accommodate
their changing plans. At Avon Products, where sales have
stalled and overhead costs have run amok, CEO Andrea
Jung recently trimmed seven layers of management and
reorganized the company into a structure where more
decisions and functions are handled on a global basis to
achieve greater effi ciency of scale.9
Leading
Leading is the use of infl uence to motivate employees
to achieve organizational goals. Leading means creat-
ing a shared culture and values, communicating goals
to employees throughout the organization, and infusing
employees with the desire to perform at a high level.
Leading involves motivating entire departments and
divisions as well as those individuals working immedi-
ately with the manager. In an era of uncertainty, global
competition, and a growing diversity of the workforce,
the ability to shape culture, communicate goals, and
motivate employees is critical to business success.
E X H I B I T 1 .1 The Process of Management
©
EL
A
IN
E
TH
O
M
SO
N
/A
SS
O
C
IA
TE
D
P
R
ES
S
As Chairman and CEO of Google,
Eric Schmidt works with co-founders Sergey Brin and Larry
Page to
strike the right balance between innovation and discipline.
These
managers place a high priority on leading through shared values
and goals to keep Google’s employees motivated and energized.
Yet
from his experience of engineering a turnaround at struggling
Novell,
Schmidt knows the other management functions of planning,
organizing, and controlling are just as important for success. In
discussing his management role at Google, Schmidt says, “I
keep
things focused.”
oooooorganizing The managemennttt tt
fffufuunff ction concerned with assign--
iiinnng tasks, grouping tasks into
ddddddepdd artments, and allocating
rrrrereesr ources t to d departtme tnts.
llllleading TheThe ma managnagemeementnt
ffffuuunction that involves the
uuuuuuse of infl uence to motivate
eeeeemmployees to achieve the
oooorororgrgo anization’s goals.
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 7
Introduction
1
One doesn’t have to be a well-known top manager to be an
exceptional leader.
Many managers working quietly in both large and small
organizations around the
world also provide strong leadership within departments, teams,
nonprofi t organiza-
tions, and small businesses. For example, Cara Kakuda is an
area general manager
in Hawaii for Nextel Partners, the rural-market division of
Nextel Communications.
Kakuda earned the job because of her ability to motivate and
inspire employees. “Peo-
ple give her 150 percent,” said a Nextel executive.10
Controlling
Controlling is the fourth function in the management process.
Controlling means
monitoring employees’ activities, determining whether the
organization is on tar-
get toward its goals, and making corrections as necessary.
Managers must ensure
that the organization is moving toward its goals. Trends toward
empowerment
and trust of employees have led many companies to place less
emphasis on top-
down control and more emphasis on training employees to
monitor and correct
themselves.
Information technology is helping managers provide needed
organizational
control without strict top-down constraints. Companies such as
Cisco Systems and
Oracle use the Internet and other information technology to
coordinate and monitor
virtually every aspect of operations, which enables managers to
keep tabs on perfor-
mance without maintaining daily authoritarian control over
employees.11
ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE
The other part of our defi nition of management is the
attainment of organizational
goals in an effi cient and effective manner. Management is so
important because
organizations are so important. In an industrialized society
where complex tech-
nologies dominate, organizations bring together knowledge,
people, and raw mate-
rials to perform tasks no individual could do alone. Without
organizations, how
could technology be provided that enables us to share
information around the world
in an instant; electricity be produced from huge dams and
nuclear power plants;
and thousands of videogames, compact discs, and DVDs be
made available for our
entertainment? Organizations pervade our society, and managers
are responsible for
seeing that resources are used wisely to attain organizational
goals.
Our formal defi nition of an organization is a social entity that
is goal directed and
deliberately structured. Social entity means being made up of
two or more people. Goal
directed means designed to achieve some outcome, such as
make a profi t (Wal-Mart),
win pay increases for members (AFL-CIO), meet spiritual needs
(United Methodist
Church), or provide social satisfaction (college sorority).
Deliberately structured means
that tasks are divided and responsibility for their performance is
assigned to orga-
nization members. This defi nition applies to all organizations,
including both profi t
and nonprofi t. Small, offbeat, and nonprofi t organizations are
more numerous than
large, visible corporations—and just as important to society.
Based on our defi nition of management, the manager’s
responsibility is to coor-
dinate resources in an effective and effi cient manner to
accomplish the organization’s
goals. Organizational effectiveness is the degree to which the
organization achieves
a stated goal, or succeeds in accomplishing what it tries to do.
Organizational effec-
tiveness means providing a product or service that customers
value. Organizational
effi ciency refers to the amount of resources used to achieve an
organizational goal. It
is based on how much raw materials, money, and people are
necessary for producing
a given volume of output. Effi ciency can be calculated as the
amount of resources
used to produce a product or service. Effi ciency and
effectiveness can both be high in
the same organization. Managers at retailer Target, for instance,
continually look for
ways to increase effi ciency while also meeting the company’s
quality and customer
satisfaction goals.
ccccccontrolling The managementntt t
fffufuuunction concerned with moni--
tttooort ing employees’ activities, keep---
iiininnng the organization on track
ttttoowt ard its goals, and making
ccccoorrections as needed.
oooorganization A social entity
ttthhat is goal directed and delib-
eeeerrately structured.
eeeeeffectiveness The degree to
wwwwwhiw ch the organization achievesss
aaaa stated goal.
eeeeeffi ciency The use of minimall
rrrrreesources—raw materials, monn---
eeeeyeyy, andd peoplle—to prodduce a
ddddddesd ired volume of output.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT8
Expect more, pay less. An astonishing 97 percent of Americans
recognize Target’s red-and-
white bull’s-eye brand, and almost as many are familiar with the
slogan. “Sometimes we
focus a little bit more on the ‘pay less,’ sometimes on the
‘expect more,’ but the guardrails
are there,” says Gregg Steinhafel, who took over as CEO of the
trendy retailer in May 2008.
Target’s slogan not only offers a promise to customers, it also
refl ects the company’s
emphasis on both effectiveness and effi ciency. Target has an
elite, secret team, called the
“creative cabinet” that is made up of outsiders of various ages,
interests, and nationalities
who provide ideas and insights that keep the company on the
cutting edge of consumer
trends and give their input regarding managers’ strategic
initiatives. Innovation, design, and
quality are key goals, and managers focus on providing a fun
store experience and a unique,
exciting product line. At the same time, they keep a close eye
on costs and operating effi cien-
cies to keep prices low. “I talk a lot about gross margin rate and
the key drivers to improve
our metrics and performance,” Steinhafel says. In its
SuperTarget centers, the retailer is able
to consistently underprice supermarkets on groceries by about
10 percent to 15 percent and
comes very close to Wal-Mart’s rock-bottom prices.
As the economy slows, Target, like other retailers, has found
the need to adjust worker
hours and look for other effi ciencies, which has drawn
unfavorable attention from worker
advocacy groups. Managers have to walk a fi ne line to continue
to meet their goals for both
effi ciency and effectiveness.12
All managers have to pay attention to costs, but severe cost
cutting to improve
effi ciency can sometimes hurt organizational effectiveness. The
ultimate responsibil-
ity of managers is to achieve high performance, which is the
attainment of organiza-
tional goals by using resources in an effi cient and effective
manner.
MANAGEMENT SKILLS
A manager’s job is complex and multidimensional and, as we
shall see throughout
this book, requires a range of skills. Although some
management theorists propose a
long list of skills, the necessary skills for managing a
department or an organization
can be summarized in three categories: conceptual, human, and
technical.13 As illus-
trated in Exhibit 1.2, the application of these skills changes as
managers move up in
the organization. Although the degree of each skill necessary at
different levels of an
organization may vary, all managers must possess skills in each
of these important
areas to perform effectively.
Conceptual Skills
Conceptual skill is the cognitive ability to see the organization
as a whole system
and the relationships among its parts. Conceptual skill involves
the manager’s think-
ing, information processing, and planning abilities. It involves
knowing where one’s
department fi ts into the total organization and how the
organization fi ts into the
industry, the community, and the broader business and social
environment. It means
the ability to think strategically—to take the broad, long-term
view—and to identify,
evaluate, and solve complex problems.14
Target
In
no
va
tiv
e
W
ay
pppppperformance The organiza-
tttiion’s ability to attain its goals
bbbbbyy bb using resources in an ef-
fififififificfi fifi ient and effective manner.
cccconceptual skill The cogni-
tttiiive ability to see the orga-
nnnnnnization as a whole and the
rrrrerereelelr ationshipps among ig ts parp ts.
E X H I B I T 1 . 2 Relationship of Conceptual, Human, and
Technical Skills to Management
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 9
Introduction
1
Conceptual skills are needed by all managers but are especially
important for
managers at the top. Many of the responsibilities of top
managers, such as decision
making, resource allocation, and innovation, require a broad
view. Consider how
recent strategic changes at General Electric refl ect the
conceptual skills of CEO Jeff
Immelt. Immelt is remaking GE by thinking on a broad, long-
term scale about the
types of products and services people around the world are
going to need in the
future. He’s pushing for growth by investing heavily in basic
scientifi c and tech-
nological research, looking toward the needs of developing
countries, and making
structural and cultural changes that focus GE toward creating
innovative products
and services to meet shifting customer needs.15
Human Skills
Human skill is the manager’s ability to work with and through
other people and to
work effectively as a group member. Human skill is
demonstrated in the way a man-
ager relates to other people, including the ability to motivate,
facilitate, coordinate,
lead, communicate, and resolve confl icts. A manager with
human skills allows sub-
ordinates to express themselves without fear of ridicule,
encourages participation,
and shows appreciation for employees’ efforts. Heather Coin,
manager of the Sher-
man Oaks, California, branch of The Cheesecake Factory,
demonstrates exceptional
human skills. She considers motivating and praising her staff a
top priority. “I really
try to seek out moments because it’s so hard to,” she says. “You
could defi nitely
go for days without doing it. You have to consciously make that
decision [to show
appreciation].”16
Human skills are essential for managers who work with
employees directly
on a daily basis. Organizations frequently lose good people
because of front-line
bosses who fail to show respect and concern for employees.17
However, human
skills are becoming increasingly important for managers at all
levels. In the past,
many CEOs could get by without good people skills, but no
longer. Today’s
employees, boards, customers, and communities are demanding
that top execu-
tives demonstrate an ability to inspire respect, loyalty, and even
affection rather
than fear. “People are expecting more from the companies
they’re working for,
more from the companies they’re doing business with, and more
from the com-
panies they’re buying from,” says Raj Sisodia, a professor of
marketing at Bentley
College and co-author of a recent book called Firms of
Endearment.18
Technical Skills
Technical skill is the understanding of and profi ciency in the
performance of specifi c
tasks. Technical skill includes mastery of the methods,
techniques, and equipment
involved in specifi c functions such as engineering,
manufacturing, or fi nance. Tech-
nical skill also includes specialized knowledge, analytical
ability, and the competent
use of tools and techniques to solve problems in that specifi c
discipline. Technical
skills are particularly important at lower organizational levels.
Many managers get
promoted to their fi rst management jobs by having excellent
technical skills. How-
ever, technical skills become less important than human and
conceptual skills as
managers move up the hierarchy. For example, in his seven
years as a manufactur-
ing engineer at Boeing, Bruce Moravec developed superb
technical skills in his area
of operation. But when he was asked to lead the team designing
a new fuselage for
the Boeing 757, Moravec found that he needed to rely heavily
on human skills in
order to gain the respect and confi dence of people who worked
in areas he knew
little about.19
Complete the experiential exercise on page 25 that pertains to
management
skills. Refl ect on the strength of your preferences among the
three skills and the
implications for you as a manager.
TakeaMoment
hhhhhhhuman skill The ability to
wwwwwwwork with and through other
pppppeop ple and to work effectively
aaaass a group member.
tttttechnical skill TheThe un underder-
ssssttas nding of and profi ciency
iiinnnnn thethe pe perforformarmancence of of sp speciecificfi c
ttttataasastt ks.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT10
When Skills Fail
Everyone has fl aws and weaknesses, and these shortcomings
become most appar-
ent under conditions of rapid change and uncertainty.20
Therefore, during turbulent
times, managers really have to stay on their toes and apply all
their skills and com-
petencies in a way that benefi ts the organization and its
stakeholders—employees,
customers, investors, the community, and so forth. In recent
years, numerous highly
publicized examples showed us what happens when managers
fail to effectively and
ethically apply their skills to meet the demands of an uncertain,
rapidly changing
world. Companies such as Enron, Tyco, and WorldCom were fl
ying high in the 1990s
but came crashing down under the weight of fi nancial scandals.
Others, such as Rub-
bermaid and Kmart, are struggling because of years of
management missteps.
Although corporate greed and deceit grab the headlines, many
more companies
falter or fail less spectacularly. Managers fail to listen to
customers, misinterpret sig-
nals from the marketplace, or can’t build a cohesive team and
execute a strategic plan.
Over the past several years, many CEOs, including Bob Nardelli
at Home Depot,
Carly Fiorina at Hewlett-Packard, and Michael Eisner at Disney
have been ousted
due to their failure to implement their strategic plans or keep
stakeholders happy.
Recent examinations of struggling organizations and executives
offer a glimpse
into the mistakes managers often make in a turbulent
environment.21 One of the big-
gest blunders is managers’ failure to comprehend and adapt to
the rapid pace of
change in the world around them. A related problem is top
managers who create
a climate of fear in the organization so that people are afraid to
tell the truth and
strive primarily to avoid the boss’s wrath. Thus, bad news gets
hidden and impor-
tant signals from the marketplace are missed. People stop
thinking creatively, avoid
responsibility, and may even slide into unethical behavior if it
keeps them on the
boss’s good side.22
Other critical management missteps include poor
communication skills and fail-
ure to listen; poor interpersonal skills; treating employees as
instruments to be used;
a failure to clarify direction and performance expectations;
suppressing dissenting
viewpoints; and the inability to build a management team
characterized by mutual
trust and respect.23 Bob Nardelli was forced out at Home Depot
largely because he
was unable to build trust and cohesiveness among his board and
management team,
and his brusque and unfeeling style alienated executives and
rank and fi le workers
alike. Using expletives for emphasis at one meeting soon after
his arrival as CEO,
Nardelli reportedly said, “You guys don’t know how to run a . .
. business.” At the
annual meeting where shareholder advocates were protesting
Nardelli’s extravagant
pay package, the CEO limited shareholder questions to one
minute, sealing his image
as a callous executive unwilling to listen and compromise. He
tried to redeem himself
by going on a “listening tour,” but the damage had been done.24
Contrast Nardelli’s
approach with that of Jim McNerney, who spent his fi rst six
months as CEO of Boeing
talking with employees around the company to understand
Boeing’s strengths and
challenges and emphasizing the need for cooperation and
teamwork.25
MANAGEMENT TYPES
Managers use conceptual, human, and technical skills to
perform the four manage-
ment functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling
in all organiza-
tions—large and small, manufacturing and service, profi t and
nonprofi t, traditional
and Internet-based. But not all managers’ jobs are the same.
Managers are responsi-
ble for different departments, work at different levels in the
hierarchy, and meet dif-
ferent requirements for achieving high performance. Twenty-fi
ve-year-old Daniel
Wheeler is a fi rst-line supervisor in his fi rst management job
at Del Monte Foods,
where he is directly involved in promoting products, approving
packaging sleeves,
and organizing people to host sampling events.26 Kevin Kurtz
is a middle manager
at Lucasfi lm, where he works with employees to develop
marketing campaigns
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 11
Introduction
1
for some of the entertainment company’s hottest fi lms.27 And
Domenic Antonellis
is CEO of the New England Confectionary Co. (Necco), the
company that makes
those tiny pastel candy hearts stamped with phrases such as “Be
Mine” and “Kiss
Me.”28 All three are managers and must contribute to planning,
organizing, leading,
and controlling their organizations—but in different amounts
and ways.
Vertical Differences
An important determinant of the manager’s job is hierarchical
level. Exhibit 1.3 illus-
trates the three levels in the hierarchy. A recent study of more
than 1,400 managers
examined how the manager’s job differs across these three
hierarchical levels and
found that the primary focus changes at different levels.29 For
fi rst-level managers,
the main concern is facilitating individual employee
performance. Middle manag-
ers, though, are concerned less with individual performance and
more with linking
groups of people, such as allocating resources, coordinating
teams, or putting top
management plans into action across the organization. For top-
level managers, the
primary focus is monitoring the external environment and
determining the best strat-
egy to be competitive.
Let’s look in more detail at differences across hierarchical
levels. Top managers are
at the top of the hierarchy and are responsible for the entire
organization. They have
such titles as president, chairperson, executive director, chief
executive offi cer (CEO),
and executive vice president. Top managers are responsible for
setting organizational
goals, defi ning strategies for achieving them, monitoring and
interpreting the external
environment, and making decisions that affect the entire
organization. They look to the
long-term future and concern themselves with general
environmental trends and the
organization’s overall success. Top managers are also
responsible for communicating a
shared vision for the organization, shaping corporate culture,
and nurturing an entrepre-
neurial spirit that can help the company innovate and keep pace
with rapid change.30
tttttotop manager A manager whoo o
iiisssss s atat thethe to top op of tf thehe
orgorganianizatzationionaall aal
hhhhhhiehhieh rarrarchychy an and id is rs respesponsonsiblible
fe forrorr
tttthhhhethththehet en entirtire oe orgargag niznizatiationon.
Text not available due to copyright restrictions
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT12
Middle managers work at middle levels of the orga-
nization and are responsible for business units and major
departments. Examples of middle managers are depart-
ment head, division head, manager of quality control,
and director of the research lab. Middle managers typi-
cally have two or more management levels beneath them.
They are responsible for implementing the overall strate-
gies and policies defi ned by top managers. Middle man-
agers generally are concerned with the near future rather
than with long-range planning.
The middle manager’s job has changed dramati-
cally over the past two decades. Many organizations
improved effi ciency by laying off middle managers and
slashing middle management levels. Traditional pyrami-
dal organization charts were fl attened to allow informa-
tion to fl ow quickly from top to bottom and decisions to
be made with greater speed. Exhibit 1.3 illustrates the
shrinking middle management.
Yet even as middle management levels have been
reduced, the middle manager’s job has taken on a new vital-
ity. Rather than managing the fl ow of information up and
down the hierarchy, middle managers create horizontal net-
works that can help the organization act quickly. Research
shows that middle managers
play a crucial role in driving innovation and enabling
organizations to respond to rapid
shifts in the environment.31 As Ralph Stayer, CEO of
Johnsonville Sausage said, “Leaders
can design wonderful strategies, but the success of the
organization resides in the execu-
tion of those strategies. The people in the middle are the ones
who make it work.”32
Middle managers’ status has also escalated because of the
growing use
of teams and projects. Strong project managers are in hot
demand. A project
manager is responsible for a temporary work project that
involves the participa-
tion of people from various functions and levels of the
organization, and perhaps
from outside the company as well. Many of today’s middle
managers work with a
variety of projects and teams at the same time, some of which
cross geographical
and cultural as well as functional boundaries.
First-line managers are directly responsible for the production
of goods and
services. They are the fi rst or second level of management and
have such titles as
supervisor, line manager, section chief, and offi ce manager.
They are responsible for
groups of nonmanagement employees. Their primary concern is
the application of
rules and procedures to achieve effi cient production, provide
technical assistance,
and motivate subordinates. The time horizon at this level is
short, with the empha-
sis on accomplishing day-to-day goals. For example, Alistair
Boot manages the
menswear department for a John Lewis department store in
Cheadle, England.33
Boot’s duties include monitoring and supervising shop fl oor
employees to make
sure sales procedures, safety rules, and customer service
policies are followed. This
type of managerial job might also involve motivating and
guiding young, often
inexperienced workers, providing assistance as needed, and
ensuring adherence to
company policies.
Horizontal Differences
The other major difference in management jobs occurs
horizontally across the orga-
nization. Functional managers are responsible for departments
that perform a sin-
gle functional task and have employees with similar training
and skills. Functional
departments include advertising, sales, fi nance, human
resources, manufacturing,
and accounting. Line managers are responsible for the
manufacturing and marketing
departments that make or sell the product or service. Staff
managers are in charge of
departments such as fi nance and human resources that support
line departments.
mmmmmmiddle manager A managerrr
wwwwwwwho works at the middle levelsss
ooooof the organization and is re-
ssssspponsible for major departmentss...
ppppproject manager A managerr
rrrreesponsible for a temporary
wwwwwork project that involves the
pppparparticticipaipatiotion on of of othether pr peopeoplele
fffrffrrofr m various functions and
lllleeevels of the organization.
fififififi rst-line manager A mA mana-
ggggggerg who is at the fi rst or second
mmmmmmanmmanageagemenment lt leveevel al andnd isis
dirdirectectlylyyyy lyly
rrrrreesr ponsible for the production
oooofof goodds dand se irvices.
fffffunctional manager A manaa----
gggggger who is responsible for a
ddddddepartment that performs a
sssssiingle functional task and has
eeeeemmployees with similar trainingggg
aaaaannd skills.
Supported in part by USAID and
published by The Killid Group, a media company headquartered
in
Kabul, Mursal is the fi rst nationally distributed women’s
magazine
in Afghanistan’s history. Aimed at average women, most of
whom
are illiterate due to the lack of educational opportunities, the
publication makes liberal use of photographs to cover a wide
range
of women’s issues. It is the job of middle managers, such as the
Mursal editors shown here talking with board member Palwasha
Hassan, to help realize an organization’s strategic goals, which
are
typically defi ned by top management.
©
S
U
ZA
N
N
E
PL
U
N
KE
TT
/A
SS
O
C
IA
TE
D
P
R
ES
S
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 13
Introduction
1
General managers are responsible for several depart-
ments that perform different functions. A general manager
is responsible for a self-contained division, such as a Macy’s
department store or a General Motors assembly plant, and
for all the functional departments within it. Project manag-
ers also have general management responsibility because
they coordinate people across several departments to
accomplish a specifi c project.
WHAT IS IT LIKE TO BE A
MANAGER?
Unless someone has actually performed managerial work,
it is hard to understand exactly what managers do on an
hour-by-hour, day-to-day basis. The manager’s job is so
diverse that a number of studies have been undertaken in
an attempt to describe exactly what happens. The ques-
tion of what managers actually do to plan, organize, lead,
and control was answered by Henry Mintzberg, who
followed managers around and recorded all their activi-
ties.34 He developed a description of managerial work that
included three general characteristics and ten roles. These
characteristics and roles, discussed in the following sec-
tions, have been supported in subsequent research.35
More recent research has looked at what managers like to do.
The research found
that both male and female managers across fi ve different
countries reported that
they most enjoy activities such as leading others, networking,
and leading inno-
vation. Activities managers like least include controlling
subordinates, handling
paperwork, and managing time pressures.36 Many new
managers in particular
fi nd the intense time pressures of management, the load of
administrative paper-
work, and the challenge of directing others to be quite stressful
as they adjust to
their new roles and responsibilities. Indeed, the initial leap into
management can
be one of the scariest moments in a person’s career.
How will you make the transition to a new manager’s position?
Complete the
New Manager Self-Test on page 14 to see how prepared you are
to step into a
management role.
Making the Leap: Becoming a New Manager
Many people who are promoted into a manager position have
little idea what the job
actually entails and receive little training about how to handle
their new role. It’s no
wonder that, among managers, fi rst-line supervisors tend to
experience the most job
burnout and attrition.37
Organizations often promote the star performers—those who
demonstrate indi-
vidual expertise in their area of responsibility and have an
ability to work well with
others—both to reward the individual and to build new talent
into the managerial
ranks. But making the shift from individual contributor to
manager is often tricky.
Dianne Baker, an expert nurse who was promoted to supervisor
of an out-patient
cardiac rehabilitation center, quickly found herself
overwhelmed by the challenge of
supervising former peers, keeping up with paperwork, and
understanding fi nancial
and operational issues.38 Baker’s experience is duplicated
every day as new man-
agers struggle with the transition to their new jobs. Harvard
professor Linda Hill
TakeaMoment
©
N
EW
SC
O
M
The father-son team of Don (left)
and Donnie (right) Nelson have both held the position of
general
manager for the NBA Mavericks. In 1997, when Don Nelson
took
over as general manager and head coach of the Mavericks, the
bas-
ketball team was in a freefall. Donnie joined his father the next
year
as assistant coach to help build the team. They were rewarded
for
their efforts in 2003 when the team broke through with a
dynamic
defense. Donnie moved into the general manager position in
2005
when his father stepped down and enjoyed overseeing the
Mavericks
play in the NBA fi nals in 2007 and 2008.
ggggggeneral manager A managererrrr
wwwwwwwho is responsible for several
ddddddepartments that perform
dddddifferent functions.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT14
followed a group of 19 managers over the fi rst year of their
managerial careers and
found that one key to success is to recognize that becoming a
manager involves
more than learning a new set of skills. Rather, becoming a
manager means a pro-
found transformation in the way people think of themselves,
called personal identity,
that includes letting go of deeply held attitudes and habits and
learning new ways
of thinking.39 Exhibit 1.4 outlines the transformation from
individual performer to
manager.
Recall our earlier discussion of the role of manager as the
executive function of the
organization, the person who builds systems rather than doing
specifi c tasks. The indi-
vidual performer is a specialist and a “doer.” His or her mind is
conditioned to think in
terms of performing specifi c tasks and activities as expertly as
possible. The manager,
on the other hand, has to be a generalist and learn to coordinate
a broad range of activi-
ties. Whereas the individual performer strongly identifi es with
his or her specifi c tasks,
the manager has to identify with the broader organization and
industry.
In addition, the individual performer gets things done mostly
through his or her
own efforts, and develops the habit of relying on self rather
than others. The man-
ager, though, gets things done through other people. Indeed, one
of the most common
mistakes new managers make is wanting to do all the work
themselves rather than
Manager Achievement
Rate each item below based on your orientation
toward personal achievement. Read each item and
check either Mostly True or Mostly False as you
feel right now.
Mostly
True
Mostly
False
1. I enjoy the feeling I get
from mastering a new skill.
2. Working alone is typically
better than working in a
group.
3. I like the feeling I get from
winning.
4. I like to develop my skills
to a high level.
5. I rarely depend on anyone
else to get things done.
6. I am frequently the most
valuable contributor to a
team.
7. I like competitive
situations.
8. To get ahead, it is impor-
tant to be viewed as a
winner.
SCORING AND INTERPRETATION: Give yourself
one point for each Mostly True answer. In this
case, a low score is better. A high score means a
focus on personal achievement separate from
others, which is ideal for a specialist or individual
contributor. However, a manager is a generalist
who gets things done through others. A desire to
be a winner may put you in competition with your
people rather than a focus on developing their
skills. As a manager, you will not succeed as a lone
achiever who does not facilitate and coordinate
others. If you checked three or fewer as Mostly
True, your basic orientation is good. If you scored
six or higher, your focus is on being an individual
winner. You will want to shift your perspective to
become an excellent manager.
N
ew
M
an
ag
er
Se
lf-
T
es
t
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 15
Introduction
1
delegating to others and developing others’ abilities.40 Lisa
Drakeman made this mis-
take when she moved from teaching religion to being CEO of a
biotechnology startup.
Lisa Drakeman was teaching religion at Princeton when her
husband asked her to help
out at Medarex, a new biotechnology company he founded to
develop antibody-based
medicines for cancer, infl ammation, and infectious disease.
Drakeman began performing
various tasks part-time, but soon found herself heading up a
spinoff company, Genmab
AS of Denmark.
One of the toughest things Drakeman had to learn was to stop
doing everything herself.
In the beginning, she attended every meeting, interviewed every
job candidate, and read every
draft of clinical trial designs. She soon realized that she
couldn’t master every detail and that
trying to do so would stall the company’s growth. Although it
was hard to step back, Drake-
man eventually made the transition from doing individual tasks
to performing the executive
function. She established clear procedures and began delegating
the details of products and
clinical trials to others. Rather than interviewing job candidates
herself, she set up human
resources systems to enable others to interview, hire, and train
employees. By developing
from individual performer to manager, Drakeman helped
Genmab grow from 25 employees
to around 200 within a few years.41
Another problem for many new managers is that they expect to
have greater free-
dom to do what they think is best for the organization. In
reality, though, manag-
ers fi nd themselves hemmed in by interdependencies. Being a
successful manager
means thinking in terms of building teams and networks,
becoming a motivator
and organizer within a highly interdependent system of people
and work. Although
the distinctions may sound simple in the abstract, they are
anything but. In essence,
becoming a manager means becoming a new person and viewing
oneself in a com-
pletely new way.
Can you make a personal transformation from individual
performer to manager,
accomplishing work by engaging and coordinating other people?
Look back at
your results on the questionnaire at the beginning of this
chapter to see how your
priorities align with the demands placed on a manager.
Lisa Drakeman,
Genmab AS
Innovative W
ay
TakeaMoment
• Specialist, performs
specific tasks
• Gets things done
through own efforts
• An individual actor
• Works relatively
independently
• Generalist, coordinates
diverse tasks
• Gets things done
through others
• A network builder
• Works in highly
interdependent manner
From Individual
Identity
To Manager
Identity
E X H I B I T 1 . 4
Making the Leap from
Individual Performer to
Manager
SOURCE: Based on Exhibit 1.1, “Transformation of Identity,”
in Linda A. Hill, Becoming a Manager :
Mastery of a New Identity, 2nd ed. (Boston, MA: Harvard
Business School Press, 2003): 6.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT16
Many new managers have to make the transformation in a “trial
by fi re,” learning
on the job as they go, but organizations are beginning to be
more responsive to the
need for new manager training. The cost to organizations of
losing good employees
who can’t make the transition is greater than the cost of
providing training to help
new managers cope, learn, and grow. In addition, some of
today’s organizations are
using great care in selecting people for managerial positions,
including ensuring that
each candidate understands what management involves and
really wants to be a
manager. A career as a manager can be highly rewarding, but it
can also be stressful
and frustrating. The Manager’s Shoptalk further examines some
of the challenges
new managers face. After reading the Shoptalk, can you answer
“Yes” to the question
“Do I really want to be a manager?”
Is management for you? Becoming a manager
is considered by most people to be a positive,
forward-looking career move and, indeed, life as a
manager offers appealing aspects. However, it also
holds many challenges, and not every person will be
happy and fulfi lled in a management position. Here
are some of the issues would-be managers should
consider before deciding they want to pursue a man-
agement career:
1. Th e increased workload. It isn’t unusual for
managers to work 70 to 80 hours per week, and
some work even longer hours. A manager’s job
always starts before a shift and ends hours after
the shift is over. When Ray Sarnacki was pro-
moted to manager at an aerospace company, he
found himself frustrated by the incessant travel,
endless paperwork, and crowded meeting sched-
ule. He eventually left the job and found happi-
ness in a position earning about one-fi fth of his
peak managerial salary.
2. Th e challenge of supervising former peers. This
issue can be one of the toughest for new manag-
ers. They frequently struggle to fi nd the right
approach, with some trying too hard to remain
“one of the gang,” and others asserting their
authority too harshly. In almost all cases, the
transition from a peer-to-peer relationship to a
manager-to-subordinate one is challenging and
stressful.
3. Th e headache of responsibility for other people.
A lot of people get into management because
they like the idea of having power, but the real-
ity is that many managers feel overwhelmed by
the responsibility of hiring, supervising, and dis-
ciplining others. New managers are often aston-
ished at the amount of time it takes to handle
“people problems.” Kelly Cannell, who quit her
job as a manager, puts it this way: “What’s the
big deal [about managing people]? The big deal
is that people are human. . . . To be a good man-
ager, you have to mentor them, listen to their
problems, counsel them, and at the end of the day
you still have your own work on your plate. . . .
Don’t take the responsibility lightly, because no
matter what you think, managing people is not
easy.”
4. Being caught in the middle. Except for those
in the top echelons, managers fi nd themselves
acting as a backstop, caught between upper
management and the workforce. Even when
managers disagree with the decisions of top
executives, they are responsible for implement-
ing them.
For some people, the frustrations of management
aren’t worth it. For others, management is a fulfi ll-
ing and satisfying career choice and the emotional
rewards can be great. One key to being happy as a
manager may be carefully evaluating whether you
can answer yes to the question, “Do I really want to
be a manager?”
SOURCES: Erin White, “Learning to Be the Boss,” The Wall
Street Journal, November 21, 2005; Jared Sandberg, “Down
Over Moving Up: Some New Bosses Find They Hate Their
Jobs,” The Wall Street Journal, July 27, 2005; Heath Row, “Is
Management for Me? That Is the Question,” Fast Company
(February–March 1998): 50–52; Timothy D. Schellhardt, “Want
to Be a Manager? Many People Say No, Calling Job Miser-
able,” The Wall Street Journal, April 4, 1997; and Matt Murray,
“Managing Your Career—The Midcareer Crisis: Am I in This
Business to Become a Manager?” The Wall Street Journal,
July 25, 2000.
Do You Really Want To Be A Manager?
M
an
ag
er
’s
Sh
op
ta
lk
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 17
Introduction
1
Manager Activities
Most new managers are unprepared for the variety of activities
managers routinely
perform. One of the most interesting fi ndings about managerial
activities is how busy
managers are and how hectic the average workday can be.
Adventures in Multitasking Managerial activity is characterized
by variety,
fragmentation, and brevity.42 The widespread and voluminous
nature of a manager’s
involvements leaves little time for quiet refl ection. The average
time spent on any one
activity is less than nine minutes.
Managers shift gears quickly. Signifi cant crises are
interspersed with trivial events
in no predictable sequence. Every manager’s job, while in most
cases not as poten-
tially dangerous, is similar in its diversity and fragmentation to
that of U.S. Marine
Corps offi cers managing the reconstruction efforts in Iraq.
Consider the diverse
events in a typical day for Capt. Sean Miller in Fallujah, Iraq:43
▪ Begins the day meeting with tribal sheiks and local offi cials
to decide which proj-
ects to fi nance.
▪ Drives to a command center to check the status of a job that a
contractor has left
unfi nished.
▪ Walks to a nearby school to discuss awards for students who
recite passages from
the Koran.
▪ Is interrupted by a handful of people who have come with
questions or demands:
one asks about a relative he says had been detained several
years ago; another
pushes a contract for review into Miller’s hands; a third is
seeking work; and so
on.
▪ Finally returns to the discussion of student awards.
▪ Agrees to a tour of the school, where a contractor explains his
request for a $50,000
generator that Miller thinks can be obtained for $8,000.
▪ Checks the recently cleaned grounds at another school and fi
nds that papers and
other trash once again litter the area.
▪ Notices a man running a pipe from his roof and warns him
against running his
sewage to the school.
▪ Calms and directs his marines, who grow skittish as children,
some in their upper
teens, rush from the school building.
▪ Stops by a café to hear young men’s complaints that they are
asked to pay bribes
to get a job on the police force.
▪ Near sunset, takes photos of a still-damaged cemetery door
that contractors have
been paid to repair.
Life on Speed Dial The manager performs a great deal of work
at an unrelenting
pace.44 Managers’ work is fast paced and requires great energy.
The managers observed
by Mintzberg processed 36 pieces of mail each day, attended
eight meetings, and took
a tour through the building or plant. As soon as a manager’s
daily calendar is set,
unexpected disturbances erupt. New meetings are required.
During time away from
the offi ce, executives catch up on work-related reading,
paperwork, phone calls, and
e-mail. Technology, such as e-mail, instant messaging, cell
phones, and laptops, inten-
sifi es the pace. For example, Brett Yormark of the New Jersey
Nets typically responds
to about 60 messages before he even shaves and dresses for the
day.45
The fast pace of a manager’s job is illustrated by Heather Coin,
the Cheese-
cake Factory manager we introduced earlier in the chapter. “I
really try to keep the
plates spinning,” Coin says, comparing her management job to a
circus act. “If I see
a plate slowing down, I go and give it a spin and move on.” She
arrives at work
about 9:30 a.m. and checks the fi nancials for how the
restaurant performed the day
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT18
before. Next comes a staff meeting and various personnel
duties. Before and after the
lunch shift, she’s pitching in with whatever needs to be done—
making salads in the
kitchen, expediting the food, bussing the tables, or talking with
guests. After lunch,
from 3:00 to 4:30 p.m., Heather takes care of administrative
duties, paperwork, or
meetings with upper management, media, or community
organizations. At 4:30, she
holds a shift-change meeting to ensure a smooth transition from
the day crew to the
night crew. Throughout the day, Heather also mentors staff
members, which she con-
siders the most rewarding part of her job. After the evening
rush, she usually heads
for home about 10 p.m., the end of another 12.5-hour day.46
Manager Roles
Mintzberg’s observations and subsequent research indicate that
diverse manager
activities can be organized into 10 roles.47 A role is a set of
expectations for a man-
ager’s behavior. Exhibit 1.5 provides examples of each of the
roles. These roles are
divided into three conceptual categories: informational
(managing by information);
interpersonal (managing through people); and decisional
(managing through action).
Each role represents activities that managers undertake to
ultimately accomplish the
functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling.
Although it is necessary
to separate the components of the manager’s job to understand
the different roles
and activities of a manager, it is important to remember that the
real job of manage-
ment cannot be practiced as a set of independent parts; all the
roles interact in the real
world of management. As Mintzberg says, “The manager who
only communicates
or only conceives never gets anything done, while the manager
who only ‘does’ ends
up doing it all alone.”48
Informational Roles Informational roles describe the activities
used to maintain
and develop an information network. General managers spend
about 75 percent
Category Role Activity
Informational Monitor Seek and receive information, scan
periodicals and
reports, maintain personal contacts.
Disseminator Forward information to other organization mem-
bers; send memos and reports, make phone calls.
Spokesperson Transmit information to outsiders through
speeches, reports, memos.
Interpersonal Figurehead Perform ceremonial and symbolic
duties such as
greeting visitors, signing legal documents.
Leader Direct and motivate subordinates; train, counsel,
and communicate with subordinates.
Liaison Maintain information links both inside and outside
organization; use e-mail, phone calls, meetings.
Decisional Entrepreneur Initiate improvement projects; identify
new ideas,
delegate idea responsibility to others.
Disturbance handler Take corrective action during disputes or
crises;
resolve confl icts among subordinates; adapt to
environmental crises.
Resource allocator Decide who gets resources; schedule,
budget, set
priorities.
Negotiator Represent department during negotiation of union
contracts, sales, purchases, budgets; represent
departmental interests.
SOURCES: Adapted from Henry Mintzberg, The Nature of
Managerial Work (New York: Harper & Row, 1973), pp. 92!93;
and
Henry Mintzberg, “Managerial Work: Analysis from
Observation,” Management Science 18 (1971): B97!B110.
E X H I B I T 1 . 5
Ten Manager Roles
rrrrrorole AA sA s tetet fofof expexp tectect tiatiationsons ffo
forr
oooooononne’’s b hbeh iavior.
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 19
Introduction
1
of their time talking to other people. The monitor role
involves seeking current information from many sources.
The manager acquires information from others and scans
written materials to stay well informed. The disseminator
and spokesperson roles are just the opposite: The manager
transmits current information to others, both inside and
outside the organization, who can use it. One colorful
example of the spokesperson role is Mick Jagger of the
Rolling Stones. The rock band is run like a large, mul-
tinational organization with Jagger as the CEO. Jagger
surrounds himself not only with talented artists, but also
with sophisticated and experienced business executives.
Yet it is Jagger who typically deals with the media and
packages the band’s image for a worldwide audience.49
Interpersonal Roles Interpersonal roles pertain to rela-
tionships with others and are related to the human skills
described earlier. The fi gurehead role involves handling
ceremonial and symbolic activities for the department or
organization. The manager represents the organization in
his or her formal managerial capacity as the head of the
unit. The presentation of employee awards by a division
manager at Taco Bell is an example of the fi gurehead role. The
leader role encompasses
relationships with subordinates, including motivation,
communication, and infl u-
ence. The liaison role pertains to the development of
information sources both inside
and outside the organization. Stephen Baxter, managing director
of Scotland’s Glas-
gow Airport, illustrates the liaison role. Baxter led a rapid
expansion of the airport by
coordinating with executives at other organizations to fi nd
ways to woo new airlines
to use Glasgow. He recently took on an extra role as president
of the Glasgow chamber
of commerce, enabling him to develop more sources of
information and support.50
Decisional Roles Decisional roles pertain to those events about
which the man-
ager must make a choice and take action. These roles often
require conceptual as well
as human skills. The entrepreneur role involves the initiation of
change. Managers
are constantly thinking about the future and how to get there.51
Managers become
aware of problems and search for innovations that will correct
them. Susan Whit-
ing, Chief of Research for Nielsen Media Research, scheduled
dozens of individual
and group meetings with clients to talk about how to adapt the
Nielsen ratings for
an era in which more and more shows are being viewed on
computers, video iPods,
and other digital devices.52 The disturbance handler role
involves resolving confl icts
among subordinates or between the manager’s department and
other departments.
The resource allocator role pertains to decisions about how to
allocate people, time,
equipment, money, and other resources to attain desired
outcomes. The manager
must decide which projects receive budget allocations, which of
several customer
complaints receive priority, and even how to spend his or her
own time. The nego-
tiator role involves formal negotiations and bargaining to attain
outcomes for the
manager’s unit of responsibility. The manager meets and
formally negotiates with
others—a supplier about a late delivery, the controller about the
need for additional
budget resources, or the union about a worker grievance.
The relative emphasis a manager puts on these ten roles depends
on a number of
factors, such as the manager’s position in the hierarchy, natural
skills and abilities,
type of organization, or departmental goals to be achieved. For
example, Exhibit 1.6
illustrates the varying importance of the leader and liaison roles
as reported in a
survey of top-, middle-, and lower-level managers. Note that the
importance of the
leader role typically declines while the importance of the liaison
role increases as a
manager moves up the organizational hierarchy.
C
O
U
R
TE
SY
O
F
SB
TV
.C
O
M
Small business owners often assume
multiple management roles. Here on the right Susan Solovic,
founder
and CEO of sbtv.com, functions as spokesperson in an interview
with
Tess Rafols of KTVK. She also is an entrepreneur, developing
new
ideas for the online television channel. Solovic fi lls the
monitor role
by keeping an eye on current trends that might be helpful to her
evolv-
ing company as well as to the small businesses her channel
serves.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT20
Other factors, such as changing environmental conditions, may
also determine
which roles are more important for a manager at any given time.
A top manager may
regularly put more emphasis on the roles of spokesperson, fi
gurehead, and negotia-
tor. However, the emergence of new competitors may require
more attention to the
monitor role, or a severe decline in employee morale and
direction may mean that
the CEO has to put more emphasis on the leader role. A
marketing manager may
focus on interpersonal roles because of the importance of
personal contacts in the
marketing process, whereas a fi nancial manager may be more
likely to emphasize
decisional roles such as resource allocator and negotiator.
Despite these differences,
all managers carry out informational, interpersonal, and
decisional roles to meet the
needs of the organization. Managers stay alert to needs both
within and outside the
organization to determine what roles are most critical at various
times.
MANAGING IN SMALL BUSINESSES AND NONPROFIT
ORGANIZATIONS
Small businesses are growing in importance. Hundreds of small
businesses are
opened every month, but the environment for small business
today is highly compli-
cated. Small companies sometimes have diffi culty developing
the managerial dexter-
ity needed to survive in a turbulent environment. One survey on
trends and future
developments in small business found that nearly half of
respondents saw inade-
quate management skills as a threat to their companies, as
compared to less than 25
percent of larger organizations.53 Appendix A provides detailed
information about
managing in small businesses and entrepreneurial startups.
One interesting fi nding is that managers in small businesses
tend to emphasize
roles different from those of managers in large corporations.
Managers in small com-
panies often see their most important role as that of
spokesperson because they must
promote the small, growing company to the outside world. The
entrepreneur role is
also critical in small businesses because managers have to be
innovative and help
their organizations develop new ideas to remain competitive.
Small-business manag-
ers tend to rate lower on the leader role and on information-
processing roles, com-
pared with their counterparts in large corporations.
E X H I B I T 1 . 6
Hierarchical Levels and
Importance of Leader and
Liaison Roles
SOURCE: Based on information from A. I. Kraut, P. R. Pedigo,
D. D. McKenna, and M. D.
Dunnette, “The Role of the Manager: What’s Really Important
in Different Management Jobs,”
Academy of Management Executive 3 (1989), 286!293.
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 21
Introduction
1
Nonprofi t organizations also represent a major application of
management
talent. Organizations such as the Salvation Army, Nature
Conservancy, Greater
Chicago Food Depository, Girl Scouts, and Cleveland Orchestra
all require excellent
management. The functions of planning, organizing, leading,
and controlling apply
to nonprofi ts just as they do to business organizations, and
managers in nonprofi t
organizations use similar skills and perform similar activities.
The primary differ-
ence is that managers in businesses direct their activities toward
earning money for
the company, whereas managers in nonprofi ts direct their
efforts toward generating
some kind of social impact. The unique characteristics and
needs of nonprofi t organi-
zations created by this distinction present unique challenges for
managers.54
Financial resources for nonprofi t organizations typically come
from government
appropriations, grants, and donations rather than from the sale
of products or services
to customers. In businesses, managers focus on improving the
organization’s products
and services to increase sales revenues. In nonprofi ts, however,
services are typically
provided to nonpaying clients, and a major problem for many
organizations is secur-
ing a steady stream of funds to continue operating. Nonprofi t
managers, committed
to serving clients with limited resources, must focus on keeping
organizational costs
as low as possible.55 Donors generally want their money to go
directly to helping cli-
ents rather than for overhead costs. If nonprofi t managers can’t
demonstrate a highly
effi cient use of resources, they might have a hard time securing
additional donations
or government appropriations. Although the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
(the 2002 corporate
governance reform law) doesn’t apply to nonprofi ts, for
example, many are adopting
its guidelines, striving for greater transparency and
accountability to boost credibility
with constituents and be more competitive when seeking
funding.56
In addition, because nonprofi t organizations do not have a
conventional bottom line,
managers often struggle with the question of what constitutes
results and effective-
ness. It is easy to measure dollars and cents, but the metrics of
success in nonprofi ts
are much more ambiguous. Managers have to measure
intangibles such as “improve
public health,” “make a difference in the lives of the
disenfranchised,” or “increase
appreciation for the arts.” This intangible nature also makes it
more diffi cult to gauge
the performance of employees and managers. An added
complication is that managers
often depend on volunteers and donors who cannot be
supervised and controlled in
the same way a business manager deals with employees.
The roles defi ned by Mintzberg also apply to nonprofi t
managers, but these may
differ somewhat. We might expect managers in nonprofi t
organizations to place more
emphasis on the roles of spokesperson (to “sell” the
organization to donors and the
public), leader (to build a mission-driven community of
employees and volunteers),
and resource allocator (to distribute government resources or
grant funds that are
often assigned top-down).
Managers in all organizations—large corporations, small
businesses, and nonprofi t
organizations—carefully integrate and adjust the management
functions and roles to
meet challenges within their own circumstances and keep their
organizations healthy.
MANAGEMENT AND THE NEW WORKPLACE
Rapid environmental shifts, such as changes in technology,
globalization, and shifting
social values, are causing fundamental transformations that
have a dramatic impact
on the manager’s job. These transformations are refl ected in
the transition to a new
workplace, as illustrated in Exhibit 1.7.
New Workplace Characteristics
The primary characteristic of the new workplace is the
digitization of business,
which has radically altered the nature of work, employees, and
the workplace
itself.57 The old workplace is characterized by routine,
specialized tasks, and
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT22
standardized control procedures. Employees typically perform
their jobs in one
specifi c company facility, such as an automobile factory
located in Detroit or an
insurance agency located in Des Moines. Individuals
concentrate on doing their
own specifi c tasks, and managers are cautious about sharing
knowledge and infor-
mation across boundaries. The organization is coordinated and
controlled through
the vertical hierarchy, with decision-making authority residing
with upper-level
managers.
In the new workplace, by contrast, work is free-fl owing and fl
exible. Structures are
fl atter, and lower-level employees make decisions based on
widespread informa-
tion and guided by the organization’s mission and values.58
Empowered employees
are expected to seize opportunities and solve problems as they
emerge. Knowledge
is widely shared, and people throughout the company keep in
touch with a broad
range of colleagues via advanced technology. The valued
worker is one who learns
quickly, shares knowledge, and is comfortable with risk,
change, and ambiguity. Peo-
ple expect to work on a variety of projects and jobs throughout
their careers rather
than staying in one fi eld or with one company.
The new workplace is organized around networks rather than
rigid hierarchies,
and work is often virtual, with managers having to supervise
and coordinate people
who never actually “come to work” in the traditional
sense.59 Flexible hours, telecommuting, and virtual teams
are increasingly popular ways of working that require
new skills from managers. Using virtual teams allows
organizations to tap the best people for a particular job,
no matter where they are located. Teams may include
outside contractors, suppliers, customers, competitors,
and interim managers. Interim managers are manag-
ers who are not affi liated with a specifi c organization
but work on a project-by- project basis or provide exper-
tise to organizations in a specifi c area.60 This approach
enables a company to benefi t from specialist skills with-
out making a long-term commitment, and it provides
fl exibility for managers who like the challenge, variety,
and learning that comes from working in a wide range of
organizations.
Technology also enables companies to shift signifi -
cant chunks of what were once considered core func-
tions to outsiders via outsourcing, joint ventures, and
other complex alliances. U.S. companies have been send-
ing manufacturing work to other countries for years to
cut costs. Now, high-level knowledge work is also being
outsourced to countries such as India, Malaysia, and
South Africa.61
The New Workplace The Old Workplace
Characteristics
Technology Digital Mechanical
Work Flexible, virtual Structured, localized
Workforce Empowered; diverse Loyal employees;
homogeneous
Management Competencies
Leadership Empowering Autocratic
Doing Work By teams By individuals
Relationships Collaboration Confl ict, competition
E X H I B I T 1 . 7
The Transition to a
New Workplace
©
BE
BE
TO
M
AT
TH
EW
S/
A
SS
O
C
IA
TE
D
P
R
ES
S
At New York City’s Colors, a
project of the Restaurant Opportunities Center, collaboration
and teamwork are the keys to success. Many of the restaurant’s
employee-owners, immigrants hailing from about 22 different
nations, worked in the World Trade Center’s North Tower
Windows
on the World restaurant before its destruction on September 11,
2001. They share a strong commitment to a mission of honoring
the 73 Windows employees who died and improving the
restaurant
industry working conditions. General manager Stefan
Mailvaganam
(left), shown with head chef Raymond Mohan (right), says the
goal
of Colors is to be “a restaurant with a conscience.”
iiiiinininterim manager A mA mA manan-an
aaaaagger who is not affi liated with aa
sssssppecifi c organization but works
ooooon a project-by-project basis or
ppppprovides expertise to organiza-
ttttiiioot ns in a specifi c area.
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 23
Introduction
1
New Management Competencies
In the face of these transitions, managers must rethink their
approach to organizing,
directing, and motivating employees. Today’s best managers
give up their command-
and-control mind-set to focus on coaching and providing
guidance, creating organi-
zations that are fast, fl exible, innovative, and relationship-
oriented.
Instead of “management-by-keeping-tabs,” managers employ an
empowering lead-
ership style.62 When people are working at scattered locations,
managers can’t con-
tinually monitor behavior. In addition, they are sometimes
coordinating the work
of people who aren’t under their direct control, such as those in
partner organiza-
tions. They have to set clear expectations, guide people toward
goal accomplishment
through vision, values, and regular communication, and develop
a level of trust in
employees’ commitment to getting the job done.
Read the ethical dilemma on page 25 that pertains to managing
in the new
workplace. Think about what you would do and why to begin
understanding
how you will solve thorny management problems.
Success in the new workplace depends on the strength and
quality of collabora-
tive relationships. New ways of working emphasize
collaboration across functions
and hierarchical levels as well as with other companies. Team-
building skills are
crucial. Instead of managing a department of employees, many
managers act as
team leaders of ever-shifting, temporary projects. When a
manager at IBM needs
to staff a project, he or she gives a list of skills needed to the
human resources
department, which provides a pool of people who are qualifi ed.
The manager
then puts together the best combination of people for the
project, which often
means pulling people from many different locations. IBM
estimates that about
40 percent of its employees participate in virtual teams.63
The shift to a new way of managing isn’t easy for traditional
managers who are
accustomed to being “in charge,” making all the decisions, and
knowing where their
subordinates are and what they’re doing at every moment. Even
many new manag-
ers have a hard time with today’s fl exible work environment.
Managers of depart-
ments participating in Best Buys’ Results-Only Work
Environment program, which
allows employees to work anywhere, anytime as long as they
complete assignments
and meet goals, for example, fi nd it diffi cult to keep
themselves from checking to see
who’s logged onto the company network.64
Even more changes and challenges are on the horizon for
organizations and
managers. It’s an exciting time to be entering the fi eld of
management. Throughout
this book, you will learn much more about the new workplace,
about the new and
dynamic roles managers are playing in the twenty-fi rst century,
and about how you
can be an effective manager in a complex, ever-changing world.
TakeaMoment
▪ This chapter introduced the topic of management and defi ned
the types of roles
and activities managers perform. Managers are responsible for
attaining organi-
zational goals in an effi cient and effective manner through the
four management
functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling.
Managers are the
executive function of the organization. Rather than performing
specifi c tasks,
they are responsible for creating systems and conditions that
enable others to
achieve high performance.
▪ To perform the four functions, managers need three types of
skills—conceptual,
human, and technical. Conceptual skills are more important at
top levels of the
ch1 A MANAGER’S ESSENTIALS: WHAT HAVE WE
LEARNED?
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT24
organization; human skills are important at all levels; and
technical skills are
most important for fi rst-line managers.
▪ A manager’s job varies depending on whether one is a top
manager, middle man-
ager, or fi rst-line manager. A manager’s job may also differ
across the organization,
to include project managers and interim managers as well as
functional managers
(including line managers and staff managers) and general
managers.
▪ Becoming a manager requires a shift in thinking. New
managers often struggle
with the challenges of coordinating a broad range of people and
activities, del-
egating to and developing others, and relating to former peers in
a new way.
▪ Managers’ activities are associated with ten roles: the
informational roles of
monitor, disseminator, and spokesperson; the interpersonal roles
of fi gurehead,
leader, and liaison; and the decisional roles of entrepreneur,
disturbance handler,
resource allocator, and negotiator.
▪ Rapid and dramatic change in recent years has caused signifi
cant shifts in the
workplace and the manager’s job. Rather than managing by
command and con-
trol, managers of today and tomorrow use an empowering
leadership style that
focuses on vision, values, and communication. Team-building
skills are crucial.
Instead of just directing tasks, managers focus on building
relationships, which
may include customers, partners, and suppliers.
1. How do you feel about having a manager’s respon-
sibility in today’s world characterized by uncer-
tainty, ambiguity, and sudden changes or threats
from the environment? Describe some skills and
qualities that are important to managers under
these conditions.
2. Assume you are a project manager at a biotech-
nology company, working with managers from
research, production, and marketing on a major
product modifi cation. You notice that every memo
you receive from the marketing manager has been
copied to senior management. At every company
function, she spends time talking to the big shots.
You are also aware that sometimes when you and
the other project members are slaving away over
the project, she is playing golf with senior manag-
ers. What is your evaluation of her behavior? As
project manager, what do you do?
3. Jeff Immelt of GE said that the most valuable thing
he learned in business school was that “there are
24 hours in a day, and you can use all of them.”
Do you agree or disagree? What are some of the
advantages to this approach to being a manager?
What are some of the drawbacks?
4. Why do some organizations seem to have a new
CEO every year or two, whereas others have top
leaders who stay with the company for many years
(e.g., Jack Welch’s 20 years as CEO at General Elec-
tric)? What factors about the manager or about the
company might account for this difference?
5. Is effi ciency or effectiveness more important to orga-
nizational performance? Can managers improve
both simultaneously?
6. You are a bright, hard-working entry-level man-
ager who fully intends to rise up through the
ranks. Your performance evaluation gives you
high marks for your technical skills but low marks
when it comes to people skills. Do you think peo-
ple skills can be learned, or do you need to rethink
your career path? If people skills can be learned,
how would you go about it?
7. If managerial work is characterized by variety, frag-
mentation, and brevity, how do managers perform
basic management functions such as planning,
which would seem to require refl ection and analysis?
8. A college professor told her students, “The pur-
pose of a management course is to teach students
about management, not to teach them to be man-
agers.” Do you agree or disagree with this state-
ment? Discuss.
9. Discuss some of the ways organizations and jobs
changed over the past 10 years. What changes do
you anticipate over the next 10 years? How might
these changes affect the manager’s job and the
skills a manager needs to be successful?
10. How might the teaching of a management course
be designed to help people make the transition
from individual performer to manager in order to
prepare them for the challenges they will face as
new managers?
ch1 DISCUSSION QUESTIONS
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 25
Introduction
1
Management Aptitude Questionnaire
Rate each of the following questions according to the
following scale:
1 I am never like this.
2 I am rarely like this.
3 I am sometimes like this.
4 I am often like this.
5 I am always like this.
1. When I have a number of tasks or homework to do, I set
priorities and organize the work around deadlines.
1 2 3 4 5
2. Most people would describe me as a good listener.
1 2 3 4 5
3. When I am deciding on a particular course of
action for myself (such as hobbies to pursue, lan-
guages to study, which job to take, special projects
to be involved in), I typically consider the long-
term (three years or more) implications of what I
would choose to do.
1 2 3 4 5
4. I prefer technical or quantitative courses rather
than those involving literature, psychology, or
sociology.
1 2 3 4 5
5. When I have a serious disagreement with some-
one, I hang in there and talk it out until it is com-
pletely resolved.
1 2 3 4 5
6. When I have a project or assignment, I really
get into the details rather than the “big picture”
issues.
1 2 3 4 5
7. I would rather sit in front of my computer than
spend a lot of time with people.
1 2 3 4 5
8. I try to include others in activities or discussions.
1 2 3 4 5
9. When I take a course, I relate what I am learn-
ing to other courses I took or concepts I learned
elsewhere.
1 2 3 4 5
10. When somebody makes a mistake, I want to cor-
rect the person and let her or him know the proper
answer or approach.
1 2 3 4 5
11. I think it is better to be effi cient with my time
when talking with someone, rather than worry
about the other person’s needs, so that I can get on
with my real work.
1 2 3 4 5
12. I know my long-term vision of career, family, and
other activities and have thought it over carefully.
1 2 3 4 5
13. When solving problems, I would much rather
analyze some data or statistics than meet with a
group of people.
1 2 3 4 5
14. When I am working on a group project and some-
one doesn’t pull a fair share of the load, I am more
likely to complain to my friends rather than con-
front the slacker.
1 2 3 4 5
15. Talking about ideas or concepts can get me really
enthused or excited.
1 2 3 4 5
16. The type of management course for which this
book is used is really a waste of time.
1 2 3 4 5
17. I think it is better to be polite and not to hurt peo-
ple’s feelings.
1 2 3 4 5
18. Data or things interest me more than people.
1 2 3 4 5
Scoring and Interpretation
Subtract your scores for questions 6, 10, 14, and 17
from the number 6, and then add the total points for
the following sections:
1, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 Conceptual skills total score _____
2, 5, 8, 10, 14, 17 Human skills total score _____
4, 7, 11, 13, 16, 18 Technical skills total score _____
These skills are three abilities needed to be a good
manager. Ideally, a manager should be strong (though
not necessarily equal) in all three. Anyone noticeably
weaker in any of the skills should take courses and
read to build up that skill. For further background
on the three skills, please refer to the explanation on
pages 8–9.
NOTE: This exercise was contributed by Dorothy Marcic.
ch1 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: EXPERIENTIAL
EXERCISE
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT26
Can Management Afford to Look the Other Way?
Harry Rull had been with Shellington Pharmaceuti-
cals for 30 years. After a tour of duty in the various
plants and seven years overseas, Harry was back at
headquarters, looking forward to his new role as vice
president of U.S. marketing.
Two weeks into his new job, Harry received some
unsettling news about one of the managers under his
supervision. Over casual lunch conversation, the direc-
tor of human resources mentioned that Harry should
expect a phone call about Roger Jacobs, manager of
new product development. Jacobs had a history of
being “pretty horrible” to his subordinates, she said,
and one disgruntled employee asked to speak to some-
one in senior management. After lunch, Harry did
some follow-up work. Jacobs’ performance reviews
had been stellar, but his personnel fi le also contained a
large number of notes documenting charges of Jacobs’
mistreatment of subordinates. The complaints ranged
from “inappropriate and derogatory remarks” to sub-
sequently dropped charges of sexual harassment. What
was more disturbing was that the amount as well as
the severity of complaints had increased with each of
Jacobs’ ten years with Shellington.
When Harry questioned the company president
about the issue, he was told, “Yeah, he’s had some
problems, but you can’t just replace someone with
an eye for new products. You’re a bottom-line guy;
you understand why we let these things slide.” Not
sure how to handle the situation, Harry met briefl y
with Jacobs and reminded him to “keep the team’s
morale up.” Just after the meeting, Sally Barton from
HR called to let him know that the problem she’d
mentioned over lunch had been worked out. How-
ever, she warned, another employee had now come
forward demanding that her complaints be addressed
by senior management.
What Would You Do?
1. Ignore the problem. Jacobs’ contributions to new
product development are too valuable to risk los-
ing him, and the problems over the past ten years
have always worked themselves out anyway. No
sense starting something that could make you look
bad.
2. Launch a full-scale investigation of employee com-
plaints about Jacobs, and make Jacobs aware that
the documented history over the past ten years has
put him on thin ice.
3. Meet with Jacobs and the employee to try to
resolve the current issue, then start working with
Sally Barton and other senior managers to develop
stronger policies regarding sexual harassment and
treatment of employees, including clear-cut proce-
dures for handling complaints.
SOURCE: Based on Doug Wallace, “A Talent for
Mismanagement: What
Would You Do?” Business Ethics 2 (November!December
1992): 3!4.
ch1 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: ETHICAL DILEMMA
Elektra Products, Inc.
Barbara Russell, a manufacturing vice president,
walked into the monthly companywide meeting with
a light step and a hopefulness she hadn’t felt in a long
time. The company’s new, dynamic CEO was going
to announce a new era of employee involvement and
empowerment at Elektra Products, an 80-year-old,
publicly held company that had once been a leading
manufacturer and retailer of electrical products and
supplies. In recent years, the company experienced a
host of problems: market share was declining in the
face of increased foreign and domestic competition;
new product ideas were few and far between; depart-
ments such as manufacturing and sales barely spoke
to one another; morale was at an all-time low, and
many employees were actively seeking other jobs.
Everyone needed a dose of hope.
Martin Griffi n, who had been hired to revive the
failing company, briskly opened the meeting with a
challenge: “As we face increasing competition, we
need new ideas, new energy, new spirit to make this
company great. And the source for this change is
you—each one of you.” He then went on to explain
that under the new empowerment campaign, employ-
ees would be getting more information about how the
company was run and would be able to work with
their fellow employees in new and creative ways.
Martin proclaimed a new era of trust and cooperation
at Elektra Products. Barbara felt the excitement stir-
ring within her; but as she looked around the room,
she saw many of the other employees, including her
friend Simon, rolling their eyes. “Just another pile of
corporate crap,” Simon said later. “One minute they
try downsizing, the next reengineering. Then they
dabble in restructuring. Now Martin wants to push
empowerment. Garbage like empowerment isn’t a
substitute for hard work and a little faith in the people
who have been with this company for years. We made
ch1 CASE FOR CRITICAL ANALYSIS
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 27
Introduction
1
it great once, and we can do it again. Just get out of
our way.” Simon had been a manufacturing engineer
with Elektra Products for more than 20 years. Barbara
knew he was extremely loyal to the company, but
he—and a lot of others like him—were going to be an
obstacle to the empowerment efforts.
Top management assigned selected managers to
several problem-solving teams to come up with ideas
for implementing the empowerment campaign. Bar-
bara loved her assignment as team leader of the man-
ufacturing team, working on ideas to improve how
retail stores got the merchandise they needed when
they needed it. The team thrived, and trust blossomed
among the members. They even spent nights and
weekends working to complete their report. They
were proud of their ideas, which they believed were
innovative but easily achievable: permit a manager
to follow a product from design through sales to cus-
tomers; allow salespeople to refund up to $500 worth
of merchandise on the spot; make information avail-
able to salespeople about future products; and swap
sales and manufacturing personnel for short periods
to let them get to know one another’s jobs.
When the team presented its report to department
heads, Martin Griffi n was enthusiastic. But shortly
into the meeting he had to excuse himself because of a
late-breaking deal with a major hardware store chain.
With Martin absent, the department heads rapidly
formed a wall of resistance. The director of human
resources complained that the ideas for person-
nel changes would destroy the carefully crafted job
categories that had just been completed. The fi nance
department argued that allowing salespeople to make
$500 refunds would create a gold mine for unethi-
cal customers and salespeople. The legal department
warned that providing information to salespeople
about future products would invite industrial spying.
The team members were stunned. As Barbara
mulled over the latest turn of events, she considered
her options: keep her mouth shut; take a chance and
confront Martin about her sincerity in making empow-
erment work; push slowly for reform and work for
gradual support from the other teams; or look for
another job and leave a company she really cares
about. Barbara realized she was looking at no easy
choices and no easy answers.
Questions
1. How might top management have done a better job
changing Elektra Products into a new kind of organi-
zation? What might they do now to get the empower-
ment process back on track?
2. Can you think of ways Barbara could have avoided
the problems her team faced in the meeting with
department heads?
3. If you were Barbara Russell, what would you do
now? Why?
SOURCE: Based on Lawrence R. Rothstein, “The Empowerment
Effort That Came Undone,” Harvard Business Review (January–
February 1995): 20–31.
ch1 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE
Numi Organic Tea: Innovative
Management for Turbulent Times
When Danielle Oviedo showed up for her fi rst day
as the manager of the Distribution Center at Numi
Organic Tea in Oakland, California, her new direct
reports were not happy about the change. They
loved Oviedo’s predecessor, who was more like a
friend to them. Numi’s director of operations, Brian
Durkee, was looking for someone with specifi c skills
and experience when he hired Danielle; popularity
wasn’t on the list. Durkee hired Danielle because of
her effectiveness and success as a manager in pre-
vious positions. She also had experience leading
much bigger teams in similar departments. Growing
180 percent in one year can wreak havoc at a small
company like Numi; Durkee needed managers who
could respond to the demands of rapid expansion,
minimize the bumps along the way, and grow with
the organization.
Prior to Danielle’s arrival, lead times for customer
orders were far from competitive, and Numi’s inability
to process orders effi ciently had caught up with them.
Most of Numi’s food service customers sell Numi
teas exclusively in their cafes, restaurants, or hotels.
Although loyal customers love Numi’s products, some
were considering taking their business elsewhere
because inventory receipt was unpredictable.
Danielle quickly observed that each employee in
the Distribution Center tended to perform his or her
task in isolation with little attention to anything else.
To solve this problem, she trained all the Distribu-
tion Center employees in every critical task and pro-
cess, explaining how all the pieces fi t together. In the
future, everyone on her staff would perform multiple
tasks depending on what pressing deadlines loomed.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT28
In Good Company
A corporate takeover brings star advertising execu-
tive Dan Foreman (Dennis Quaid) a new boss who
is half his age. Carter Duryea (Topher Grace), Dan’s
new boss, wants to prove his worth as the new mar-
keting chief at Sports America, Waterman Publish-
ing’s fl agship magazine. Carter applies his unique
approaches while dating Dan’s daughter, Alex (Scar-
lett Johansson).
Management Behavior
This sequence starts with Carter Duryea entering
Dan Foreman’s offi ce. It follows Foreman’s interac-
tion with Teddy K. (Malcolm McDowell), Globecom
CEO, after Teddy K.’s speech. Carter Duryea enters
while saying, “Oh, my God, Dan. Oh, my God.” Mark
Steckle (Clark Gregg) soon follows. The sequence
ends with Carter asking, “Any ideas?” Dan Forman
says, “One.” The fi lm cuts to the two of them arriving
at Eugene Kalb’s (Philip Baker Hall) offi ce building.
What to Watch for and Ask Yourself
▪ Which management skills discussed in this chapter
does Mark Steckle possess? Which does he lack?
▪ The sequence shows three people who represent
different hierarchical levels in the company. Which
hierarchical levels do you attribute to Carter Dur-
yea, Dan Foreman, and Mark Steckle?
▪ Critique the behavior shown in the sequence. What
are the positive and negative aspects of the behav-
ior shown?
ch1 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE
A great example of today’s new manager, Danielle
helped her team understand their jobs on a conceptual
level so they could see how their work and success
linked directly to Numi’s larger goals and success.
Turning this very different group of workers into
a well-oiled team that felt invested in the future of
the company didn’t happen overnight. Some people
resisted and resented the added responsibility; they
weren’t used to the fl exibility or increased communi-
cation required by this new way of working.
Eventually Danielle’s team started to click. Their
new-found effectiveness, combined with her plan-
ning and organizing skills, as well as some key inno-
vations, made a huge impact on lead times. With
additional tweaks and time to practice the new Distri-
bution Center regime, Danielle’s team cut lead times
for international orders by about 75 percent—from
15 to 5 days. Lead times for domestic orders histori-
cally averaged 3 to 5 days. Since Danielle has gotten
things under control, orders often ship the same day
or within a maximum of 2 to 3 days.
Numi’s customer service manager, Cindy Graf-
fort, is thrilled about Danielle’s achievements and
said none of these changes were possible before Dan-
ielle arrived, even though serious attempts had been
made previously to address ineffi ciencies. According
to Cindy, the dramatic changes were a direct result
of Danielle’s ability to come up with innovative
solutions to the problems plaguing the Distribution
Center. When asked for more insight into Danielle’s
managerial success, Cindy can’t say enough about
Danielle’s impressive human skills. Unlike old-school
managers, who would hide in their warehouse offi ces
and manage employees from afar, Danielle usually
can be found out on the fl oor “working with her
teammates to ensure they understand the process and
being supportive.”
According to Durkee, Danielle is a “calm and
assertive leader [who people] grab on to . . . and fol-
low.” No matter how crazy things get in the ware-
house with huge, time-sensitive orders coming in and
going out, Danielle keeps a “calm, cool head,” which
helps her team stay calm and focused. She inspires
confi dence that everything will get done—and it does.
As for Danielle’s take on her management style,
she thinks her practice of asking team members for
their suggestions yields amazing results. While she
implements many of their ideas, the real coup is that
her team members come to work every day knowing
anything is possible.
Discussion Questions
1. What are some drawbacks of Danielle’s predeces-
sor’s tendency to treat her employees like friends?
2. How likely is Danielle to become a candidate for
top management someday?
3. Can conceptual skills be cultivated easily? Explain.
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 29
Introduction
1
1. This questionnaire is adapted from
research fi ndings reported in Linda
A. Hill, Becoming a Manager: How
New Managers Master the Challenges
of Leadership, 2nd ed. (Boston, MA:
Harvard Business School Press,
2003); and John J. Gabarro, The
Dynamics of Taking Charge (Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press,
1987).
Bruce Moeller, as told to Stepha-2.
nie Clifford, “The Way I Work,” Inc.
Magazine (July 2007): 88–91.
Darrell Rigby and Barbara 3.
Bilodeau,“The Bain 2005 Manage-
ment Tool Survey,”Strategy & Lead-
ership 33, no. 4 (2005): 4–12.
Todd G. Buchholz, “The Right Stuff to 4.
be CEO,” The Conference Review Board
(November–December 2007): 13.
Geoffrey Colvin, “What Makes GE 5.
Great?” Fortune (March 6, 2006):
90–96; and Betsy Morris, “The GE
Mystique,” Fortune (March 6, 2006):
98–104.
James A. F. Stoner and R. Edward 6.
Freeman, Management, 4th ed.
(Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall,
1989).
Peter F. Drucker, 7. Management Tasks,
Responsibilities, Practices (New York:
Harper & Row, 1974).
George Anders, “AOL’ s True Believers,” 8.
Fast Company (July 2002): 96–104.
Nanette Byrnes, “Avon: More Than 9.
Cosmetic Changes,” BusinessWeek
(March 12, 2007): 62–63.
Jacy L. Youn, “True Calling,” 10. Hawaii
Business (July 1, 2005): 13.
Eryn Brown, “Nine Ways to Win on 11.
the Web,” Fortune (May 24, 1999):
112–125.
Jennifer Reingold, “Target’s Inner 12.
Circle,” Fortune (March 31, 2008):
74–86.
Robert L. Katz, “Skills of an Effective 13.
Administrator,” Harvard Business
Review 52 (September–October
1974): 90–102.
Troy V. Mumford, Michael A. 14.
Campion, and Frederick P.
Morgeson, “The Leadership Skills
Strataplex: Leadership Skills
Requirements Across Organization-
al Levels,” The Leadership Quarterly
18 (2007): 154–166.
Geoffrey Colvin, “The Bionic Man-15.
ager,” Fortune (September 19, 2005):
88–100.
Spielberg, “The Cheesecake Factory.”16.
Sue Shellenbarger, “From Our 17.
Readers: The Bosses That Drove
Me to Quit My Job,” The Wall Street
Journal (February 7, 2000): B1.
Quoted in Linda Tischler, “The 18.
CEO’s New Clothes,” Fast Company
(September 2005): 27–28.
Eric Matson, “Congratulations, 19.
You’re Promoted. (Now What?),”
Fast Company (June–July 1997):
116–130.
Clinton O. Longenecker, Mitch-20.
ell J. Neubert, and Laurence S.
Fink, “Causes and Consequences
of Managerial Failure in Rapidly
Changing Organizations,” Business
Horizons 50 (2007): 145–155.
Based on Sydney Finkelstein, “7 21.
Habits of Spectacularly Unsuc-
cessful Executives,” Fast Company
(July 2003): 84–89; S. Finkelstein,
Why Smart Executives Fail (New
York: Portfolio, 2003); Charan and
Useem, “Why Companies Fail”; and
John W. Slocum Jr., Cass Ragan,
and Albert Casey, “On Death and
Dying: The Corporate Leadership
Capacity of CEOs,” Organizational
Dynamics 30, no. 3 (Spring 2002):
269–281.
Patricia Wallington, “Toxic!” 22. CIO
(April 15, 2006): 34–36.
Based on Longenecker, et al., 23. Causes
and Consequences of Managerial
Failure in Rapidly Changing Orga-
nizations; Finkelstein, “7 Habits of
Spectacularly Unsuccessful Execu-
tives”; Charan and Useem, “Why
Companies Fail”; and Slocum et al.,
“On Death and Dying.”
Alan Murray, “Behind Nardelli’s 24.
Abrupt Exit; Executive’s Fatal
Flaw: Failing to Understand New
Demands on CEOs,” The Wall Street
Journal, January 4, 2007; Brian Grow,
“Out at Home Depot,” Business-
Week (January 15, 2007): 56–62.
Diane Brady, “‘Being Mean is So 25.
Last Millennium,’” BusinessWeek
(January 15, 2007), sidebar in
Murray, “Behind Nardelli’s
Abrupt Exit.”
Eileen Sheridan, “Rise: Best Day, 26.
Worst Day,” The Guardian
(September 14, 2002): 3.
Heath Row, “Force Play” (Company 27.
of Friends column), Fast Company
(March 2001): 46.
Charles Fishman, “Sweet Company,” 28.
Fast Company (February 2001):
136–145.
A. I. Kraut, P. R. Pedigo, D. D. 29.
McKenna, and M. D. Dunnette,
“The Role of the Manager: What’s
Really Important in Different Man-
agement Jobs,” Academy of Manage-
ment Executive 19, no. 4 (2005):
122–129.
Christopher A. Bartlett and 30.
Sumantra Ghoshal, “Changing the
Role of Top Management: Be-
yond Systems to People,” Harvard
Business Review (May–June 1995):
132–142; and Sumantra Ghoshal
and Christopher A. Bartlett, “Chang-
ing the Role of Top Management:
Beyond Structure to Processes,”
Harvard Business Review (January–
February 1995): 86–96.
Quy Nguyen Huy, “In Praise of Mid-31.
dle Managers,” Harvard Business
Review (September 2003): 72–79;
Rosabeth Moss Kanter, On the
Frontiers of Management (Boston:
Harvard Business School Press,
2003).
Lisa Haneberg, “Reinventing Middle 32.
Management,” Leader to Leader (Fall
2005): 13–18.
Miles Brignall, “Rise; Launch Pad: 33.
The Retailer; Alistair Boot, An As-
sistant Manager at the John Lewis
Store in Cheadle, Talks to Miles
Brignall,” The Guardian (October 4,
2003): 3.
Henry Mintzberg, 34. The Nature of
Managerial Work (New York: Harper
& Row, 1973); and Mintzberg,
“Rounding Out the Manager’s Job,”
Sloan Management Review (Fall
1994): 11–26.
Robert E. Kaplan, “Trade Routes: 35.
The Manager’s Network of Rela-
tionships,” Organizational Dynamics
(Spring 1984): 37–52; Rosemary
Stewart, “The Nature of Manage-
ment: A Problem for Management
Education,” Journal of Management
ch1 ENDNOTES
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT30
Studies 21 (1984): 323–330; John
P. Kotter, “What Effective General
Managers Really Do,” Harvard Busi-
ness Review (November–December
1982): 156–167; and Morgan W.
McCall, Jr., Ann M. Morrison, and
Robert L. Hannan, “Studies of Man-
agerial Work: Results and Methods,”
Technical Report No. 9, Center for
Creative Leadership, Greensboro,
NC, 1978.
Alison M. Konrad, Roger Kashlak, 36.
Izumi Yoshioka, Robert Waryszak,
and Nina Toren, “What Do Manag-
ers Like to Do? A Five-Country
Study,” Group and Organizational
Management 26, no. 4 (December
2001): 401–433.
For a review of the problems faced 37.
by fi rst-time managers, see Linda A.
Hill, “Becoming the Boss,” Harvard
Business Review (January 2007):
49–56; Loren B. Belker and Gary S.
Topchik, The First-Time Manager:
A Practical Guide to the Manage-
ment of People, 5th ed. (New York:
AMACOM, 2005); J. W. Lorsch and
P. F. Mathias, “When Professionals
Have to Manage,” Harvard Busi-
ness Review (July–August 1987):
78–83; R. A. Webber, Becoming a
Courageous Manager: Overcoming
Career Problems of New Managers
(Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice
Hall, 1991); D. E. Dougherty, From
Technical Professional to Corporate
Manager: A Guide to Career Transi-
tion (New York: Wiley, 1984); J.
Falvey, “The Making of a Manager,”
Sales and Marketing Management
(March 1989): 42–83; M. K. Badawy,
Developing Managerial Skills in
Engineers and Scientists: Succeeding
as a Technical Manager (New York:
Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1982); and
M. London, Developing Managers:
A Guide to Motivating and Prepar-
ing People for Successful Managerial
Careers (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass,
1985).
Erin White, “Learning to Be the 38.
Boss; Trial and Error Is the Norm as
New Managers Figure Out How to
Relate to Former Peers,” The Wall
Street Journal, November 21, 2005.
This discussion is based on Linda 39.
A. Hill, Becoming a Manager: How
New Managers Master the Chal-
lenges of Leadership, 2nd ed.
(Boston, MA: Harvard Business
School Press, 2003), pp. 6–8; and
L.A. Hill, “Becoming the Boss,”
Harvard Business Review (January
2007): 49–56.
See also “Boss’s First Steps,” sidebar 40.
in White, “Learning to Be the Boss”;
and Belker and Topchik, The First-
Time Manager.
Jeanne Whalen, “Chance Turns 41.
a Teacher into a CEO; Religion
Lecturer Leaves Academic Path and
Learns to Run a Biotech Start-Up,”
Theory & Practice column, The
Wall Street Journal, October 17,
2005.
Henry Mintzberg, “Managerial 42.
Work: Analysis from Observation,”
Management Science 18 (1971):
B97–B110.
Based on Damien Cave, “A Tall Or-43.
der for a Marine: Feeding the Hand
That Bit You,” The New York Times,
December 30, 2007.
Mintzberg, “Managerial Work.”44.
Matthew Boyle and Jia Lynn Yang, 45.
“All in a Day’s Work,” Fortune
(March 20, 2006): 97–104.
Spielberg, “The Cheesecake Factory.”46.
Lance B. Kurke and Howard E. 47.
Aldrich, “Mintzberg Was Right!: A
Replication and Extension of The
Nature of Managerial Work,” Man-
agement Science 29 (1983): 975–984;
Cynthia M. Pavett and Alan W. Lau,
“Managerial Work: The Infl uence of
Hierarchical Level and Functional
Specialty,” Academy of Management
Journal 26 (1983): 170–177; and
Colin P. Hales, “What Do Manag-
ers Do? A Critical Review of the
Evidence,” Journal of Management
Studies 23 (1986): 88–115.
Mintzberg, “Rounding out the Man-48.
ager’s Job.”
Andy Serwer, “Inside the Rolling 49.
Stones Inc.,” Fortune (September 30,
2002): 58–72.
Valerie Darroch, “High Flyer with 50.
Feet on Home Ground; Gorbals-
Born Stephen Baxter Combines
His Role as Glasgow Airport Boss
with Heading the City’s Chamber
of Commerce,” Sunday Herald,
February 6, 2005.
Harry S. Jonas III, Ronald E. Fry, and 51.
Suresh Srivastva, “The Offi ce of the
CEO: Understanding the Executive
Experience,” Academy of Manage-
ment Executive 4 (August 1990):
36–48.
Carol Hymowitz, “Smart Execu-52.
tives Shed Some Traditional Tasks to
Focus on Key Areas,” The Wall Street
Journal, June 19, 2006.
Edward O. Welles, “There Are No 53.
Simple Businesses Anymore,” The
State of Small Business (1995):
66–79.
This section is based on Peter F. 54.
Drucker, Managing the Non-Profi t
Organization: Principles and Prac-
tices (New York: HarperBusiness,
1992); and Thomas Wolf, Manag-
ing a Nonprofi t Organization (New
York: Fireside/Simon & Schuster,
1990).
Christine W. Letts, William P. Ryan, 55.
and Allen Grossman, High Perfor-
mance Nonprofi t Organizations
(New York: Wiley & Sons, 1999), pp.
30–35.
Carol Hymowitz,“In Sarbanes-56.
Oxley Era, Running a Nonprofi t
Is Only Getting Harder,” The
Wall Street Journal, June 21, 2005;
and Bill Birchard, “Nonprofi ts by
the Numbers,” CFO (June 2005):
50–55.
This section is based on “The 57.
New Organization: A Survey of
the Company,” The Economist
(January 21, 2006); Harry G.
Barkema, Joel A. C. Baum, and
Elizabeth A. Mannix, “Manage-
ment Challenges in a New Time,”
Academy of Management Jour-
nal 45, no. 5 (2002): 916–930;
Michael Harvey and M. Ronald
Buckley, “Assessing the ‘Conven-
tional Wisdoms’ of Management
for the 21st Century Organiza-
tion,” Organizational Dynamics
30, no. 4 (2002): 368–378; and
Toby J. Tetenbaum, “Shifting Para-
digms: From Newton to Chaos,”
Organizational Dynamics (Spring
1998): 21–32.
Caroline Ellis, “The Flattening Cor-58.
poration,” MIT Sloan Management
Review (Summer 2003): 5.
Christopher Rhoads and Sara Silver, 59.
“Working at Home Gets Easier,”
The Wall Street Journal, December
29, 2005; Edwards, “Wherever You
Go, You’re on the Job”; and Kelley
Holland, “When Work Time Isn’t
Face Time,” The New York Times, De-
cember 3, 2006.
Kerr Inkson, Angela Heising, and 60.
Denise M. Rousseau, “The Interim
CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR
TURBULENT TIMES 31
Introduction
1
Manager: Prototype of the 21st
Century Worker,” Human Relations
54, no. 3 (2001): 259–284.
Keith H. Hammonds, “Smart, 61.
Determined, Ambitious, Cheap:
The New Face of Global
Competition,” Fast Company
(February 2003): 91–97.
Holland, “When Work Time Isn’t 62.
Face Time.”
Carla Johnson, “Managing Virtual 63.
Teams,” HR Magazine (June 2002):
69–73; “The New Organisation,” The
Economist (January 21, 2006).
Holland, “When Work Time Isn’t 64.
Face Time.”
chapter2pt1
L
ea
rn
in
g
O
ut
co
m
es
C
ha
pt
er
O
ut
lin
e
©
G
ET
TY
IM
AG
ES
/D
IG
IT
A
L
VI
SI
O
N
After studying this chapter, you should be able to:
1. Understand how historical forces infl uence the practice of
management.
2. Identify and explain major developments in the history of
management
thought.
3. Describe the major components of the classical and
humanistic man-
agement perspectives.
4. Discuss the management science perspective and its current
use in
organizations.
5. Explain the major concepts of systems theory, the
contingency view, and
total quality management.
6. Explain what a learning organization is and why this
approach has
become important in recent years.
7. Describe the management changes brought about by a
technology-
driven workplace, including the role of supply chain
management, cus-
tomer relationship management, and outsourcing.
Are You a New-Style or an Old-Style
Manager?
Management and Organization
Classical Perspective
Scientifi c Management
Bureaucratic Organizations
Administrative Principles
Humanistic Perspective
Human Relations Movement
Human Resources Perspective
Behavioral Sciences Approach
New Manager Self-Test: Evolution of Style
Management Science Perspective
Recent Historical Trends
Systems Theory
Contingency View
Total Quality Management
Innovative Management Thinking For
Turbulent Times
The Learning Organization
Managing the Technology-Driven
Workplace
33
The Evolution of
Management Thinking
C
ontrolling
6
Planning
3
Environm
ent
2
4O
rganizing
5Leading
Introduction
1
ARE YOU A NEW-STYLE OR AN OLD-STYLE MANAGER?1
The following are various behaviors that a manager may
engage in when relating to subordinates. Read each state-
ment carefully and rate each one Mostly True or Mostly False
to refl ect the extent to which you would use that behavior.
Mostly
True
Mostly
False
1. Closely supervise my subordinates
in order to get better work from
them.
2. Set the goals and objectives for
my subordinates and sell them on
the merits of my plans.
3. Set up controls to ensure that my
subordinates are getting the job
done.
4. Make sure that my subordinates’
work is planned out for them.
5. Check with my subordinates daily
to see if they need any help.
6. Step in as soon as reports indi-
cate that the job is slipping.
7. Push my people to meet sched-
ules if necessary.
8. Have frequent meetings to learn
from others what is going on.
SCORING AND INTERPRETATION: Add the total
number of Mostly True answers and mark your score on
the scale below. Theory X tends to be “old-style” manage-
ment and Theory Y “new-style,” because the styles are
based on different assumptions about people. To learn
more about these assumptions, you can refer to Exhibit
2.4 and review the assumptions related to Theory X and
Theory Y. Strong Theory X assumptions are typically con-
sidered inappropriate for today’s workplace. Where do
you fi t on the X–Y scale? Does your score refl ect your per-
ception of yourself as a current or future manager?
X-Y Scale
Theory X 10 5 0 Theory Y
The fi eld of management is undergoing tremendous change.
The questionnaire you
just completed describes two differing philosophies about how
people should be man-
aged, and you will learn more about these ideas in this chapter.
Both approaches still
apply in today’s organizations. However, many managers fi nd
themselves caught in
a situation where the methods and patterns that kept the
organization successful in
the past no longer seem right to keep it thriving today and into
the future.
Management philosophies and organizational forms change over
time to meet
new needs. The workplace of today is different from what it was
50 years ago—
indeed, from what it was even 10 years ago. Yet some ideas and
practices from the
past are still highly relevant and applicable to management.
Many students wonder why history matters to managers. A
historical perspective
provides a broader way of thinking, a way of searching for
patterns and determining
whether they recur across time periods. For example, certain
management practices
that seem modern, such as open-book management or employee
stock ownership, have
actually been around for a long time. These techniques have
repeatedly gained and lost
popularity since the early twentieth century because of
historical forces.2 A study of the
past contributes to understanding both the present and the
future. It is a way of learning
from others’ mistakes so as not to repeat them; learning from
others’ successes so as to
repeat them in the appropriate situation; and most of all,
learning to understand why
things happen to improve our organizations in the future.
This chapter provides an overview of the ideas, theories, and
management philos-
ophies that have contributed to making the workplace what it is
today. We examine
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT34
several management approaches that have been popular and
successful throughout
the twentieth century. The fi nal section of the chapter looks at
some recent trends and
current approaches that build on this foundation of management
understanding. This
foundation illustrates that the value of studying management
lies not in learning cur-
rent facts and research but in developing a perspective that will
facilitate the broad,
long-term view needed for management success.
MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Studying history doesn’t mean merely arranging events in
chronological order; it
means developing an understanding of the impact of societal
forces on organiza-
tions. Studying history is a way to achieve strategic thinking,
see the big picture, and
improve conceptual skills. Let’s start by examining how social,
political, and eco-
nomic forces have infl uenced organizations and the practice of
management.3
Social forces refer to those aspects of a culture that guide and
infl uence relation-
ships among people. What do people value? What do people
need? What are the
standards of behavior among people? These forces shape what is
known as the social
contract, which refers to the unwritten, common rules and
perceptions about relation-
ships among people and between employees and management.
A signifi cant social force today is the changing attitudes, ideas,
and values of Gen-
eration Y employees (sometimes called Nexters).4 These young
workers, the most edu-
cated generation in the history of the United States, grew up
technologically adept and
globally conscious. Unlike many workers of the past, they
typically are not hesitant to
question their superiors and challenge the status quo. They want
a work environment
that is challenging and supportive, with access to cutting-edge
technology, opportu-
nities to learn and further their careers and personal goals, and
the power to make
substantive decisions and changes in the workplace. In addition,
Gen Y workers have
prompted a growing focus on work/life balance, refl ected in
trends such as telecom-
muting, fl extime, shared jobs, and organization-sponsored
sabbaticals.
Political forces refer to the infl uence of political and legal
institutions on people
and organizations. Political forces include basic assumptions
underlying the political
system, such as the desirability of self-government, property
rights, contract rights,
the defi nition of justice, and the determination of innocence or
guilt of a crime. The
spread of capitalism throughout the world has dramatically
altered the business
landscape. The dominance of the free-market system and
growing interdependencies
among the world’s countries require organizations to operate
differently and manag-
ers to think in new ways. At the same time, strong anti-
American sentiments in many
parts of the world create challenges for U.S. companies and
managers.
Economic forces pertain to the availability, production, and
distribution of
resources in a society. Governments, military agencies,
churches, schools, and busi-
ness organizations in every society require resources to achieve
their goals, and eco-
nomic forces infl uence the allocation of scarce resources. One
trend is the growing
economic power of less-developed countries. The rapid growth
of China and India
and their rise in the global marketplace dominated the 2007
World Bank-International
Monetary Fund annual meetings, for example.5 Another force is
the shifting of the
economy of the United States and other developed countries,
with the sources of
wealth, the fundamentals of distribution, and the nature of
economic decision making
undergoing signifi cant changes. Today’s economy is based as
much on ideas, informa-
tion, and knowledge as it is on material resources. Supply
chains and distribution of
resources have been revolutionized by digital technology.
Surplus inventories, which
once could trigger recessions, are declining or completely
disappearing.6
As a new manager, do you appreciate a historical perspective to
help you interpret
current opportunities and problems? Social, economic, and
political forces often
repeat themselves, so your understanding will facilitate a
broader view of how
organizations adapt and succeed in today’s environment.
TakeaMoment
ssssssocial forces The aspects of aaa a
ccccuulc ture that guide and infl uenceee e
rrrreelr ationships among people—
ttthhheir values, needs, and standarddsss
ooooffoff behbehaviavioror.
pppppolitical forces The infl uencee
ooooff oo political and legal institutionsss
ooooonn o people and organizations.
eeeeconomic forces Forces that
aaaaafffect the availability, productionn,,,,
aaaaannda distribution of a society’s re--
ssssosoouous rces among cg omppeting g userss.s..
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 35
Introduction
1
Management practices and perspectives vary in response to
these social, political,
and economic forces in the larger society. During diffi cult
times, managers look for
ideas to help them cope with environmental turbulence and keep
their organizations
vital. The Manager’s Shoptalk lists a wide variety of ideas and
techniques used by
today’s managers. Management idea life cycles have been
growing shorter as the
pace of change has increased. A recent study by professors at
the University of Loui-
siana at Lafayette found that, from the 1950s to the 1970s, it
typically took more than a
decade for interest in a popular management idea to peak. By
the 1990s, the interval
had shrunk to fewer than three years.7
Over the history of management, many fashions and
fads have appeared. Critics argue that new techniques
may not represent permanent solutions. Others feel
that managers adopt new techniques for continuous
improvement in a fast-changing world.
In 1993, Bain and Company started a large research
project to interview and survey thousands of corpo-
rate executives about the 25 most popular manage-
ment tools and techniques. The list for 2007 and their
usage rates are below. How many tools do you know?
For more information on specifi c tools, visit the Bain
website: http://www.bain.com/management_tools/
home.asp.
Fashion. Over the last decade, tools such as
activity-based management, one-to-one marketing, sce-
nario planning, and virtual teams have dropped out
of the top 25. Business process reengineering has been
mercurial, with 69% usage in 1995, dropping to 38%
in 2000, increasing again to 69% in 2007.
Global. North American executives are more
likely to look outward, using strategic alliances and
collaborative innovation more than companies in other
parts of the world. European executives are big users
of customer segmentation. Latin American executives
use the fewest number of tools. Asia-Pacifi c execu-
tives report higher use of newer tools like consumer
ethnography and corporate blogs.
SOURCE: Copyright 2007 by Emerald Group Publishing
Limited. Reproduced with permission of Emerald Group
Publishing Limited in the format Textbook via Copyright
Clearance Center.
Contemporary Management Tools
M
an
ag
er
’s
Sh
op
ta
lk
Significantly
below overall
mean
Usage
Significantly
above overall
mean
Mean 62%
RFID
Corporate Blogs
Consumer Ethnography
Offshoring
Six Sigma
Mergers and Acquisitions
Loyalty Management Tools
Collaborative Innovation
Lean Operations
Shared Service Centers
Total Quality Management
Growth Strategy Tools
Supply Chain Management
Balanced Scorecard
Strategic Alliances
Knowledge Management
Scenario and Contingency Planning
Business Process Reengineering
Outsourcing
Core Competencies
Mission and Vision Statements
Benchmarking
Customer Segmentation
Customer Relationship Management
Strategic Planning
23%
30%
35%
37%
40%
50%
51%
53%
54%
55%
64%
65%
66%
66%
68%
69%
69%
69%
77%
79%
79%
81%
82%
84%
88%
0 20 40 60 80 100
http://www.bain.com/management_tools/home.asp
http://www.bain.com/management_tools/home.asp
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT36
E X H I B I T 2 .1 Management Perspectives over Time
Recent challenges such as a tough economy and rocky stock
market, environ-
mental and organizational crises, lingering anxieties over war
and terrorism, and the
public suspicion and skepticism resulting from corporate
scandals have left today’s
executives searching for any management tool—new or old—
that can help them get
the most out of limited resources. This search for guidance is
refl ected in a prolifera-
tion of books, scholarly articles, and conferences dedicated to
examining management
fashions and trends.8 Exhibit 2.1 illustrates the evolution of
signifi cant management
perspectives over time, each of which will be examined in the
remainder of this chap-
ter. The timeline refl ects the dominant time period for each
approach, but elements of
each are still used in today’s organizations.
CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVE
The practice of management can be traced to 3000 b.c., to the fi
rst government
organizations developed by the Sumerians and Egyptians, but
the formal study
of management is relatively recent.9 The
early study of management as we know it
today began with what is now called the
classical perspective.
The classical perspective on manage-
ment emerged during the nineteenth and
early twentieth centuries. The factory
system that began to appear in the 1800s
posed challenges that earlier organizations
had not encountered. Problems arose in
tooling the plants, organizing managerial
structure, training employees (many of
them non-English-speaking immigrants),
scheduling complex manufacturing oper-
ations, and dealing with increased labor
dissatisfaction and resulting strikes.
These myriad new problems and the
development of large, complex organiza-
tions demanded a new approach to coordi-
nation and control, and a “new sub-species ©
TH
E
G
R
A
N
G
ER
C
O
LL
EC
TI
O
N
, N
EW
Y
O
R
K
Frederick Winslow Taylor
(1856–1915). Taylor’s theory
that labor productivity could
be improved by scientifi cally
determined management
practices earned him the
status of “father of scientifi c
management.”
ccccclclassical perspective A
mmmmmanagement perspective that
eeeeemmerged during the nineteenthh
aaaannd early twentieth centuries
ttthhat emphasized a rational,
sssscsccis ent fiifi c approachh to thhe studdyy
oooooff o management and sought to
mmmm kmmakm e orga iniz tiations f effifi ciientt
oooopopopepeopeperatratingingg ma machichinesnes..
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 37
Introduction
1
of economic man—the salaried manager”10—was born.
Between 1880 and 1920, the
number of professional managers in the United States grew from
161,000 to more than
1 million.11 These professional managers began developing and
testing solutions to
the mounting challenges of organizing, coordinating, and
controlling large numbers
of people and increasing worker productivity. Thus began the
evolution of modern
management with the classical perspective.
This perspective contains three subfi elds, each with a slightly
different emphasis:
scientifi c management, bureaucratic organizations, and
administrative principles.12
Scientifi c Management
Scientifi c management emphasizes scientifi cally determined
jobs and management
practices as the way improve effi ciency and labor productivity.
In the late 1800s, a
young engineer, Frederick Winslow Taylor (1856–1915),
proposed that workers “could
be retooled like machines, their physical and mental gears
recalibrated for better
productivity.”13 Taylor insisted that improving productivity
meant that management
itself would have to change and, further, that the manner of
change could be deter-
mined only by scientifi c study; hence, the label scientifi c
management emerged. Taylor
suggested that decisions based on rules of
thumb and tradition be replaced with pre-
cise procedures developed after careful
study of individual situations.14
Taylor’s philosophy is encapsulated
in his statement, “In the past the man has
been fi rst. In the future, the system must
be fi rst.”15 The scientifi c management ap-
proach is illustrated by the unloading of
iron from rail cars and reloading fi nished
steel for the Bethlehem Steel plant in 1898.
Taylor calculated that with correct move-
ments, tools, and sequencing, each man was capable
of loading 47.5 tons per day instead of the typical 12.5
tons. He also worked out an incentive system that paid
each man $1.85 a day for meeting the new standard, an
increase from the previous rate of $1.15. Productivity at
Bethlehem Steel shot up overnight.
Although known as the father of scientifi c management,
Taylor was not alone in this area. Henry Gantt, an associ-
ate of Taylor’s, developed the Gantt chart—a bar graph
that measures planned and completed work along each
stage of production by time elapsed. Two other important
pioneers in this area were the husband-and-wife team
of Frank B. and Lillian M. Gilbreth. Frank B. Gilbreth
(1868–1924) pioneered time and motion study and arrived
at many of his management techniques independen-
tly of Taylor. He stressed effi ciency and was known for
his quest for the one best way to do work. Although
Gilbreth is known for his early work with brick-
layers, his work had great impact on medical sur-
gery by drastically reducing the time patients spent
on the operating table. Surgeons were able to save
countless lives through the application of time
and motion study. Lillian M. Gilbreth (1878–1972)
was more interested in the human aspect of work.
When her husband died at the age of 56, she had 12 children
ages 2 to 19. The
undaunted “fi rst lady of management” went right on with her
work. She presented
©
T
H
E
G
R
A
N
G
ER
C
O
LL
EC
TI
O
N
Automaker Henry Ford made extensive
use of Frederick Taylor’s scientifi c management techniques, as
illustrated
by this assembly of an automobile at a Ford plant circa 1930.
Ford
replaced workers with machines for heavy lifting and moving
autos
from one worker to the next. This reduced worker hours and
improved
effi ciency and productivity. Under this system, a Ford rolled
off the
assembly line every 10 seconds.
sssssscientifi c management A
ssssuubuubfiefi eldld ofof thethe cl classassicaical ml
manaanage--ge
mmmmenmmment pt perserspecpectivtive te thathat em
emphapha-
ssssiisiizss ded isci tentifiifi lcallly y ddetermiinedd
ccccchhanges in management prac-
tttiiiices as the solution to improvinggggg
llllalaaababl or prop ductivityy.
Lillian M. Gilbreth (1878–1972),
Frank B. Gilbreth (1868–1924).
This husband-and-wife team
contributed to the principles
of scientifi c management. His
development of time and
motion studies and her work in
industrial psychology pioneered
many of today’s management
and human resource techniques.
©
U
N
D
ER
W
O
O
D
&
U
N
D
ER
W
O
O
D
/C
O
R
BI
S
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT38
a paper in place of her late husband, continued their seminars
and consulting, lec-
tured, and eventually became a professor at Purdue
University.16 She pioneered in the
fi eld of industrial psychology and made substantial
contributions to human resource
management.
Exhibit 2.2 shows the basic ideas of scientifi c management. To
use this approach,
managers should develop standard methods for doing each job,
select workers with
the appropriate abilities, train workers in the standard methods,
support workers
and eliminate interruptions, and provide wage incentives.
The ideas of scientifi c management that began with Taylor
dramatically increased
productivity across all industries, and they are still important
today. A recent Harvard
Business Review article discussing innovations that shaped
modern management puts
scientifi c management at the top of its list of 12 infl uential
innovations. Indeed, the
ideas of creating a system for maximum effi ciency and
organizing work for maxi-
mum productivity are deeply embedded in our organizations.17
However, because scientifi c management ignored the social
context and workers’
needs, it led to increased confl ict and sometimes violent
clashes between managers
and employees. Under this system, workers often felt
exploited—a sharp contrast
from the harmony and cooperation that Taylor and his followers
had envisioned.
Bureaucratic Organizations
A systematic approach developed in Europe that looked at the
organization as a
whole is the bureaucratic organizations approach, a subfi eld
within the classical per-
spective. Max Weber (1864–1920), a German theorist,
introduced most of the concepts
on bureaucratic organizations.18
During the late 1800s, many European organizations were
managed on a per-
sonal, family-like basis. Employees were loyal to a single
individual rather than
to the organization or its mission. The dysfunctional
consequence of this manage-
ment practice was that resources were used to realize individual
desires rather
than organizational goals. Employees in effect owned the
organization and used
resources for their own gain rather than to serve customers.
Weber envisioned
organizations that would be managed on an impersonal, rational
basis. This form
of organization was called a bureaucracy. Exhibit 2.3
summarizes the six character-
istics of bureaucracy as specifi ed by Weber.
Weber believed that an organization based on rational authority
would be more
effi cient and adaptable to change because continuity is related
to formal structure
and positions rather than to a particular person, who may leave
or die. To Weber,
rationality in organizations meant employee selection and
advancement based
E X H I B I T 2 . 2
Characteristics of Scientifi c
Management
General Approach
• Developed standard method for performing each job.
• Selected workers with appropriate abilities for each job.
• Trained workers in standard methods.
• Supported workers by planning their work and eliminating
interruptions.
• Provided wage incentives to workers for increased output.
Contributions
• Demonstrated the importance of compensation for
performance.
• Initiated the careful study of tasks and jobs.
• Demonstrated the importance of personnel selection and
training.
Criticisms
• Did not appreciate the social context of work and higher needs
of workers.
• Did not acknowledge variance among individuals.
• Tended to regard workers as uninformed and ignored their
ideas and suggestions.
bbbbbbbbureaucratic organizations
AAAAAAA sA ubfi eld of the classical manage--
mmmmmment perspective that emphasizedd
mmmmmanmmanageagemenment ot on an an in
impempersorsonalnal, r, raa--aa
ttttiioott nal basis through such elementtss
aaaaass a lcle larl dy d fiefi dned au htho irity a dnd
rrrrereesr pon ibsibiliilitty, f formall reco drd-
kkkkkee iping, dand separ iation fof
mmmmmmanagement and ownership.
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 39
Introduction
1
not on whom you know, but rather on competence and technical
qualifi cations,
which are assessed by examination or according to training and
experience. The
organization relies on rules and written records for continuity.
In addition, rules
and procedures are impersonal and applied uniformly to all
employees. A clear
division of labor arises from distinct defi nitions of authority
and responsibility,
legitimized as offi cial duties. Positions are organized in a
hierarchy, with each
position under the authority of a higher one. The manager
depends not on his or
her personality for successfully giving orders but on the legal
power invested in
the managerial position.
Read the ethical dilemma on pages 53–54 that pertains to
problems of bureaucracy.
What would it be like for you to be a manager in a bureaucratic
organization? Would
you thrive in that environment?
The term bureaucracy has taken on a negative meaning in
today’s organizations
and is associated with endless rules and red tape. We have all
been frustrated by
waiting in long lines or following seemingly silly procedures.
However, rules and
other bureaucratic procedures provide a standard way of dealing
with employees.
Everyone gets equal treatment, and everyone knows what the
rules are. This foun-
dation enables many organizations to become extremely effi
cient. Consider United
Parcel Service (UPS), sometimes called Big Brown.
TakeaMoment
E X H I B I T 2 . 3 Characteristics of Weberian Bureaucracy
SOURCE: Adapted from Max Weber, The Theory of Social and
Economic Organizations, ed. and trans. A.M. Henderson and
Talcott Parsons (New York: Free Press, 1947),
pp. 328–337.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT40
UPS specializes in the delivery of small packages, delivering
more than 13 million every busi-
ness day. In addition, UPS is gaining market share in air
service, logistics, and global infor-
mation services. Why has UPS been so successful? One
important factor is the concept of
bureaucracy. UPS is bound up in rules and regulations. It
teaches drivers an astounding 340
steps for how to correctly deliver a package—such as how to
load the truck, how to fasten
their seat belts, how to walk, and how to carry their keys.
Specifi c safety rules apply to driv-
ers, loaders, clerks, and managers. Strict dress codes are
enforced—clean uniforms (called
browns), every day, black or brown polished shoes with nonslip
soles, no beards, no hair
below the collar, and so on. Supervisors conduct three-minute
inspections of drivers each
day. The company also has rules specifying cleanliness
standards for buildings, trucks, and
other properties. No eating or drinking is permitted at employee
desks. Every manager is
given bound copies of policy books and is expected to use them.
UPS has a well-defi ned division of labor. Each plant consists
of specialized drivers, load-
ers, clerks, washers, sorters, and maintenance personnel. UPS
thrives on written records, and
it has been a leader in using new technology to enhance
reliability and effi ciency. Drivers use
a computerized clipboard to track everything from miles per
gallon to data on parcel delivery.
All drivers have daily worksheets that specify performance
goals and work output.
Technical qualifi cation is the criterion for hiring and
promotion. The UPS policy book
says the leader is expected to have the knowledge and capacity
to justify the position of lead-
ership. Favoritism is forbidden. The bureaucratic model works
just fi ne at UPS, “the tightest
ship in the shipping business.”19
Administrative Principles
Another major subfi eld within the classical perspective is
known as the adminis-
trative principles approach. Whereas scientifi c management
focused on the produc-
tivity of the individual worker, the administrative principles
approach focused on
the total organization. The contributors to this approach
included Henri Fayol, Mary
Parker Follett, and Chester I. Barnard.
Henri Fayol (1841–1925) was a French mining engineer who
worked his way up
to become head of a major mining group known as Comambault.
Comambault sur-
vives today as part of Le Creusot-Loire, the largest mining and
metallurgical group
in central France. In his later years, Fayol wrote down his
concepts on administration,
based largely on his own management experiences.20
In his most signifi cant work, General and Industrial
Management, Fayol discussed
14 general principles of management, several of which are part
of management phi-
losophy today. For example:
▪ Unity of command. Each subordinate receives orders from
one—and only
one—superior.
▪ Division of work. Managerial work and technical work are
amenable to special-
ization to produce more and better work with the same amount
of effort.
▪ Unity of direction. Similar activities in an organization should
be grouped together
under one manager.
▪ Scalar chain. A chain of authority extends from the top to the
bottom of the orga-
nization and should include every employee.
Fayol felt that these principles could be applied in any
organizational setting. He
also identifi ed fi ve basic functions or elements of
management: planning, organizing,
commanding, coordinating, and controlling. These functions
underlie much of the gen-
eral approach to today’s management theory.
Mary Parker Follett (1868–1933) was trained in philosophy and
political science at
what today is Radcliffe College. She applied herself in many fi
elds, including social
psychology and management. She wrote of the importance of
common superordinate
goals for reducing confl ict in organizations.21 Her work was
popular with business-
people of her day but was often overlooked by management
scholars.22 Follett’s ideas
United Parcel
Service (UPS)
In
no
va
tiv
e
W
ay
aaaaaadministrative principles AAAA AAA
sssssuubs fi eld of the classical managee---
mmmmmment perspective that focuses
oooonon thethe to totaltal or organganizaizatiotion rn
rathatherer
tttthhatt n the individual worker,
ddddd lddeld iine iating hthe management
fffufuffuunfu tictions f of l planniing, orga iniz-
iiinnnng, comm dandiing, coordidin iating,g,
aaaaannd controlling.
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 41
Introduction
1
served as a contrast to scientifi c management and are
reemerging as applicable for
modern managers dealing with rapid changes in today’s global
environment. Her
approach to leadership stressed the importance of people rather
than engineering
techniques. She offered the pithy admonition, “Don’t hug your
blueprints,” and ana-
lyzed the dynamics of management-organization interactions.
Follett addressed issues
that are timely today, such as ethics, power, and how to lead in
a way that encourages
employees to give their best. The concepts of empowerment,
facilitating rather than con-
trolling employees, and allowing employees to act depending on
the authority of the
situation opened new areas for theoretical
study by Chester Barnard and others.23
Chester I. Barnard (1886–1961) stud-
ied economics at Harvard but failed
to receive a degree because he lacked a
course in laboratory science. He went
to work in the statistical department of
AT&T and in 1927 became president of
New Jersey Bell. One of Barnard’s signifi -
cant contributions was the concept of the
informal organization. The informal orga-
nization occurs in all formal organizations
and includes cliques and naturally occur-
ring social groupings. Barnard argued
that organizations are not machines and
stressed that informal relationships are
powerful forces that can help the organi-
zation if properly managed. Another sig-
nifi cant contribution was the acceptance
theory of authority, which states that peo-
ple have free will and can choose whether
to follow management orders. People
typically follow orders because they per-
ceive positive benefi t to themselves, but
they do have a choice. Managers should
treat employees properly because their
acceptance of authority may be criti-
cal to organization success in important
situations.24
The overall classical perspective as
an approach to management was very
powerful and gave companies funda-
mental new skills for establishing high
productivity and effective treatment of
employees. Indeed, the United States
surged ahead of the world in manage-
ment techniques, and other countries,
especially Japan, borrowed heavily from
American ideas.
HUMANISTIC PERSPECTIVE
Mary Parker Follett and Chester Barnard were early advocates
of a more humanis-
tic perspective on management that emphasized the importance
of understanding
human behaviors, needs, and attitudes in the workplace as well
as social interactions
and group processes.25 We will discuss three subfi elds based
on the humanistic per-
spective: the human relations movement, the human resources
perspective, and the
behavioral sciences approach.
hhhhhhhumanistic perspective
AAAAAAA management perspective
tttthhat emerged near the late
nnnnnninn eteenth century and
eeeemmpe hasized understanding
hhhhhuman behavior, needs, and
aaaatttitudes in the workplace.
This 1914 photograph shows
the initiation of a new arrival at
a Nebraska planting camp. This
initiation was not part of the
formal rules and illustrates the
signifi cance of the informal or-
ganization described by Barnard.
Social values and behaviors were
powerful forces that could help
or hurt the planting organization
depending on how they were
managed.
FR
O
M
N
AT
IO
N
A
L
A
RC
H
IV
ES
Mary Parker Follett (1868–1933).
Follett was a major contributor
to the administrative principles
approach to management. Her
emphasis on worker participa-
tion and shared goals among
managers was embraced by
many businesspeople of the day
and has been recently “rediscov-
ered” by corporate America.
C
O
U
R
TE
SY
, M
A
RY
P
A
R
KE
R
F
O
LL
ET
TE
F
O
U
N
D
AT
IO
N
A
N
D
R
EA
D
IN
G
U
N
IV
ER
SI
TY
, U
K
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT42
Human Relations Movement
The human relations movement was based on the idea that truly
effective control
comes from within the individual worker rather than from strict,
authoritarian con-
trol.26 This school of thought recognized and directly
responded to social pressures
for enlightened treatment of employees. The early work on
industrial psychology
and personnel selection received little attention because of the
prominence of scien-
tifi c management. Then a series of studies at a Chicago electric
company, which came
to be known as the Hawthorne studies, changed all that.
Beginning about 1895, a struggle developed between
manufacturers of gas and
electric lighting fi xtures for control of the residential and
industrial market.27 By 1909,
electric lighting had begun to win, but the increasingly effi
cient electric fi xtures used
less total power. The electric companies began a campaign to
convince industrial
users that they needed more light to get more productivity.
When advertising did not
work, the industry began using experimental tests to
demonstrate their argument.
Managers were skeptical about the results, so the Committee on
Industrial Lighting
(CIL) was set up to run the tests. To further add to the tests’
credibility, Thomas Edi-
son was made honorary chairman of the CIL. In one test
location—the Hawthorne
plant of the Western Electric Company—some interesting
events occurred.
The major part of this work involved four experimental and
three control groups.
In all, fi ve different tests were conducted. These pointed to the
importance of factors
other than illumination in affecting productivity. To more
carefully examine these fac-
tors, numerous other experiments were conducted.28 The results
of the most famous
study, the fi rst Relay Assembly Test Room (RATR)
experiment, were extremely con-
troversial. Under the guidance of two Harvard professors, Elton
Mayo and Fritz
Roethlisberger, the RATR studies lasted nearly six years (May
10, 1927 to May 4,
1933) and involved 24 separate experimental periods. So many
factors were changed
and so many unforeseen factors uncontrolled that scholars
disagree on the factors
that truly contributed to the general increase in performance
over that time period.
Most early interpretations, however, agreed on one thing:
Money was not the cause
of the increased output.29 It was believed that the factor that
best explained increased
output was human relations. Employees performed bet-
ter when managers treated them in a positive manner.
Recent re-analyses of the experiments have revealed
that a number of factors were different for the workers
involved, and some suggest that money may well have
been the single most important factor.30 An interview
with one of the original participants revealed that just
getting into the experimental group had meant a huge
increase in income.31
These new data clearly show that money mattered a
great deal at Hawthorne. In addition, worker productiv-
ity increased partly as a result of the increased feelings
of importance and group pride employees felt by virtue
of being selected for this important project.32 One unin-
tended contribution of the experiments was a rethinking
of fi eld research practices. Researchers and scholars real-
ized that the researcher can infl uence the outcome of an
experiment by being too closely involved with research
subjects. This phenomenon has come to be known as
the Hawthorne effect in research methodology. Subjects
behaved differently because of the active participation
of researchers in the Hawthorne experiments.33
From a historical perspective, whether the studies
were academically sound is of less importance than the
fact that they stimulated an increased interest in look-
ing at employees as more than extensions of production
FR
O
M
W
ES
TE
R
N
E
LE
C
TR
IC
P
H
O
TO
G
R
A
PH
IC
S
ER
VI
C
ES
This is the Relay Room of the
Western Electric Hawthorne, Illinois, plant in 1927. Six women
worked in this relay assembly test room during the controversial
experiments on employee productivity. Professors Mayo and
Roethlisberger evaluated conditions such as rest breaks and
workday
length, physical health, amount of sleep, and diet. Experimental
changes were fully discussed with the women and were
abandoned
if they disapproved. Gradually the researchers began to realize
they
had created a change in supervisory style and human relations,
which they believed was the true cause of the increased
productivity.
hhhhhhhuman relations movementtt
AAAAAA mA ovement in management
ttthhhittt nking and practice that em-
pppphapppphap sizsizeses satsatisfisfactactionion of of em
emploploy--y
eeeeeees’b’ b iasic n deeds a ts thhe kkey t to
iiinnnncreased worker productivity.
HHHHHawthorne studies A series
ooooof experiments on worker pro-
dddddductivity begun in 1924 at the
HHHHHHawthorne plant of Western
EEEEEElectric Company in Illinois;
aaaaatttributed employees’ increased
ooooouutput to managers’ better treat--
mmmmmmmemenm t of them during tg he study.dy.yy
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 43
Introduction
1
machinery. The interpretation that employees’ output increased
when managers
treated them in a positive manner started a revolution in worker
treatment for improv-
ing organizational productivity. Despite fl awed methodology or
inaccurate conclu-
sions, the fi ndings provided the impetus for the human
relations movement. This
approach shaped management theory and practice for well over
a quarter-century,
and the belief that human relations is the best approach for
increasing productivity
persists today.
Before reading on, take the New Manager Self-Test on page 44.
This test will give
you feedback about how your personal manager frame of
reference relates to the
human resources and other perspectives described in this
chapter.
Human Resources Perspective
The human relations movement initially espoused a dairy farm
view of management—
contented cows give more milk, so satisfi ed workers will give
more work. Gradually,
views with deeper content began to emerge. The human
resources perspective main-
tained an interest in worker participation and considerate
leadership but shifted the
emphasis to consider the daily tasks that people perform. The
human resources per-
spective combines prescriptions for design of job tasks with
theories of motivation.34
In the human resources view, jobs should be designed so that
tasks are not perceived
as dehumanizing or demeaning but instead allow workers to use
their full potential.
Two of the best-known contributors to the human resources
perspective were Abraham
Maslow and Douglas McGregor.
Abraham Maslow (1908–1970), a practicing psychologist,
observed that his
patients’ problems usually stemmed from an inability to satisfy
their needs. Thus,
he generalized his work and suggested a hierarchy of needs.
Maslow’s hierarchy
started with physiological needs and progressed to safety,
belongingness, esteem,
and, fi nally, self-actualization needs. Chapter 15 discusses his
ideas in more detail.
Douglas McGregor (1906–1964) had become frustrated with the
early simplis-
tic human relations notions while president of Antioch College
in Ohio. He chal-
lenged both the classical perspective and the early human
relations assumptions
about human behavior. Based on his experiences as a manager
and consultant,
his training as a psychologist, and the work of Maslow,
McGregor formulated his
Theory X and Theory Y, which are explained in Exhibit 2.4.35
McGregor believed
TakeaMoment
E X H I B I T 2 . 4
Theory X and Theory Y
Assumptions of Theory X
• The average human being has an inherent dislike of work and
will avoid it if possible.
• Because of the human characteristic of dislike for work, most
people must be coerced,
controlled, directed, or threatened with punishment to get them
to put forth adequate effort
toward the achievement of organizational objectives.
• The average human being prefers to be directed, wishes to
avoid responsibility, has relatively
little ambition, and wants security above all.
Assumptions of Theory Y
• The expenditure of physical and mental effort in work is as
natural as play or rest. The average
human being does not inherently dislike work.
• External control and the threat of punishment are not the only
means for bringing about effort
toward organizational objectives. A person will exercise self-
direction and self-control in the
service of objectives to which he or she is committed.
• The average human being learns, under proper conditions, not
only to accept but to seek
responsibility.
• The capacity to exercise a relatively high degree of
imagination, ingenuity, and creativity in the
solution of organizational problems is widely, not narrowly,
distributed in the population.
• Under the conditions of modern industrial life, the
intellectual potentialities of the average
human being are only partially utilized.
SOURCE: Douglas McGregor, The Human Side of Enterprise
(New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960), pp. 33–48.
hhhhhhhuman resources
ppppperspective A management
pppperspective that suggests jobs
sssshhoshhoulduld be be de desigsignedned to to me meetet
hhhhhhigh her-level needs by allowing
wwwwwwworw kers to use their full
pppppototpopppp ential.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT44
Evolution of Style
This questionnaire asks you to describe yourself.
For each item, give the number “4” to the phrase
that best describes you, “3” to the item that is
next best, and on down to “1” for the item that is
least like you.
1. My strongest skills are:
_____ a. Analytical skills
_____ b. Interpersonal skills
_____ c. Political skills
_____ d. Flair for drama
2. The best way to describe me is:
_____ a. Technical expert
_____ b. Good listener
_____ c. Skilled negotiator
_____ d. Inspirational leader
3. What has helped me the most to be successful
is my ability to:
_____ a. Make good decisions
_____ b. Coach and develop people
_____ c. Build strong alliances and a power base
_____ d. Inspire and excite others
4. What people are most likely to notice about
me is my:
_____ a. Attention to detail
_____ b. Concern for people
_____ c. Ability to succeed in the face of confl ict and
opposition
_____ d. Charisma
5. My most important leadership trait is:
_____ a. Clear, logical thinking
_____ b. Caring and support for others
_____ c. Toughness and aggressiveness
_____ d. Imagination and creativity
6. I am best described as:
_____ a. An analyst
_____ b. A humanist
_____ c. A politician
_____ d. A visionary
INTERPRETATION: New managers typically view
their world through one or more mental frames
of reference. (1) The structural frame of reference
sees the organization as a machine that can be
economically effi cient and that provides a man-
ager with formal authority to achieve goals. This
manager frame became strong during the era of
scientifi c management and bureaucratic admin-
istration. (2) The human resource frame sees the
organization as people, with manager emphasis
given to support, empowerment, and belonging.
This manager frame gained importance with the
rise of the humanistic perspective. (3) The political
frame sees the organization as a competition for
resources to achieve goals, with manager empha-
sis on negotiation and hallway coalition build-
ing. This frame refl ects the need within systems
theory to have all parts working together. (4) The
symbolic frame of reference sees the organization as
theater—a place to achieve dreams—with manager
emphasis on symbols, vision, culture, and inspira-
tion. This manager frame is important for learning
organizations.
Which frame refl ects your way of viewing the
world? The fi rst two frames of reference—structural and
human resource—are more important for new managers.
These two frames usually are mastered fi rst. As
new managers gain experience and move up the
organization, they should acquire political skills
and also learn to use symbols for communica-
tion. It is important for new managers not to be
stuck for years in one way of viewing the organiza-
tion because their progress may be limited. Many
new managers evolve through and master each of
the four frames as they become more skilled and
experienced
SCORING: Higher score represents your way of
viewing the organization and will infl uence your
management style. Compute your scores as
follows:
ST " 1a # 2a # 3a # 4a # 5a # 6a " _______
HR " 1b # 2b # 3b # 4b # 5b # 6b " ______
PL " 1c # 2c # 3c # 4c # 5c # 6c " ________
SY " 1d # 2d # 3d # 4d # 5d # 6d " ______
SOURCE: © 1988, Leadership Frameworks, 440 Boylston
Street, Brookline, MA 02146. All rights reserved. Used with
permission.
N
ew
M
an
ag
er
Se
lf-
T
es
t
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 45
Introduction
1
that the classical perspective was based on Theory X
assumptions about workers.
He also felt that a slightly modifi ed version of Theory X fi t
early human relations
ideas. In other words, human relations ideas did not go far
enough. McGregor
proposed Theory Y as a more realistic view of workers for
guiding management
thinking.
Look back at your scores on the questionnaire at the beginning
of this chapter
related to Theory X and Theory Y. How will your management
assumptions about
people fi t into an organization today?
The point of Theory Y is that organizations can take advantage
of the imagination
and intellect of all their employees. Employees will exercise
self-control and will con-
tribute to organizational goals when given the opportunity. A
few companies today
still use Theory X management, but many are using Theory Y
techniques. Consider
how hearing-aid maker Oticon applies Theory Y assumptions to
tap into employee
creativity and mind power.
Oticon, a Danish company that made the world’s fi rst digital
hearing aid, was once a typical
hierarchical organization with a rather stodgy culture. That all
changed in the early 1990s,
when chief executive Lars Kolind turned everything on its head
by throwing out the old struc-
tures and controls.
Kolind believed workers would be more creative, more
productive, and more satisfi ed if
they had fewer controls and limitations. Suddenly, employees
were free to work on any proj-
ect and join any team they chose. There was no hierarchy, no
organization charts, no titles,
and few rules. Permanent desks were done away with in favor of
fi ling cabinets on wheels that
people pushed from project to project. Kolind called it “the
spaghetti organization” because
the company held together without a fi xed structure. Ideas
began bubbling up and turning
into hot new products, such as a hearing aid that required less
adjustment. Productivity
increased, and sales and profi ts soared.
Some of the old structures were reinstated as the company grew
larger and after Kolind
left the company. For example, everyone now reports to a direct
supervisor, and people no
longer have complete freedom to choose projects. New top
leaders believe some structure is
helpful as long as workers aren’t constrained and burdened by
tight controls. The Theory Y
spirit survives at Oticon, helping to keep the company an
innovation leader.36
Behavioral Sciences Approach
The behavioral sciences approach uses scientifi c methods and
draws from soci-
ology, psychology, anthropology, economics, and other
disciplines to develop
theories about human behavior and interaction in an
organizational setting. This
approach can be seen in practically every organization. When
IBM conducts
research to determine the best set of tests, interviews, and
employee profi les to use
when selecting new employees, it is using behavioral science
techniques. When
Best Buy electronics stores train new managers in the
techniques of employee
motivation, most of the theories and fi ndings are rooted in
behavioral science
research.
One specifi c set of management techniques based in the
behavioral sciences
approach is organization development (OD). In the 1970s,
organization development
evolved as a separate fi eld that applied the behavioral sciences
to improve the orga-
nization’s health and effectiveness through its ability to cope
with change, improve
internal relationships, and increase problem-solving
capabilities.37 The techniques
and concepts of organization development have since been
broadened and expanded
to address the increasing complexity of organizations and the
environment, and OD
TakeaMoment
Oticon
Innovative W
ay
bbbbbbbehavioral sciences approach h
AAAAAAA subfi eld of the humanistic
mmmmmmanagement perspective that
aaaaapppa lies social science in an
oooorgo anizational context, drawinggg g
ffffrrom economics, psychology,
ssssoociology, and other discipliness.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT46
is still a vital approach for managers. OD will be discussed in
detail in Chapter 10.
Other concepts that grew out of the behavioral sciences
approach include matrix
organizations, self-managed teams, ideas about corporate
culture, and management
by wandering around. Indeed, the behavioral sciences approach
has infl uenced the
majority of tools, techniques, and approaches that managers
have applied to organi-
zations since the 1970s.
All the remaining chapters of this book contain research fi
ndings and manage-
ment applications that can be attributed to the behavioral
sciences approach.
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE PERSPECTIVE
World War II caused many management changes. The massive
and complicated problems
associated with modern global warfare presented managerial
decision makers with the
need for more sophisticated tools than ever before. The
management science perspective
emerged to address those problems. This view is distinguished
for its application
of mathematics, statistics, and other quantitative techniques to
management deci-
sion making and problem solving. During World War II, groups
of mathematicians,
physicists, and other scientists were formed to solve military
problems. Because
those problems frequently involved moving massive amounts of
materials and large
numbers of people quickly and effi ciently, the techniques had
obvious applications
to large-scale business fi rms.38
Management scholar Peter Drucker’s 1946 book Concept of the
Corporation sparked
a dramatic increase in the academic study of business and
management. Picking up
on techniques developed for the military, scholars began
cranking out numerous
mathematical tools for corporate managers, such as the
application of linear pro-
gramming for optimizing operations, statistical process control
for quality manage-
ment, and the capital asset pricing model.39
These efforts were enhanced with the development and
perfection of the com-
puter. IBM introduced the fi rst automatic, general purpose
computer in 1944. It was
essentially a calculator with 760,000 parts and 500 miles of
wire that took 11 seconds
to perform simple division.40 Further developments over the
1950s and 1960s made
this new tool increasingly useful as a data processor, reporting
system, and data
repository for managers.41 Coupled with the growing body of
statistical techniques,
computers made it possible for managers to collect, store, and
process large volumes
of data for quantitative decision making.42 Let’s look at three
subsets of the manage-
ment science perspective.
Operations research grew directly out of the World War II
military groups (called
operational research teams in Great Britain and operations
research teams in the United
States).43 It consists of mathematical model building and other
applications of quan-
titative techniques to managerial problems.
Operations management refers to the fi eld of management that
specializes in the
physical production of goods or services. Operations
management specialists use
quantitative techniques to solve manufacturing problems. Some
commonly used
methods are forecasting, inventory modeling, linear and
nonlinear programming,
queuing theory, scheduling, simulation, and break-even
analysis.
Information technology (IT) is the most recent subfi eld of the
management science
perspective, which is often refl ected in management
information systems. These
systems are designed to provide relevant information to
managers in a timely and
cost-effi cient manner. More recently, information technology
within organizations
evolved to include intranets and extranets, as well as various
software programs that
help managers estimate costs, plan and track production,
manage projects, allocate
resources, or schedule employees. Most of today’s organizations
have departments
of information technology specialists who use management
science techniques to
solve complex organizational problems.
mmmmmmanagement science
ppppperspective A management
ppppperspective that emerged
aaaaffter World War II and applpp ied
mmmmmmatm hematics, statistics, and
oooothotho er qua tintit ttatiive t te hchniiques
tttootoo t manmanageageriarial pl probroblemlemss.
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 47
Introduction
1
RECENT HISTORICAL TRENDS
The post–World War II period saw the rise of new concepts,
along with a continued
strong interest in the human aspect of managing, such as team
and group dynamics
and other concepts that relate to the humanistic perspective, as
described earlier in
the chapter. Among the approaches we’ve discussed, the
humanistic perspective has
remained most prevalent from the 1950s until today. Three new
concepts that appeared
were systems theory, the contingency view, and total quality
management.
Systems Theory
A system is a set of interrelated parts that function as a whole
to achieve a common
purpose.44 A system functions by acquiring inputs from the
external environment,
transforming them in some way, and discharging outputs back to
the environ-
ment. Exhibit 2.5 shows the basic systems theory of
organizations. It consists of
fi ve components: inputs, a transformation process, outputs,
feedback, and the
environment. Inputs are the material, human, fi nancial, or
information resources
used to produce goods and services. The transformation process
is management’s
use of production technology to change the inputs into outputs.
Outputs include
the organization’s products and services. Feedback is
knowledge of the results that
infl uence the selection of inputs during the next cycle of the
process. The envi-
ronment surrounding the organization includes the social,
political, and economic
forces noted earlier in this chapter.
Some ideas in systems theory signifi cantly affected
management thinking. They
include open and closed systems, synergy, and subsystem
interdependencies.45
Open systems must interact with the environment to survive;
closed systems
need not. In the classical and management science perspectives,
organizations were
frequently thought of as closed systems. In the management
science perspective,
closed system assumptions—the absence of external
disturbances—are sometimes
used to simplify problems for quantitative analysis. In reality,
however, all organiza-
tions are open systems, and the cost of ignoring the environment
may be failure.
Synergy means that the whole is greater than the sum of its
parts. When an orga-
nization is formed, something new comes into the world.
Management, coordina-
tion, and production that did not exist before are now present.
Organizational units
working together can accomplish more than those same units
working alone. The
sales department depends on production, and vice versa.
E X H I B I T 2 . 5
The Systems View of
Organizations
ssssssystem A set of interrelated
pppparp ts that function as a whole
ttttoo achieve a common purpose.
sssssystems theory An extensionnn
oooofof thethe hu humanmanististicic perperspespectictiveve
tttthhatt t describes organizations
aaaassass opeopen sn systystemsems ch charaaractecterizrizeded
bbbbyy bbyy entroppy, y, syny erggy, y, and sub-
sssssyyssyy tem interdeppendence.
oooopen system A system that
iiinnnnteracts with the external
eeeeennvironment.
cccclosed system A system
ttthhhat does not interact with the
eeeeexxternal environment.
sssssynergy The concept that the
wwwwwwwhole is greater than the sum
ooooofofof fo itsi pap rts.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT48
Subsystems depend on one another as parts of a system.
Changes in one part of
the organization affect other parts. The organization must be
managed as a coordi-
nated whole. Managers who understand subsystem
interdependence are reluctant
to make changes that do not recognize subsystem impact on the
organization as a
whole. Consider Toyota’s highly successful application of the
“just-in-time” inven-
tory control system, which aims to keep inventory at its lowest.
Managers knew that
the best way to make the system work was to let employees on
the factory fl oor con-
trol the fl ow of materials. Thus, the change in production
required that the company
also make changes in culture and structure. Toyota
decentralized decision making
so that employees doing the work were empowered to make
choices about how to
accomplish it. Cultural values were shifted to encourage every
employee to think
creatively about improving his or her particular piece of the
organization and to see
problems as opportunities for learning and improving.46
As the example of Toyota shows, when managers learn to think
systemically, they
have a powerful tool for changing outcomes and improving
performance. Systemic
thinking means looking both at the distinct elements of a
situation and at the inter-
action among those elements.47 The fundamental assumption of
systemic thinking
is that everything in the world affects and is affected by the
things around it. For
example, all managers know that price, cost, volume, quality,
and profi t are all inter-
related. Changing one will affect the others. However, most
managers tend to think
analytically, by breaking things down to their distinct elements.
Systemic thinking
takes a further step. To think systemically, managers look not
only at the distinct
parts of a system or situation but also at the interactions among
those parts, which
are continually changing and affecting each other differently. A
systemic thinking
process allows managers to get a handle on highly complex
problems and situations
in a way that analytical thinking cannot.
Contingency View
A second contemporary extension to management thinking is the
contingency
view. The classical perspective assumed a universalist view.
Management concepts
were thought to be universal; that is, whatever worked—leader
style, bureaucratic
structure—in one organization would work in another. In
business education, how-
ever, an alternative view exists. In this case view, each situation
is believed to be
unique. Principles are not universal, and one learns about
management by experi-
encing a large number of case problem situations. Managers
face the task of deter-
mining what methods will work in every new situation.
To integrate these views the contingency view emerged, as
illustrated in
Exhibit 2.6.48 Here neither of the other views is seen as
entirely correct. Instead, cer-
tain contingencies, or variables, exist for helping management
identify and under-
stand situations. The contingency view tells us that what works
in one setting might
not work in another. Contingency means that one thing depends
on other things and
a manager’s response to a situation depends on identifying key
contingencies in an
organizational situation.
E X H I B I T 2 . 6 Contingency View of Management
sssssusubsystems Parts of a systemm
tttthhat depend on one another forr
ttthhhhett ir ffunctioning.
sssssystemic thinking SeeSeeinging
bbbbbbothh thhe didis itinct lelements fof a
sssssiituation and the complex and
ccccchhanging interaction among
ttthhhose elements.
ccccontingency view An exten-
sssssiion of the humanistic perspec-
tttiiive in which the successful
rrrrreesolution of organizational
ppppproblems is thought to dependd
ooooon managers’ identifi cation of
kkkkkey variations in the situation
aaaatatat t a hand.
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 49
Introduction
1
As a new manager, learn to think systemically. Learn to see
both the discrete
elements of a situation as well as the ever-changing interactions
among elements.
Identify important contingencies that will help you understand a
situation and fi nd
good solutions.
One important contingency, for example, is the industry in
which the organization
operates. The organizational structure that is effective for an
Internet company such as
Google would not be successful for a large auto manufacturer
such as Ford. A management-
by-objectives (MBO) system that works well in a manufacturing
fi rm, in turn, might
not be right for a school system. When managers learn to
identify important pat-
terns and characteristics of their organizations, they can then fi
t solutions to those
characteristics.
Total Quality Management
The theme of quality is another concept that permeates
current management thinking. The quality movement is
strongly associated with Japanese companies, but these
ideas emerged partly as a result of American infl uence
after World War II. The ideas of W. Edwards Deming,
known as the “father of the quality movement,” were
initially scoffed at in the United States, but the Japanese
embraced his theories and modifi ed them to help rebuild
their industries into world powers.49 Japanese compa-
nies achieved a signifi cant departure from the American
model by gradually shifting from an inspection-oriented
approach to quality control toward an approach empha-
sizing employee involvement in the prevention of quality
problems.50
During the 1980s and into the 1990s, total quality
management (TQM), which focuses on managing the
total organization to deliver quality to customers, moved
to the forefront in helping U.S. managers deal with
global competition. The approach infuses quality values
throughout every activity within a company, with front-
line workers intimately involved in the process. Four sig-
nifi cant elements of quality management are employee
involvement, focus on the customer, benchmarking, and
continuous improvement.
Employee involvement means that achieving quality
requires companywide participation in quality control.
All employees are focused on the customer; companies fi nd
out what customers want and try to meet their needs and
expectations. Benchmarking refers to a process whereby
companies fi nd out how others do something better than
they do and then try to imitate or improve on it. Con-
tinuous improvement is the implementation of small, incre-
mental improvements in all areas of the organization on
an ongoing basis. TQM is not a quick fi x, but companies
such as General Electric, Texas Instruments, Procter &
Gamble, and DuPont achieved astonishing results in effi -
ciency, quality, and customer satisfaction through total
quality management.51 TQM is still an important part
of today’s organizations, and managers consider bench-
marking in particular a highly effective and satisfying
management technique.52
TakeaMoment
C
O
U
R
TE
SY
O
F
H
YU
N
D
A
I
The inclusion of Hyundai Motor
Company’s Elantra SE and Santa Fe in the 2008 top ten autos
by Consumer Reports shows how commitment to total quality
management can improve a company’s products and market
position. When Hyundai entered the U.S. market in 1999, its
autos
got low quality ratings from consumers. First, managers
increased
the quality team from 100 to 865 people and held quality
seminars
to train employees. They also benchmarked products, using
vehicle
lifts and high-intensity spotlights to compare against competing
brands. Committing to continuous improvement, Hyundai
delayed
several new models to resolve problems. Within fi ve years
Hyundai
earned quality ratings comparable to Honda and just behind
Toyota.
ttttotototal quality management
((((TQM) A concept that
fffffoocuses on managing the total
oooorganization to deliver quality
tttoo customers. Four signig fi cant
eeeelleee ments of TQM are employeee
iiiinnnvolvement,, focus on the
cccccuusc tomer, benchmarking, and
ccccoononcoc tinuous imprp ovement.
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT50
Some of today’s companies pursue highly ambitious quality
goals to demonstrate
their commitment to improving quality. For example, Six
Sigma, popularized by Motor-
ola and General Electric, specifi es a goal of no more than 3.4
defects per million parts.
However, the term also refers to a broad quality control
approach that emphasizes a
disciplined and relentless pursuit of higher quality and lower
costs. TQM will be
discussed in detail in Chapter 18.
INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT THINKING
FOR TURBULENT TIMES
All of the ideas and approaches discussed so far in this chapter
go into the mix that
makes up modern management. A recent book on management
thinking indicates
dozens of ideas and techniques in current use that can trace
their roots to these his-
torical perspectives.53 In addition, innovative concepts
continue to emerge to address
management challenges in today’s turbulent world.
Organizations experiment with
new ways of managing that more adequately respond to the
demands of today’s
environment and customers. Two recent innovations in
management include the
shift to a learning organization and managing the technology-
driven workplace.
The Learning Organization
One of the toughest challenges for managers today is to get
people focused on adap-
tive change to meet the demands of an uncertain and rapidly
changing environment.
Few problems today come with ready-made solutions, and they
require that people
throughout the company think in new ways and learn new values
and attitudes.54 These
needs demand a new approach to management and a new kind of
organization.
Managers began thinking about the concept of the learning
organization after the
publication of Peter Senge’s book, The Fifth Discipline: The
Art and Practice of Learning
Organizations.55 Senge described the kind of changes managers
needed to undergo to
help their organizations adapt to an increasingly chaotic world.
These ideas gradually
evolved to describe characteristics of the organization itself.
The learning organiza-
tion can be defi ned as one in which everyone is engaged in
identifying and solv-
ing problems, enabling the organization to continuously
experiment, change, and
improve, thus increasing its capacity to grow, learn, and achieve
its purpose.
The essential idea is problem solving, in contrast to the
traditional organization
designed for effi ciency. In the learning organization all
employees look for problems,
such as understanding special customer needs. Employees also
solve problems,
which means putting things together in unique ways to meet a
customer’s needs.
Today’s best managers know that sustained competitive
advantage can come only by
developing the learning capacity of everyone in the
organization.
Managing the Technology-Driven Workplace
The shift to the learning organization goes hand-in-hand with
the current transition to
a technology-driven workplace. Today, many employees
perform much of their work
on computers and may work in virtual teams, connected
electronically to colleagues
around the world. Even in factories that produce physical goods,
machines have taken
over much of the routine and uniform work, freeing workers to
use more of their
minds and abilities. Moreover, companies are using technology
to keep in touch with
customers and collaborate with other organizations on an
unprecedented scale.
Supply Chain Management Supply chain management refers to
managing the
sequence of suppliers and purchasers, covering all stages of
processing from obtain-
ing raw materials to distributing fi nished goods to
consumers.56 Exhibit 2.7 illustrates
lllllelelearning organization An
ooooorganization in which everyoneee
iiisss engaged in identifying and
ssssolsools iving p brobllems, enablibling ththe
oooorgorganianizatzationion to to co contintinuonuousluslyy
eeeeexxpeexxperierimenment,t, impimprovrove,e, andand
iiinnncinncreareasese itsits ca capabpabiliilityty.
sssssupply chain management
MMMMMManaging the sequence of sup---
pppppliers and purchasers, coveringg
aaaaalll stages of processing from
ooooobtaining raw materials to dis-
tttrrributing fi nished goods to fi nall
cccccuustomers.
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 51
Introduction
1
a basic supply chain model. A supply chain is a network of
multiple businesses and
individuals that are connected through the fl ow of products or
services.57 Today, many
organizations manage the supply chain with sophisticated
electronic technology. In
the retail industry, Wal-Mart used end-to-end digital supply
chain technology as a
competitive weapon to expand rapidly in the United States and
is now trying to do
the same around the world. In India, for example, Wal-Mart
managers are investing
in an effi cient supply chain that will electronically link farmers
and small manufac-
turers directly to the stores, maximizing value for both ends.58
Supply chain manage-
ment will be discussed in detail in Chapter 19.
As a new manager in today’s workplace, be prepared to apply
technology as a tool to
build relationships with employees, customers, and other
organizations and to help
employees think and act creatively.
Customer Relationship Management One of today’s
most popular applications of technology is for customer
relationship management. Customer relationship manage-
ment (CRM) systems use the latest information technol-
ogy to keep in close touch with customers and to collect
and manage large amounts of customer data. These
data can help employees and managers act on customer
insights, make better decisions, and provide superior
customer service. For example, when you check in at a
Marriott hotel, it is likely that the desk clerk is well aware
of your past requests for a king-size bed, non-smoking
room, and access to the Internet in your room.59
There has been an explosion of interest in CRM in just
a few short years. In the Manager’s Shoptalk on page 35,
CRM is the second most used management tool at 84 per-
cent. Only 35 percent of companies reported using CRM in
2000. How things have changed! Meeting customer needs
and desires is a primary goal for organizations, and using
CRM to give customers what they really want provides a
tremendous boost to customer service and satisfaction.
TakeaMoment
Suppliers Manufacturers
Flow of Products
Distributors Retailers
E X H I B I T 2 . 7 Supply Chain for a Retail Organization
SOURCE: Adapted from an exhibit from Global Supply Chain
Games Project, Delft University and the University of
Maryland, R. H. Smith School of Business, http://
www.gscg.org:8080/opencms/export/sites/default/gscg/images/s
upplychain_simple.gif (accessed February 6, 2008).
©
B
M
W
F
IN
A
N
C
IA
L
SE
RV
IC
ES
N
A
, L
LC
/P
R
N
EW
SF
O
TO
(N
EW
SC
O
M
)
The BMW subsidiary MINI offers
customers a voice in everything from personalizing their credit
cards
to designing their cars. BMW Financial Services’s MINI
Platinum
Visa cardholders can customize the MINI image that graces
their card
by accessing the Web page, shown here. There they can choose
from
four body styles, 36 different wheels, 21 body colors, and 24
roof
options. Similar software allows individuals to customize their
actual
MINI vehicles. “No two MINIs are exactly alike,” the MINI
Web site
proclaims. This type of collaborative customer experience is the
next
step in customer relationship management (CRM), as companies
court Internet-savvy Gen X and Gen Y consumers.
ccccccustomer relationship
mmmmmanagement (CRM)
SSSSyysS tems that help companies
kkkkeep in close touch with customm--
eeeeerrse , collect and manage customeerrrr r
dddddatd a, , and collaborate with cus-
ttttoomt ers to provide the most valu--
aaaaablblaba e pproducts and services.
http://www.gscg.org:8080/opencms/export/sites/default/gscg/im
ages/supplychain_simple.gif
http://www.gscg.org:8080/opencms/export/sites/default/gscg/im
ages/supplychain_simple.gif
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT52
Outsourcing Information technology has also contributed to the
rapid growth
of outsourcing, which means contracting out selected functions
or activities to other
organizations that can do the work more cost effi ciently.
Today’s companies are out-
sourcing like crazy to free up cash for investment in long-term
research and innova-
tion. Outsourcing, like supply chain management and CRM,
requires that managers
not only be technologically savvy but that they learn to manage
a complex web of
relationships. These relationships might reach far beyond the
boundaries of the phys-
ical organization; they are built through fl exible e-links
between a company and its
employees, suppliers, partners, and customers.60
ch2 A MANAGER’S ESSENTIALS: WHAT HAVE WE
LEARNED?
▪ An understanding of the evolution of management helps
current and future
managers appreciate where we are now and continue to progress
toward bet-
ter management. Elements of various historical approaches go
into the mix that
makes up modern management.
▪ Three major perspectives on management evolved since the
late 1800s: the clas-
sical perspective, the humanistic perspective, and the
management science
perspective. Each perspective encompasses several specialized
subfi elds that pro-
vided important ideas still relevant in organizations today.
▪ Recent extensions of those perspectives include systems
theory, the contingency
view, and total quality management. Systemic thinking, which
means look-
ing not just at discrete parts of a situation but also at the
continually changing
interactions among the parts, is a powerful tool for managing in
a complex
environment.
▪ The most recent thinking about organizations was brought
about by today’s
turbulent times and the shift to a new workplace described in
Chapter 1. Many
managers are redesigning their companies toward the learning
organization,
which fully engages all employees in identifying and solving
problems.
▪ The shift to a learning organization goes hand-in-hand with
the transition to a
technology-driven workplace. Important new management
approaches include
supply chain management, customer relationship management,
and outsourc-
ing. These approaches require managers to think in new ways
about the role of
employees, customers, and partners. Today’s best managers
value employees for
their ability to think, build relationships, and share knowledge,
which is quite
different from the scientifi c management perspective of a
century ago.
1. How do societal forces infl uence the practice
and theory of management? Do you think new
management techniques are a response to these
forces?
2. Based on your experience at work or school, describe
some ways in which the principles of scientifi c man-
agement and bureaucracy are still used in organiza-
tions. Do you believe these characteristics will ever
cease to be a part of organizational life? Discuss.
3. A management professor once said that for success-
ful management, studying the present was most
important, studying the past was next, and studying
the future was least important. Do you agree? Why?
4. As organizations become more technology-driven,
which do you think will become more impor-
tant—the management of the human element of
the organization or the management of technol-
ogy? Discuss.
ch2 DISCUSSION QUESTIONS
ooooooutsourcing Contracting outt
sssselseelss tect ded ffun tictions or actitivitiities
oooofooof o anan orgorganianizatzationion to to ot otherher
ooooorrganizations that can do the
wwwwwwwoworw k more cost effi ciently.y
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 53
Introduction
1
5. Why do you think Mary Parker Follett’s ideas
tended to be popular with business people of her
day but were ignored by management scholars?
Why are her ideas appreciated more today?
6. Explain the basic idea underlying the contingency
view. How would you go about identifying key
contingencies facing an organization?
7. Why can an event such as the Hawthorne studies
be a major turning point in the history of manage-
ment even if the idea is later shown to be in error?
Discuss.
8. What does it mean to “think systemically”? How
would you apply systemic thinking to a problem
such as poor performance in your current academic
studies? To a problem with a romantic partner or
family member?
9. Do you think management theory will ever be as
precise as theories in the fi elds of fi nance, account-
ing, or experimental psychology? Why or why
not?
10. In the Bain survey of management tools, corporate
blogs were used in 30 percent of companies and
also have the highest projected growth rates among
managers. What might explain this? Do you think
corporate blogs will ever become as popular as cus-
tomer relationship management systems?
Best Manager–Worst Manager
Think of two managers you have known—the best
and the worst. These managers could be anyone in a
formal or informal management position with respect
to you, such as a coach, teacher, student club or team
leader, a volunteer leader at a church or volunteer
group, a boss at work, or a family member. List below
the specifi c qualities and behaviors of each manager
that made them the best and worst.
Best manager qualities and behaviors: ______________
________________________________________________
Worst manager qualities and behaviors: ____________
________________________________________________
Now describe the impact of each manager’s behavior
on your motivation and performance. How did the
manager make you feel, and how did the manager
affect the performance of yourself and others in your
situation? Were you and others motivated or de-moti-
vated, performing at a minimum or maximum?
My feelings and performance resulting from best
manager: _______________________________________
________________________________________________
My feelings and performance resulting from worst
manager: _______________________________________
________________________________________________
Your answers to the above questions are data points.
What principles of effective management can you
infer from the answers? Are differences in the best
manager–worst manager behavior and impact related
to differences among the classical perspective, human
resources perspective, behavioral sciences approach,
management science perspective, or the learning
organization?
Divide into small groups of three to fi ve members.
Each person in turn will share your answers with the
group. Listen carefully. What are the common quali-
ties, behaviors, and outcomes associated with best
manager and worst manager across group members?
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Based on the analysis, what are three practices the
group recommends that managers use to be effective?
1.
2.
3.
ch2 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: EXPERIENTIAL
EXERCISE
The Supervisor
Karen Lowry, manager of a social service agency in
a midsized city in Illinois, loved to see her employ-
ees learn and grow to their full potential. When a
rare opening for a supervising clerk occurred, Karen
quickly decided to give Charlotte Hines a shot at the
job. Charlotte had been with the agency for 17 years
and had shown herself to be a true leader. Charlotte
ch2 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: ETHICAL DILEMMA
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT54
worked hard at being a good supervisor, just as she
had always worked hard at being a top-notch clerk.
She paid attention to the human aspects of employee
problems and introduced modern management tech-
niques that strengthened the entire agency.
However, the Civil Service Board decided that a
promotional exam should be given to fi nd a perma-
nent placement for the supervising clerk position.
For the sake of fairness, the exam was an open com-
petition—anyone, even a new employee, could sign
up and take it. The board wanted the candidate with
the highest score to get the job but allowed Karen, as
manager of the agency, to have the fi nal say-so.
Because she had accepted the provisional open-
ing and proved herself on the job, Charlotte was
upset that the entire clerical force was deemed quali-
fi ed to take the test. When the results came back, she
was devastated. Charlotte placed twelfth in the fi eld
of candidates while one of her newly hired clerks
placed fi rst. The Civil Service Board, impressed by the
high score, is urging Karen to give the new clerk the
permanent supervisory job. Karen wonders whether
it is fair to base her decision only on the results of a
written test.
What Would You Do?
1. Ignore the test. Charlotte has proved herself and
deserves the job.
2. Give the job to the candidate with the highest
score. You don’t need to make enemies on the Civil
Service Board, and, after all, it is an objective way
to select a permanent placement.
3. Devise a more comprehensive set of selection
criteria—including test results as well as super-
visory experience, ability to motivate employees,
and knowledge of agency procedures—that can
be explained and justifi ed to the board and to
employees.
SOURCE: Based on Betty Harrigan, “Career Advice,” Working
Woman
(July 1986): 22–24.
ch2 CASE FOR CRITICAL ANALYSIS
SIA Corporation
In the early years of the new century, it wasn’t hard
to see that SIA Corporation couldn’t keep doing busi-
ness the old-fashioned twentieth-century way. Chief
knowledge offi cer Jerry Seibert fully realized he owed
his new position in the newly created knowledge
management department to this challenge.
Headquartered in the Midwest, SIA was an
umbrella organization offering a wide range of
insurance products to commercial customers of all
sizes throughout the country and, increasingly, to
multinational corporations throughout the world.
Over the years it had diversifi ed into various types
of insurance by absorbing smaller companies until
it now consisted of more than 30 separate business
units. Each had its own hierarchy, characterized
by strong top-down administration and the well-
defi ned rules and procedures typical of the insur-
ance industry; virtually every employee possessed
specialized knowledge about a narrowly defi ned
market niche.
Upper-level management had given the mat-
ter considerable attention and concluded that SIA’s
refi ned division of labor into technical specialists
needed to give way to a collaborative learning organi-
zation, one where employee empowerment and open
information made it possible for a single underwriter
to be knowledgeable about a variety of products.
Jerry’s knowledge management department, housed
within human resources, could make a contribution
toward this goal.
Jerry devised an elegant solution, if he did say so
himself. He oversaw the development of software that
allowed any SIA employee to post a query, have that
question directed only to those employees with rel-
evant expertise, and then receive an answer, often in a
matter of minutes and usually before the day was out.
The only hitch was that hardly anyone was posting
queries on the easy-to-use system.
Why? Rachel Greenwell, a veteran SIA under-
writer, clued him in. Especially after weathering a
turbulent period, one that had seen plenty of layoffs
in the insurance industry, many employees viewed
the restructuring as the fi rst step in a process that
would lead to pink slips landing on their desks.
Some employees, in fact, saw their own highly spe-
cialized knowledge as a kind of job insurance policy.
“I know that’s not what your knowledge-sharing
efforts are about and that their fears are unfounded,”
she reassured him. “But you’ve got about 9,999 other
employees who are at least willing to entertain the
possibility that sharing what they know isn’t in their
best interests.”
Questions
1. What are some of the social, political, and eco-
nomic forces that are infl uencing SIA’s decision to
become a learning organization?
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 55
Introduction
1
ch2 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE
Mitchell Gold ! Bob Williams:
The Evolution of Management
Thinking
Mitchell Gold and Bob Williams, founders of MG #
BW, have had the mantra “Break the rules whenever
possible!” from the beginning. Following the outdated
rules governing the upholstery manufacturing indus-
try when they started their company in 1989 would
have put them on a path to destruction. Few, if any,
management philosophies taking hold in the larger
business world were on the minds of manufacturing
executives. Industry-wide, supply chain manage-
ment and customer service was a joke. Total quality
management (TQM), let alone customer resource
management (CRM), was nowhere to be found. When
a customer placed an order for a custom upholstery
couch, a customer service representative (CSR) told
the customer the couch would arrive in ten weeks.
Ten weeks later, however, the couch wasn’t ready and
no one knew when it would be.
Rules Broken by MG ! BW
Produce Mission-Style Furniture, Not Mission
Statements
Until recently, furniture manufacturers’ idea of mis-
sion was limited to a style of heavy oak furniture.
Gold and Williams had a clear sense of how they
wanted to run their business, so they wrote it down.
Following is a summarized version of the MG # BW
mission:
▪ Guarantee comfort.
▪ Minimize costs to ensure price points represent
understandable value to customers.
▪ Enforce rigorous standards for quality materials
and quality control to achieve no returns and real
consumer satisfaction.
▪ Sincerely treat all customers as we want to be
treated.
▪ Create styling that we want in our homes—inviting,
warm, an oasis of quiet and calm.
▪ Manufacture products in a way that preserves our
rich environment for future generations.
Make a Profit from Cutting Corners
Furniture manufacturers are notorious for skimp-
ing on materials whenever possible, especially when
the difference might seem imperceptible to custom-
ers. For example, many manufacturers use low-cost
materials such as soft woods, particleboard, or plastic
to construct their frames. MG # BW uses solid kiln-
dried hardwoods, logged using sustainable methods,
to construct its products. Gold and Williams are con-
vinced that using cheap materials only hurts compa-
nies in the end.
Pay Factory Workers by the Hour
To meet delivery promises to customers, MG # BW
needed to run a more effi cient operation, so the com-
pany instituted an incentive-based pay structure at its
Taylorville, North Carolina, factory. Most production
is done by hand, so instead of hourly wages, factory
employees get paid for each piece they complete.
When they work faster, everybody wins. Quality
assurance meetings involving representatives from
the factory fl oor are held regularly to identify process
improvements.
2. If you were a specialist at SIA, how and why would
you respond to the proposed changes? What steps
would you suggest Jerry take to increase employee
utilization of the knowledge-sharing system in par-
ticular? How can he encourage SIA employees to
share information?
3. What general obstacles would you foresee in a
company such as SIA trying to make the transition
from a hierarchical, or bureaucratic, to a learning
organization? What are some general measures
managers can take to smooth the way?
SOURCES: Based on Megan Santosus, “Case Files: CNA
Underwriting
Knowledge,” CIO Magazine (September 1, 2002):
http://www.cio.com/
archive/090102/underwriting.html; and Eric Lesser and
Laurence
Prusak, “Preserving Knowledge in an Uncertain World,” MIT
Sloan
Management Review (Fall 2001): 101–102.
http://www.cio.com/archive/090102/underwriting.html
http://www.cio.com/archive/090102/underwriting.html
PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT56
Casino
Martin Scorcese’s fi lm is a lengthy, complex, and
beautifully photographed study of Las Vegas gam-
bling casinos and their organized crime connections
during the 1970s. It completes his trilogy that includes
Mean Streets (1973) and Goodfellas (1990).1 Ambition,
greed, drugs, and sex destroy the mob’s gambling
empire. The fi lm includes strong performances by
Robert De Niro, Joe Pesci, and Sharon Stone. The vio-
lence and the expletive-fi lled dialogue give Casino its
R rating.
Organizational Form
This scene is part of “The Truth about Las Vegas”
sequence that appears early in the fi lm. It follows the
scenes of the casino deceiving the Japanese gambler.
The scene starts with a close-up of Sam “Ace”
Rothstein (Robert De Niro) standing between his two
casino executives (Richard Amalfi tano and Richard F.
Strafella). In a voice-over narration he says, “In Vegas,
everybody’s gotta watch everybody else.” The scene
ends after Rothstein describes the former cheaters
who monitor the gambling fl oor with binoculars.
The fi lm continues with the introduction of Ginger
(Sharon Stone).
What to Watch for and Ask Yourself
▪ Which organizational form discussed in this chap-
ter best fi ts this scene from Casino?
▪ Apply Fayol’s principles of management to this
scene. Which ones appear in the scene? Give exam-
ples from the scene of what you see.
▪ Compare the Theory X and Theory Y assumptions
shown in Exhibit 2.4 to this scene. Which assump-
tions appear in this scene from Casino?
1 J. Craddock, ed., VideoHound’s Golden Movie Retriever
(Detroit, MI:
Gale Cengage Learning, 2008), p. 182.
ch2 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE
Full Employee Benefits Are Optional
By industry standards, MG # BW’s approach to bene-
fi ts is pretty unusual. Apparently, offering full benefi ts
to employees and generous benefi ts to spouses, part-
ners, and other family members is downright radical.
For its employees, MG # BW also built a health-
conscious café, a gym and indoor walking track, and
the fi rst on-site daycare ever to exist in the furniture
industry. College scholarships are awarded annually
to the employees’ children as well.
Cater to the Masses
Uninterested in catering to the lowest common
denominator, MG # BW was the fi rst in its indus-
try to target a niché market. Gold loves to say, “Our
emphasis is on taking care of a small and highly select
number of customers extremely well.”
Strategic Alliances Are for Countries
To reach its customers, MG # BW blazed new trails
in channel strategy, starting with a deal to produce
private-label furniture for Pottery Barn. Additional
partners include Crate & Barrel, Restoration Hard-
ware, Chambers (catalog), and more. Thanks to
another strategic coup, the W Hotels furnish their
rooms with MG # BW’s furniture, too.
Gold and Williams have become the Couch Kings.
The competition tries to play by their rules now. As
they celebrate 20 years in business and $100 million in
sales, it seems their renegade methods have paid off.
Discussion Questions
1. How does the humanistic perspective apply to
MG # BW’s treatment of employees?
2. How does MG # BW’s approach to manage-
ment refl ect thinking about open systems and
contingencies?
3. In what ways does MG # BW practice total quality
management?
CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT
THINKING 57
Introduction
1
This questionnaire is from William 1.
Pfeiffer and John E. Jones, eds.,
“Supervisory Attitudes: The X–Y
Scale,” The 1972 Annual Handbook
for Group Facilitators (New York:
John Wiley & Sons, 1972), pp. 65–68.
This material is used by permission
of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. The X–Y
scale was adapted from an instru-
ment developed by Robert N. Ford
of AT&T for in-house manager
training.
Eric Abrahamson, “Management 2.
Fashion,” Academy of Management
Review 21, no. 1 (January 1996):
254–285. Also see “75 Years of
Management Ideas and Practice,”
a supplement to the Harvard Busi-
ness Review (September–October
1997), for a broad overview of
historical trends in management
thinking.
Daniel A. Wren,3. The Evolution
of Management Thought, 4th ed.
(New York: Wiley, 1994). Much of
the discussion of historical forces
comes from Arthur M. Schlesinger,
Political and Social History of the
United States, 1829–1925 (New York:
Macmillan, 1925); and Homer C.
Hockett, Political and Social History
of the United States, 1492–1828
(New York: Macmillan, 1925).
Based on Stephanie Armour, “Gen-4.
eration Y: They’ve Arrived at Work
with a New Attitude,” USA Today
(November 6, 2005): www.usatoday
.com/money/workplace/2005-11-06
-gen-y_x.htm; and Marnie E. Green,
“Beware and Prepare: The Govern-
ment Workforce of the Future,” Pub-
lic Personnel Management (Winter
2000): 435ff.
Aziz Hannifa, “India, China Growth 5.
Dominates World Bank Meet,” India
Abroad (New York edition), Novem-
ber 2, 2007.
Thomas Petzinger, Jr., “So Long 6.
Supply and Demand,” The Wall
Street Journal, January 1, 2000.
Study reported in Phred Dvorak, 7.
“Why Management Trends Quickly
Fade Away (Theory and Practice
column), The Wall Street Journal,
June 26, 2006.
See Keith Leslie, Mark A. Loch, and 8.
William Schaninger, “Managing Your
Organization by the Evidence,”
McKinsey Quarterly, Issue 3 (2006);
Thomas H. Davenport, Laurence
Prusak, and H. James Wilson, What’s
the Big Idea? Creating and Capital-
izing on the Best New Management
Thinking (Boston: Harvard Business
School Press, 2003); Daniel James
Rowley, “Resource Reviews,” Acad-
emy of Management Learning and
Education 2, no. 3 (2003): 313–321;
Jane Whitney Gibson, Dana V.
Tesone, and Charles W. Blackwell,
“Management Fads: Here Yesterday,
Gone Today?” SAM Advanced Man-
agement Journal (Autumn 2003):
12–17; David Collins, Management
Fads and Buzzwords: Critical-
Practices Perspective, (London, UK:
Routledge, 2000); Timothy Clark,
“Management Research on Fashion:
A Review and Evaluation,” Human
Relations 54, no. 12 (2001): 1650–
1661; Brad Jackson, Management
Gurus and Management Fashions
(London: Routledge, 2001); Patrick
Thomas, Fashions in Management
Research: An Empirical Analysis
(Aldershot, UK: Ashgate, 1999).
Daniel A. Wren, “Management His-9.
tory: Issues and Ideas for Teaching
and Research,” Journal of Manage-
ment 13 (1987): 339–350.
Business historian Alfred D. Chan-10.
dler, Jr., quoted in Jerry Useem,
“Entrepreneur of the Century,” Inc.
(20th Anniversary Issue, 1999):
159–174.
Useem, “Entrepreneur of the 11.
Century.”
The following is based on Wren,12.
Evolution of Management Thought,
Chapters 4, 5; and Claude S.
George, Jr., The History of Manage-
ment Thought (Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall, 1968), Chapter 4.
Cynthia Crossen, “Early Industry 13.
Expert Soon Realized a Staff Has
Its Own Effi ciency,” The Wall Street
Journal, November 6, 2006.
Alan Farnham, “The Man Who 14.
Changed Work Forever,” Fortune
(July 21, 1997): 114; Charles D.
Wrege and Ann Marie Stoka,
“Cooke Creates a Classic: The Story
Behind F. W. Taylor’s Principles of
Scientifi c Management,” Academy
of Management Review (October
1978): 736–749; Robert Kanigel, The
One Best Way: Frederick Winslow
Taylor and the Enigma of Effi ciency
(New York: Viking, 1997); and “The
X and Y Factors: What Goes Around
Comes Around,” special section in
“The New Organisation: A Survey
of the Company,” The Economist
(January 21–27, 2006): 17–18.
Quoted in Ann Harrington, “The 15.
Big Ideas,” Fortune (November 22,
1999): 152–154.
Wren,16. Evolution of Management
Thought, 171; and George, History of
Management Thought, 103–104.
Gary Hamel, “The Why, What, and 17.
How of Management Innovation,”
Harvard Business Review (February
2006): 72–84; Peter Coy, “Cog or Co-
Worker?” BusinessWeek (August 20
& 27, 2007): 58–60.
Max Weber,18. General Economic
History, trans. Frank H. Knight
(London: Allen & Unwin, 1927);
Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic and
the Spirit of Capitalism, trans. Talcott
Parsons (New York: Scribner, 1930);
and Max Weber, The Theory of Social
and Economic Organizations, ed. and
trans. A. M. Henderson and Talcott
Parsons (New York: Free Press,
1947).
Kelly Barron, “Logistics in Brown,” 19.
Forbes (January 10, 2000): 78–83;
Scott Kirsner, “Venture Vérité:
United Parcel Service,” Wired (Sep-
tember 1999): 83–96; “UPS,” The
Atlanta Journal and Constitution,
April 26, 1992; and Kathy Goode,
Betty Hahn, and Cindy Seibert,
“United Parcel Service: The Brown
Giant” (unpublished manuscript,
Texas A&M University, 1981).
Henri Fayol,20. Industrial and General
Administration, trans. J. A.
Coubrough (Geneva: Interna-
tional Management Institute, 1930);
Henri Fayol, General and Industrial
Management, trans. Constance Storrs
(London: Pitman and Sons, 1949);
and W. J. Arnold et al., Business-
Week, Milestones in Management
(New York: McGraw-Hill, vol. I, 1965;
vol. II, 1966).
Mary Parker Follett,21. The New State:
Group Organization: The
CPA Chapter 5 #1Last NameFirst Name1.  T.docx

More Related Content

DOCX
ManagementR I C H A R D L . D A F TV a n d e r b i.docx
PDF
(Ebook) The New Era of Management by R L Daft ISBN 9780324323313, 032432331X
DOCX
22317, 1942Page 1 of 23httpweb.b.ebscohost.comehost.docx
PDF
Management 11th Edition 11th Edition Robert Kreitner
PDF
Management Fifth Edition 5th Chuck Williams
PDF
management USING THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO UNDERSTAND THE CO...
PDF
management USING THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO UNDERSTAND THE CO...
PDF
Management Eighth Edition 8th Edition Richard L Daft
ManagementR I C H A R D L . D A F TV a n d e r b i.docx
(Ebook) The New Era of Management by R L Daft ISBN 9780324323313, 032432331X
22317, 1942Page 1 of 23httpweb.b.ebscohost.comehost.docx
Management 11th Edition 11th Edition Robert Kreitner
Management Fifth Edition 5th Chuck Williams
management USING THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO UNDERSTAND THE CO...
management USING THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO UNDERSTAND THE CO...
Management Eighth Edition 8th Edition Richard L Daft

Similar to CPA Chapter 5 #1Last NameFirst Name1. T.docx (20)

PDF
Management Eighth Edition Richard L. Daft
PDF
Essentials of Contemporary Management 8th Edition (eBook PDF)
PDF
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
PDF
Management, 16e 16th Edition Stephen P. Robbins
PDF
Fundamentals of Management 11th Edition by Stephen P. Robbins (eBook PDF)
PDF
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
PDF
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
PDF
(eBook PDF) Understanding Management 11th Edition
PDF
Management Rev Edition Revised Peter F Drucker
PDF
(eBook PDF) Fundamentals of Management 11th Edition by Stephen P. Robbins
PDF
Solution manual for Griffin’s Fundamentals of Management 9th Edition by Griffin
PDF
Fundamentals of Management 11th Edition by Stephen P. Robbins (eBook PDF)
PDF
(eBook PDF) Understanding Management 11th Edition
PDF
(eBook PDF) Contemporary Management 11th Edition by Gareth Jones
PDF
Solution manual for Griffin’s Fundamentals of Management 9th Edition by Griffin
PDF
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
PDF
Management Meeting and Exceeding Customer Expectations 9th Edition Warren R. ...
PDF
(eBook PDF) Understanding Management 11th Edition
PDF
(eBook PDF) Contemporary Management 11th Edition by Gareth Jones
PPT
daft_9e_mgmt_ppts_ch01.ppt
Management Eighth Edition Richard L. Daft
Essentials of Contemporary Management 8th Edition (eBook PDF)
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
Management, 16e 16th Edition Stephen P. Robbins
Fundamentals of Management 11th Edition by Stephen P. Robbins (eBook PDF)
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
(eBook PDF) Understanding Management 11th Edition
Management Rev Edition Revised Peter F Drucker
(eBook PDF) Fundamentals of Management 11th Edition by Stephen P. Robbins
Solution manual for Griffin’s Fundamentals of Management 9th Edition by Griffin
Fundamentals of Management 11th Edition by Stephen P. Robbins (eBook PDF)
(eBook PDF) Understanding Management 11th Edition
(eBook PDF) Contemporary Management 11th Edition by Gareth Jones
Solution manual for Griffin’s Fundamentals of Management 9th Edition by Griffin
Contemporary Management 11th Edition (eBook PDF)
Management Meeting and Exceeding Customer Expectations 9th Edition Warren R. ...
(eBook PDF) Understanding Management 11th Edition
(eBook PDF) Contemporary Management 11th Edition by Gareth Jones
daft_9e_mgmt_ppts_ch01.ppt
Ad

More from vanesaburnand (20)

DOCX
InstructionsYou are to create YOUR OWN example of each of t.docx
DOCX
InstructionsYou are a research group from BSocialMarketing, LLC.docx
DOCX
InstructionsYou are attending an international journalist event.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWrite the Organizational section of your project pap.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWrite a two-page (double spaced, Times New Roman S.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWrite a thesis statement in response to the topi.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWhat You will choose a current issue of social.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWrite a paper about the International Monetary Syste.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWrite a comprehensive medical report on a disease we.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWhether you believe” in evolution or not, why is it.docx
DOCX
InstructionsWe have been looking at different psychological .docx
DOCX
InstructionsTITLEF14-2Beginning an 8-column work sheet for a merch.docx
DOCX
InstructionsThis written assignment requires the student to inve.docx
DOCX
InstructionsThe Art Form Most Meaningful to MePick the form .docx
DOCX
InstructionsThink of a specific topic and two specific kin.docx
DOCX
InstructionsThere are different approaches to gathering risk da.docx
DOCX
InstructionsThe  Public Archaeology Presentation invites you.docx
DOCX
InstructionsThe tools of formal analysis are the starting point .docx
DOCX
InstructionsThe Homeland Security (DHS) agency is intended t.docx
DOCX
InstructionsThe student should describe how learning abou.docx
InstructionsYou are to create YOUR OWN example of each of t.docx
InstructionsYou are a research group from BSocialMarketing, LLC.docx
InstructionsYou are attending an international journalist event.docx
InstructionsWrite the Organizational section of your project pap.docx
InstructionsWrite a two-page (double spaced, Times New Roman S.docx
InstructionsWrite a thesis statement in response to the topi.docx
InstructionsWhat You will choose a current issue of social.docx
InstructionsWrite a paper about the International Monetary Syste.docx
InstructionsWrite a comprehensive medical report on a disease we.docx
InstructionsWhether you believe” in evolution or not, why is it.docx
InstructionsWe have been looking at different psychological .docx
InstructionsTITLEF14-2Beginning an 8-column work sheet for a merch.docx
InstructionsThis written assignment requires the student to inve.docx
InstructionsThe Art Form Most Meaningful to MePick the form .docx
InstructionsThink of a specific topic and two specific kin.docx
InstructionsThere are different approaches to gathering risk da.docx
InstructionsThe  Public Archaeology Presentation invites you.docx
InstructionsThe tools of formal analysis are the starting point .docx
InstructionsThe Homeland Security (DHS) agency is intended t.docx
InstructionsThe student should describe how learning abou.docx
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
01-Introduction-to-Information-Management.pdf
PPTX
Lesson notes of climatology university.
PPTX
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
PDF
Chinmaya Tiranga quiz Grand Finale.pdf
PDF
RTP_AR_KS1_Tutor's Guide_English [FOR REPRODUCTION].pdf
PPTX
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
PPTX
Introduction-to-Literarature-and-Literary-Studies-week-Prelim-coverage.pptx
PPTX
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
PDF
FourierSeries-QuestionsWithAnswers(Part-A).pdf
PPTX
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
PPTX
Tissue processing ( HISTOPATHOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE
DOC
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
PPTX
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
PDF
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
PDF
The Lost Whites of Pakistan by Jahanzaib Mughal.pdf
PPTX
master seminar digital applications in india
PPTX
Microbial diseases, their pathogenesis and prophylaxis
PDF
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
PDF
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
PPTX
school management -TNTEU- B.Ed., Semester II Unit 1.pptx
01-Introduction-to-Information-Management.pdf
Lesson notes of climatology university.
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
Chinmaya Tiranga quiz Grand Finale.pdf
RTP_AR_KS1_Tutor's Guide_English [FOR REPRODUCTION].pdf
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
Introduction-to-Literarature-and-Literary-Studies-week-Prelim-coverage.pptx
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
FourierSeries-QuestionsWithAnswers(Part-A).pdf
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
Tissue processing ( HISTOPATHOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
The Lost Whites of Pakistan by Jahanzaib Mughal.pdf
master seminar digital applications in india
Microbial diseases, their pathogenesis and prophylaxis
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
school management -TNTEU- B.Ed., Semester II Unit 1.pptx

CPA Chapter 5 #1Last NameFirst Name1. T.docx

  • 1. CPA Chapter 5 #1 Last Name: First Name: 1. The manager of a new research and development firm wants to ensure that all business performed follows ethical practices. Compose a brief company policy statement that explains the concept of "ethical behavior" in a way that all employees understand expectations. Be sure to make clear the relationship between ethics, law, and free choice. 2. Briefly explain the justice approach to ethics and then explain the three types of justice. 3. List the five approaches that are used to describe values for guiding ethical decision making. Briefly describe each. 4. What is social responsibility? Why is it considered a difficult concept to grasp? 5. List and define the criteria of corporate social responsibility. 6. Many companies routinely use Facebook and other social media outlets as part of their management practice. In a climate
  • 2. where so much information is so readily available to him, why is it important for a manager to be ethical when using social media for business purposes? Write a short essay that answers the above question and argues whether or not social media can be used ethically to monitor employee behavior and to gather competitive intelligence. Page 1 of 1 Management RICHARD L. DAFT Vanderb i l t Un i ve r s i t y This page intentionally left blank Australia • Brazil • Japan • Korea • Mexico • Singapore • Spain • United Kingdom • United States Management RICHARD L. DAFT
  • 3. Vanderb i l t Un i ve r s i t y NINTH EDITION © 2010, 2008 South-Western, Cengage Learning ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the copyright hereon may be reproduced or used in any form or by any means— graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, Web distribution, information storage and retrieval systems, or in any other manner—except as may be permitted by the license terms herein. Library of Congress Control Number: 2008943508 Student Edition ISBN 13: 978-0-324-59584-0 Student Edition ISBN 10: 0-324-59584-0 South-Western Cengage Learning 5191 Natorp Boulevard Mason, OH 45040 USA Cengage Learning products are represented in Canada by Nelson Education, Ltd. For your course and learning solutions, visit www.cengage.com Purchase any of our products at your local college store or at
  • 4. our preferred online store www.ichapters.com Management, Ninth Edition Richard L. Daft, with the assistance of Patricia G. Lane Vice President of Editorial, Business: Jack W. Calhoun Editor-in-Chief: Melissa S. Acuña Executive Editor: Joe Sabatino Managing Developmental Editor: Emma Newsom Developmental Editor: Erin Berger Editorial Assistant: Ruth Belanger Executive Marketing Manager: Kimberly Kanakes Marketing Manager: Clint Kernen Sr. Marketing Coordinator: Sarah Rose Sr. Marketing Communications Manager: Jim Overly Sr. Content Project Manager: Martha Conway Media Editor: Rob Ellington Sr. Frontlist Buyer, Manufacturing: Doug Wilke
  • 5. Production Service: Macmillan Publishing Solution s Sr. Art Director: Tippy McIntosh Cover and Internal Designer: Joe Devine, Red Hangar Design Cover Image: BLOOMimage, Getty Images Photography Manager: Don Schlotman Photo Researcher: Chris Caperton, O’Donnell and Associates; Susan Van Etten Text Permissions Manager: Margaret Chamberlain-Gaston Text Permissions Researcher: James Reidel
  • 6. Printed in Canada 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 13 12 11 10 09 For product information and technology assistance, contact us at Cengage Learning Customer & Sales Support, 1-800-354-9706 For permission to use material from this text or product, submit all requests online at www.cengage.com/permissions Further permissions questions can be emailed to [email protected] www.cengage.com/permissions www.cengage.com www.ichapters.com With deep appreciation to Dorothy, the playwright and partner in my life, and to my parents, who started my life toward outcomes that I could not understand at the time.
  • 7. This page intentionally left blank vii About the Author Richard L. Daft, PhD, is the Brownlee O. Currey, Jr., Pro- fessor of Management in the Owen Graduate School of Management at Vanderbilt University. Professor Daft specializes in the study of organization theory and leadership. Dr. Daft is a Fellow of the Academy of Management and has served on the editorial boards of Academy of Management Journal, Administrative Sci- ence Quarterly, and Journal of Management Education. He was the associate editor-in-chief of Organization Science and served for three years as associate editor of Administrative Science Quarterly. Professor Daft has authored or co-authored 12 books, including Organization Theory and Design (South-Western, 2007), The Leadership Experience (South-Western, 2008), and What to Study: Generating and Developing Research Questions (Sage, 1982). He published Fusion Leadership: Unlocking the Subtle Forces That Change People and Orga-
  • 8. nizations (Berrett-Koehler, 2000, with Robert Lengel). He has also authored dozens of scholarly articles, papers, and chapters. His work has been published in Administra- tive Science Quarterly, Academy of Management Journal, Academy of Management Review, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Management, Accounting Organizations and Society, Management Science, MIS Quarterly, California Management Review, and Organi- zational Behavior Teaching Review. Professor Daft is currently working on a new book, The Executive and the Elephant. He also is an active teacher and consultant. He has taught management, leadership, organizational change, organizational theory, and organizational behavior. Professor Daft served as associate dean, produced for-profi t theatrical produc- tions, and helped manage a start-up enterprise. He has been involved in management development and consulting for many companies and government organizations, including the American Banking Association, Bridgestone, Bell
  • 9. Canada, the National Transportation Research Board, Nortel, TVA, Pratt & Whitney, State Farm Insur- ance, Tenneco, the United States Air Force, the United States Army, J. C. Bradford & Co., Central Parking System, Entergy Sales and Service, Bristol-Myers Squibb, First American National Bank, and the Vanderbilt University Medical Center. This page intentionally left blank ix Preface Managing for Innovation in a Changing World In recent years, organizations have been buffeted by massive and far-reaching social, technological, and economic changes. Any manager who still believed in the myth of
  • 10. stability was rocked out of complacency when, one after another, large fi nancial insti- tutions in the United States began to fail. Business schools, as well as managers and businesses, were scrambling to keep up with the fast-changing story and evaluate its impact. This edition of Management addresses themes and issues that are directly rel- evant to the current, fast-shifting business environment. I revised Management with a goal of helping current and future managers fi nd innovative solutions to the prob- lems that plague today’s organizations—whether they are everyday challenges or once-in-a-lifetime crises. The world in which most students will work as managers is undergoing a tremendous upheaval. Ethical turmoil, the need for crisis management skills, e-business, rapidly changing technologies, globalization, outsourcing, global virtual teams, knowledge management, global supply chains, the Wall Street melt- down, and other changes place demands on managers that go beyond the techniques and ideas traditionally taught in management courses. Managing
  • 11. today requires the full breadth of management skills and capabilities. This text provides comprehensive coverage of both traditional management skills and the new competencies needed in a turbulent environment characterized by economic turmoil, political confusion, and general uncertainty. In the traditional world of work, management was to control and limit people, enforce rules and regulations, seek stability and effi ciency, design a top-down hier- archy, and achieve bottom-line results. To spur innovation and achieve high per- formance, however, managers need different skills to engage workers’ hearts and minds as well as take advantage of their physical labor. The new workplace asks that managers focus on leading change, harnessing people’s creativity and enthusiasm, fi nding shared visions and values, and sharing information and power. Teamwork, collaboration, participation, and learning are guiding principles that help managers
  • 12. and employees maneuver the diffi cult terrain of today’s turbulent business environ- ment. Managers focus on developing, not controlling, people to adapt to new tech- nologies and extraordinary environmental shifts, and thus achieve high performance and total corporate effectiveness. My vision for the ninth edition of Management is to present the newest manage- ment ideas for turbulent times in a way that is interesting and valuable to students while retaining the best of traditional management thinking. To achieve this vision, I have included the most recent management concepts and research and have shown the contemporary application of management ideas in organizations. I have added a questionnaire at the beginning of each chapter that draws students personally into the topic and gives them some insight into their own management skills. A chapter feature for new managers, called the New Manager Self-Test, gives students a sense of what will be expected when they become managers. The
  • 13. combination of established scholarship, new ideas, and real-life applications gives students a taste of the energy, challenge, and adventure inherent in the dynamic fi eld of management. The South- Western/Cengage Learning staff and I have worked together to provide a textbook better than any other at capturing the excitement of organizational management. I revised Management to provide a book of utmost quality that will create in stu- dents both respect for the changing fi eld of management and confi dence that they can PREFACEx understand and master it. The textual portion of this book has been enhanced through the engaging, easy-to-understand writing style and the many in- text examples, boxed items, and short exercises that make the concepts come alive for students. The graphic
  • 14. component has been enhanced with several new exhibits and a new set of photo essays that illustrate specifi c management concepts. The well-chosen photographs provide vivid illustrations and intimate glimpses of management scenes, events, and people. The photos are combined with brief essays that explain how a specifi c management concept looks and feels. Both the textual and graphic portions of the textbook help students grasp the often abstract and distant world of management. Focus on Innovation: New to the Ninth Edition The ninth edition of Management is especially focused on the future of management education by identifying and describing emerging ideas and examples of innovative organizations and by providing enhanced learning opportunities for students. Learning Opportunities The ninth edition has taken a leap forward in pedagogical features to help students understand their own management capabilities and learn what it
  • 15. is like to manage in an organization today. New to this edition is an opening questionnaire that directly relates to the topic of the chapter and enables students to see how they respond to situations and challenges typically faced by real-life managers. New Manager Self- Tests in each chapter provide further opportunity for students to understand their management abilities. These short feedback questionnaires give students insight into how they would function in the real world of management. End- of-chapter questions have been carefully revised to encourage critical thinking and application of chap- ter concepts. End-of-chapter cases and ethical dilemmas help students sharpen their diagnostic skills for management problem solving. Chapter Content Within each chapter, many topics have been added or expanded to address the cur- rent issues managers face. At the same time, chapter text has been tightened and sharpened to provide greater focus on the key topics that count
  • 16. for management today. This tightening has resulted in a shortening of the text from 21 to 19 chapters. The essential elements about operations and technology have been combined into one chapter. An appendix on entrepreneurship and small business has been provided for students who want more information on managing in small businesses start-ups. Chapter 1 includes a section on making the leap from being an individual contribu- tor in the organization to becoming a new manager and getting work done primarily through others. The chapter introduces the skills and competencies needed to manage organizations effectively, including issues such as managing diversity, coping with glo- balization, and managing crises. In addition, the chapter discusses today’s emphasis within organizations on innovation as a response to a rapidly changing environment. Chapter 2 continues its solid coverage of the historical development of management
  • 17. and organizations. It also examines new management thinking for turbulent times. The chapter includes a new section on systemic thinking and an expanded discussion of post-World War II management techniques. The fi nal part of the chapter looks at issues of managing the technology-driven workplace, including supply chain man- agement, customer relationship management, and outsourcing. Chapter 3 contains an updated look at current issues related to the environment and corporate culture, including a new section on issues related to the natural environ- ment and managers’ response to environmental advocates. The chapter also illus- trates how managers shape a high–performance culture as an innovative response to a shifting environment. PREFACE xi Chapter 4 takes a look at the growing power of China and India
  • 18. in today’s global business environment and what this means for managers around the world. The chapter discusses the need for cultural intelligence, and a new section looks at under- standing communication differences as an important aspect of learning to manage internationally or work with people from different cultures. In addition, the complex issues surrounding globalization are discussed, including a consideration of the cur- rent globalization backlash. A new section on human resources points out the need for evaluating whether people are suitable for foreign assignments. Chapter 5 makes the business case for incorporating ethical values in the organi- zation. The chapter includes a new discussion of the bottom-of- the-pyramid business concept and how managers are successfully applying this new thinking. The chapter also has an expanded discussion of ethical challenges managers face today, includ- ing responses to recent fi nancial scandals. It considers global
  • 19. ethical issues, as well, including a discussion of corruption rankings of various countries. Chapter 6 provides a more focused discussion of the overall planning process and a new discussion of using strategy maps for aligning goals. This chapter also takes a close look at crisis planning and how to use scenarios. The chapter’s fi nal section on planning for high performance has been enhanced by a new discussion of intelli- gence teams and an expanded look at using performance dashboards to help manag- ers plan in a fast-changing environment. Chapter 7 continues its focus on the basics of formulating and implementing strategy. It includes a new section on diversifi cation strategy, looking at how managers use unrelated diversifi cation, related diversifi cation, or vertical integration as strategic approaches in shifting environments. This chapter also looks at new trends in strat- egy, including the dynamic capabilities approach and
  • 20. partnership strategies. Chapter 8 gives an overview of managerial decision making with an expanded dis- cussion of how confl icting interests among managers can create uncertainty regard- ing decisions. A new section on why managers often make bad decisions looks at the biases that can cloud judgment. The chapter also includes a new section on innova- tive group decision making and the dangers of groupthink. Chapter 9 discusses basic principles of organizing and describes both traditional and contemporary organizational structures in detail. The chapter includes a discussion of organic versus mechanistic structures and when each is more effective. Chapter 9 also provides a description of the virtual network organization form. Chapter 10 includes a more focused discussion of the critical role of managing change and innovation today. The chapter includes a new discussion of the ambidextrous
  • 21. approach for both creating and using innovations and has expanded material on exploration and creativity, the importance of internal and external cooperation, and the growing trend toward open innovation. Chapter 11 includes an expanded discussion of the strategic role of HRM in building human capital. The chapter has new sections on coaching and mentoring and the trend toward part-time and contingent employment. New ways of doing background checks on applicants, such as checking their pages on social networks, are discussed, and the chapter also looks at the changing social contract between employers and employees. Chapter 12 has been revised and updated to refl ect the most recent thinking on organiza- tional diversity issues. The chapter looks at how diversity is changing the domestic and global workforce and includes a new section on the traditional versus inclusive models for managing diversity. This chapter also contains new coverage of the dividends of
  • 22. diversity; an expanded discussion of prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes; and a new look at the difference between stereotyping and valuing cultural differences. The chapter includes a new fi ve-step process for achieving cultural competence. Chapter 13 continues its solid coverage of the basics of organizational behavior, includ- ing personality, values and attitudes, perception, emotional intelligence, learning and PREFACExii problem-solving styles, and stress management. Many exercises and questionnaires throughout this chapter enhance students’ understanding of organizational behavior topics and their own personalities and attitudes. Chapter 14 has been enriched with a discussion of followership. The chapter empha- sizes that good leaders and good followers share common
  • 23. characteristics. Good lead- ership can make a difference, often through subtle, everyday actions. The discussion of power and infl uence has been expanded to include the sources of power that are available to followers as well as leaders. The discussions of charismatic, transforma- tional, and interactive leadership have all been revised and refocused. Chapter 15 covers the foundations of motivation and also incorporates recent think- ing about motivational tools for today, including an expanded treatment of employee engagement. The chapter looks at new motivational ideas such as the importance of helping employees achieve work-life balance, incorporating fun and learning into the workplace, giving people a chance to fully participate, and helping people fi nd meaning in their work. Chapter 16 begins with a discussion of how managers facilitate strategic conversa- tions by using communication to direct everyone’s attention to
  • 24. the vision, values, and goals of the organization. The chapter explores the foundations of good com- munication and includes a new section on gender differences in communication, an enriched discussion of dialogue, and a refocused look at the importance of effective written communication in today’s technologically connected workplace, including the use of new forms of manager communication such as blogs. Chapter 17 includes a new section on the dilemma of teams, acknowledging that teams are sometimes ineffective and looking at the reasons for this, including such problems as free riders, lack of trust among team members, and so forth. The chapter then looks at how to make teams effective, including a signifi cantly revised discus- sion of what makes an effective team leader. The chapter covers the types of teams and includes a new look at effectively using technology in virtual teams. The chapter also includes a section on managing confl ict, including the use of negotiation.
  • 25. Chapter 18 provides an overview of fi nancial and quality control, including Six Sigma, ISO certifi cation, and a new application of the balanced scorecard, which views employee learning and growth as the foundation of high performance. The dis- cussion of hierarchical versus decentralized control has been updated and expanded. The chapter also addresses current concerns about corporate governance and fi nding a proper balance of control and autonomy for employees. Chapter 19 has been thoroughly revised to discuss recent trends in operations man- agement, information technology, and e-business. The chapter begins by looking at the organization as a value chain and includes an expanded discussion of supply chain management and new technologies such a radio frequency identifi cation (RFID). The discussion of information technology has been updated to include the trend toward user-generated content through wikis, blogs, and social networking. The chapter
  • 26. explores how these new technologies are being applied within organizations along with traditional information systems. The chapter also discusses e-commerce strate- gies, the use of business intelligence software, and knowledge management. In addition to the topics listed above, this text integrates coverage of the Internet and new technology into the various topics covered in each and every chapter. Organization The chapter sequence in Management is organized around the management functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. These four functions effectively encompass both management research and characteristics of the manager’s job. Part One introduces the world of management, including the nature of management, issues related to today’s chaotic environment, the learning organization, historical perspectives on management, and the technology-driven
  • 27. workplace. PREFACE xiii Part Two examines the environments of management and organizations. This sec- tion includes material on the business environment and corporate culture, the global environment, ethics and social responsibility, and the natural environment. Part Three presents three chapters on planning, including organizational goal setting and planning, strategy formulation and implementation, and the decision-making process. Part Four focuses on organizing processes. These chapters describe dimensions of structural design, the design alternatives managers can use to achieve strategic objec- tives, structural designs for promoting innovation and change, the design and use of
  • 28. the human resource function, and the ways managing diverse employees are signifi - cant to the organizing function. Part Five is devoted to leadership. The section begins with a chapter on organiza- tional behavior, providing grounding in understanding people in organizations. This foundation paves the way for subsequent discussion of leadership, motivation of employees, communication, and team management. Part Six describes the controlling function of management, including basic principles of total quality management, the design of control systems, information technology, and techniques for control of operations management. Innovative Features A major goal of this book is to offer better ways of using the textbook medium to convey management knowledge to the reader. To this end, the book includes several innova- tive features that draw students in and help them contemplate, absorb, and comprehend
  • 29. management concepts. South-Western has brought together a team of experts to create and coordinate color photographs, video cases, beautiful artwork, and supplemental materials for the best management textbook and package on the market. Chapter Outline and Objectives. Each chapter begins with a clear statement of its learning objectives and an outline of its contents. These devices provide an overview of what is to come and can also be used by students to guide their study and test their understanding and retention of important points. Opening Questionnaire. The text grabs student attention immediately by giving the student a chance to participate in the chapter content actively by completing a short questionnaire related to the topic. Take a Moment. At strategic places through the chapter, students are invited to Take a Moment to apply a particular concept or think about how they would apply it as a
  • 30. practicing manager. This call to action further engages students in the chapter con- tent. Some of the Take a Moment features also refer students to the associated New Manager Self-Test, or direct students from the chapter content to relevant end-of- chapter materials, such as an experiential exercise or an ethical dilemma. New Manager Self-Test. A New Manager Self-Test in each chapter of the text provides opportunities for self-assessment as a way for students to experience management issues in a personal way. The change from individual performer to new manager is dramatic, and these self-tests provide insight into what to expect and how students might perform in the world of the new manager. Concept Connection Photo Essays. A key feature of the book is the use of photo- graphs accompanied by detailed photo essay captions that enhance learning. Each caption highlights and illustrates one or more specifi c concepts from the text to rein-
  • 31. force student understanding of the concepts. Although the photos are beautiful to look at, they also convey the vividness, immediacy, and concreteness of management events in today’s business world. Contemporary Examples. Every chapter of the text contains several written examples of management incidents. They are placed at strategic points in the chapter and are PREFACExiv designed to illustrate the application of concepts to specifi c companies. These in-text examples—indicated by an icon in the margin—include well- known U.S. and inter- national companies such as Toyota, Facebook, UPS, LG Electronics, Google, Unilever, Siemens, and eBay, as well as less-well-known companies and not-for-profi t organi- zations such as Red 5 Studios, Strida, Genmab AS, ValueDance, and the U.S. Federal
  • 32. Bureau of Investigation (FBI). These examples put students in touch with the real world of organizations so that they can appreciate the value of management concepts. Manager’s Shoptalk Boxes. A Manager’s Shoptalk box in each chapter addresses a specifi c topic straight from the fi eld of management that is of special interest to stu- dents. These boxes may describe a contemporary topic or problem that is relevant to chapter content, or they may contain a diagnostic questionnaire or a special example of how managers handle a problem. The boxes heighten student interest in the sub- ject matter and provide an auxiliary view of management issues not typically avail- able in textbooks. Video Cases. The six parts of the text conclude with video cases, one per chapter, that illustrate the concepts presented in that part. The 19 videos enhance class discussion, because students can see the direct application of the management theories they have
  • 33. learned. Companies discussed in the video package include Recycline, Flight 001, and Numi Organic Teas. Each video case explores the issues covered in the video, allowing students to synthesize the material they’ve just viewed. The video cases culminate with several questions that can be used to launch classroom discussion or as homework. Suggested answers are provided in the Media Case Library. Exhibits. Several exhibits have been added or revised in the ninth edition to enhance student understanding. Many aspects of management are research based, and some concepts tend to be abstract and theoretical. The many exhibits throughout this book enhance students’ awareness and understanding of these concepts. These exhibits con- solidate key points, indicate relationships among concepts, and visually illustrate con- cepts. They also make effective use of color to enhance their imagery and appeal. Glossaries. Learning the management vocabulary is essential to
  • 34. understanding con- temporary management. This process is facilitated in three ways. First, key concepts are boldfaced and completely defi ned where they fi rst appear in the text. Second, brief defi nitions are set out in the margin for easy review and follow-up. Third, a glossary summarizing all key terms and defi nitions appears at the end of the book for handy reference. A Manager’s Essentials and Discussion Questions. Each chapter closes with a sum- mary of the essential points that students should retain. The discussion questions are a complementary learning tool that will enable students to check their understand- ing of key issues, to think beyond basic concepts, and to determine areas that require further study. The summary and discussion questions help students discriminate between main and supporting points and provide mechanisms for self-teaching. Management in Practice Exercises. End-of-chapter exercises
  • 35. called “Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise” and “Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma” provide a self-test for students and an opportunity to experience management issues in a personal way. These exercises take the form of questionnaires, scenarios, and activities, and many also provide an opportunity for students to work in teams. The exercises are tied into the chapter through the Take a Moment feature that refers stu- dents to the end-of-chapter exercises at the appropriate point in the chapter content. Case for Critical Analysis. Also appearing at the end of each chapter is a brief but substantive case that provides an opportunity for student analysis and class discus- sion. Some of these cases are about companies whose names students will recog- nize; others are based on real management events but the identities of companies and managers have been disguised. These cases allow students to sharpen their diagnos- tic skills for management problem solving.
  • 36. PREFACE xv Continuing Case. Located at the end of each part, the Continuing Case is a run- ning discussion of management topics appropriate to that part as experienced by General Motors Company. Focusing on one company allows students to follow the managers’ and the organization’s long-term problems and solutions in a sustained manner. Supplementary Materials Instructor’s Manual. Designed to provide support for instructors new to the course, as well as innovative materials for experienced professors, the Instructor’s Man- ual includes Chapter Outlines, annotated learning objectives, Lecture Notes, and sample Lecture Outlines. Additionally, the Instructor’s Manual includes answers and teaching notes to end-of-chapter materials, including the
  • 37. video cases and the continuing case. Instructor’s CD-ROM. Key instructor ancillaries (Instructor’s Manual, Test Bank, ExamView, and PowerPoint slides) are provided on CD-ROM, giving instructors the ultimate tool for customizing lectures and presentations. Test Bank. Scrutinized for accuracy, the Test Bank includes more than 2,000 true/ false, multiple-choice, short-answer, and essay questions. Page references are indi- cated for every question, as are designations of either factual or application so that instructors can provide a balanced set of questions for student exams. Each question is also tagged based on AACSB guidelines. ExamView. Available on the Instructor’s Resource CD-ROM, ExamView contains all of the questions in the printed Test Bank. This program is an easy-to-use test cre- ation software compatible with Microsoft Windows. Instructors can add or edit ques-
  • 38. tions, instructions, and answers, and select questions (randomly or numerically) by previewing them on the screen. Instructors can also create and administer quizzes online, whether over the Internet, a local area network (LAN), or a wide area network (WAN). PowerPoint Lecture Presentation. Available on the Instructor’s Resource CD-ROM and the Web site, the PowerPoint Lecture Presentation enables instructors to custom- ize their own multimedia classroom presentation. Containing an average of 27 slides per chapter, the package includes fi gures and tables from the text, as well as outside materials to supplement chapter concepts. Material is organized by chapter and can be modifi ed or expanded for individual classroom use. PowerPoint slides are also easily printed to create customized Transparency Masters. Study Guide. Packed with real-world examples and additional applications for help- ing students master management concepts, this learning
  • 39. supplement is an excellent resource. For each chapter of the text, the Study Guide includes a summary and com- pletion exercise; a review with multiple-choice, true/false, and short-answer ques- tions; a mini case with multiple-choice questions; management applications; and an experiential exercise that can be assigned as homework or used in class. Video Package. The video package for Management, ninth edition, contains two options: On the Job videos created specifi cally for the ninth edition of Daft’s Man- agement and BizFlix videos. On the Job videos use real-world companies to illustrate management concepts as outlined in the text. Focusing on both small and large busi- ness, the videos give students an inside perspective on the situations and issues that corporations face. BizFlix are fi lm clips taken from popular Hollywood movies such as Failure to Launch, Rendition, and Friday Night Lights, and integrated into the ninth edition of Daft. Clips are supported by short cases and
  • 40. discussion questions at the end of each chapter. Web Site (www.cengage.com/management/daft). Discover a rich array of online teaching and learning management resources that you won’t fi nd anywhere else. www.cengage.com/management/daft PREFACExvi Resources include interactive learning tools, links to critical management Web sites, and password-protected teaching resources available for download. Premium Student Web Site (www.cengage.com/login). Give your students access to additional study aides for your management course. With this optional package, stu- dents gain access to the Daft premium Web site. There your students will fi nd inter- active quizzes, fl ashcards, PowerPoint slides, learning games,
  • 41. and more to reinforce chapter concepts. Add the ninth edition of Management to your bookshelf at www .cengage.com/login and access the Daft Premium Web site to learn more. Acknowledgments A gratifying experience for me was working with the team of dedicated professionals at South-Western who were committed to the vision of producing the best manage- ment text ever. I am grateful to Joe Sabatino, executive editor, whose enthusiasm, creative ideas, assistance, and vision kept this book’s spirit alive. Emma Newsom, managing developmental editor, provided superb project coordination and offered excellent ideas and suggestions to help the team meet a demanding and sometimes arduous schedule. Kimberly Kanakes, executive marketing manager, and Clint Kernen, marketing manager, provided keen market knowledge and innovative ideas for instructional support. Martha Conway, senior content project manager, cheerfully
  • 42. and expertly guided me through the production process. Tippy McIntosh contributed her graphic arts skills to create a visually dynamic design. Ruth Belanger, editorial assistant, and Sarah Rose, marketing coordinator, skillfully pitched in to help keep the project on track. Joe Devine deserves a special thank you for his layout expertise and commitment to producing an attractive, high-quality textbook. Additionally, BJ Parker, Copyshop, USA, contributed the Continuing Case. Here at Vanderbilt I want to extend special appreciation to my assistant, Barbara Haselton. Barbara provided excellent support and assistance on a variety of proj- ects that gave me time to write. I also want to acknowledge an intellectual debt to my colleagues, Bruce Barry, Ray Friedman, Neta Moye, Rich Oliver, David Owens, Ranga Ramanujam, Bart Victor, and Tim Vogus. Thanks also to Deans Jim Bradford and Bill Christie who have supported my writing projects and maintained a positive scholarly atmosphere in the school. Another group of people
  • 43. who made a major con- tribution to this textbook are the management experts who provided advice, reviews, answers to questions, and suggestions for changes, insertions, and clarifi cations. I want to thank each of these colleagues for their valuable feedback and suggestions on the ninth edition: David Alexander Christian Brothers University Reginald L Audibert California State University—Long Beach Burrell A. Brown California University of Pennsylvania Paula Buchanan Jacksonville State University
  • 44. Diane Caggiano Fitchburg State College Bruce Charnov Hofstra University Gloria Cockerell Collin College Jack Cox Amberton University Paul Ewell Bridgewater College Mary M. Fanning College of Notre Dame of Maryland Merideth Ferguson Baylor University Karen Fritz Bridgewater College
  • 45. Yezdi H. Godiwalla University of Wisconsin— Whitewater James Halloran Wesleyan College Stephen R. Hiatt Catawba College Betty Hoge Bridgewater College Jody Jones Oklahoma Christian University www.cengage.com/login www.cengage.com/login www.cengage.com/login PREFACE xvii Jerry Kinard
  • 46. Western Carolina University Sal Kukalis California State University—Long Beach Joyce LeMay Bethel University Wade McCutcheon East Texas Baptist College Tom Miller Concordia University W J Mitchell Bladen Community College John Okpara Bloomsburg University Lori A. Peterson Augsburg College
  • 47. Michael Provitera Barry University Abe Qastin Lakeland College Holly Caldwell Ratwani Bridgewater College Terry L. Riddle Central Virginia Commu- nity College Thomas Sy California State University—Long Beach Kevin A. Van Dewark Humphreys College Noemy Watchel Kean University Peter Wachtel Kean University
  • 48. David C. Adams Manhattanville College Erin M. Alexander University of Houston– Clear Lake Hal Babson Columbus State Community College Reuel Barksdale Columbus State Community College Gloria Bemben Finger Lakes Community College Pat Bernson County College of Morris Art Bethke Northeast Louisiana
  • 49. University Thomas Butte Humboldt State University Peter Bycio Xavier University, Ohio Diane Caggiano Fitchburg State College Douglas E. Cathon St. Augustine’s College Jim Ciminskie Bay de Noc Community College Dan Connaughton University of Florida Bruce Conwers Kaskaskia College Byron L. David
  • 50. The City College of New York Richard De Luca William Paterson University Robert DeDominic Montana Tech Linn Van Dyne Michigan State University John C. Edwards East Carolina University Mary Ann Edwards College of Mount St. Joseph Janice M. Feldbauer Austin Community College Daryl Fortin Upper Iowa University
  • 51. Michael P. Gagnon New Hampshire Community Technical College Richard H. Gayor Antelope Valley College Dan Geeding Xavier University, Ohio James Genseal Joliet Junior College Peter Gibson Becker College Carol R. Graham Western Kentucky University Gary Greene Manatee Community College Ken Harris
  • 52. Indiana University Southeast Paul Hayes Coastal Carolina Commu- nity College Dennis Heaton Maharishi University of Management, Iowa Jeffrey D. Hines Davenport College Bob Hoerber Westminster College James N. Holly University of Wisconsin– Green Bay Genelle Jacobson Ridgewater College C. Joy Jones
  • 53. Ohio Valley College Kathleen Jones University of North Dakota Sheryl Kae Lynchburg College Jordan J. Kaplan Long Island University I would also like to continue to acknowledge those reviewers who have contrib- uted comments, suggestions and feedback on previous editions: PREFACExviii J. Michael Keenan Western Michigan University Gloria Komer Stark State College
  • 54. Paula C. Kougl Western Oregon University Cynthia Krom Mount St. Mary College Mukta Kulkarni University of Texas–San Antonio William B. Lamb Millsaps College Robert E. Ledman Morehouse College George Lehma Bluffton College Cynthia Lengnick-Hall University of Texas–San Antonio Janet C. Luke
  • 55. Georgia Baptist College of Nursing Jenna Lundburg Ithaca College Walter J. MacMillan Oral Roberts University Myrna P. Mandell California State University, Northridge Daniel B. Marin Louisiana State University Michael Market Jacksonville State University James C. McElroy Iowa State University Dennis W. Meyers Texas State Technical
  • 56. College Alan N. Miller University of Nevada–Las Vegas Irene A. Miller Southern Illinois University James L. Moseley Wayne State University Micah Mukabi Essex County College David W. Murphy Madisonville Community College Nora Nurre Upper Iowa University Tomas J. Ogazon St. Thomas University
  • 57. Allen Oghenejbo Mills College Linda Overstreet Hillsborough Community College Ken Peterson Metropolitan State University Clifton D. Petty Drury College James I. Phillips Northeastern State University Linda Putchinski University of Central Florida Kenneth Radig Medaille College
  • 58. Gerald D. Ramsey Indiana University Southeast Barbara Redmond Briar Cliff College William Reisel St. John’s University–New York Terry Riddle Central Virginia Commu- nity College Walter F. Rohrs Wagner College Meir Russ University of Wisconsin– Green Bay Marcy Satterwhite Lake Land College
  • 59. Don Schreiber Baylor University Kilmon Shin Ferris State University Daniel G. Spencer University of Kansas Gary Spokes Pace University M. Sprencz David N. Meyers College Shanths Srinivas California State Polytechnic University, Pomona Jeffrey Stauffer Ventura College William A. Stower Seton Hall University
  • 60. Mary Studer Southwestern Michigan College Bruce C. Walker Northeast Louisiana University Mark Weber University of Minnesota Emilia S. Westney Texas Tech University Stan Williamson Northeast Louisiana University Alla L. Wilson University of Wisconsin– Green Bay Ignatius Yacomb Loma Linda University
  • 61. Imad Jim Zbib Ramapo College of New Jersey Vic Zimmerman Pima Community College James Swenson Moorhead State University, Minnesota Irwin Talbot St. Peter’s College PREFACE xix Andrew Timothy Lourdes College Frank G. Titlow St. Petersburg Junior College
  • 62. John Todd University of Arkansas Philip Varca University of Wyoming Dennis L. Varin Southern Oregon University Gina Vega Merrimack College George S. Vozikis University of Tulsa Bruce C. Walker Northeast Louisiana University Mark Weber University of Minnesota Emilia S. Westney Texas Tech University
  • 63. Stan Williamson Northeast Louisiana University Alla L. Wilson University of Wisconsin– Green Bay Ignatius Yacomb Loma Linda University Imad Jim Zbib Ramapo College of New Jersey Vic Zimmerman Pima Community College I’d like to pay special tribute to my long-time editorial associate, Pat Lane. I can’t imagine how I would ever complete such a comprehensive revision on my own. Pat provided truly outstanding help throughout every step of writing the ninth edition of Management. She skillfully drafted materials for a
  • 64. wide range of chapter topics, boxes, and cases; researched topics when new sources were lacking; and did an absolutely superb job with the copyedited manuscript and page proofs. Her commitment to this text enabled us to achieve our dream for its excellence. I also want to pay tribute to Mary Draper, who stepped in to help with the research and revision of this edition. Mary also did a superb job with the copyedited manu- script and page proofs. We could not have completed this revision without Mary’s excellent assistance. Finally, I want to acknowledge the love and contributions of my wife, Dorothy Marcic. Dorothy has been very supportive during this revision as we share our lives together. I also want to acknowledge the love and support from my fi ve daughters— Danielle, Amy, Roxanne, Solange, and Elizabeth—who make my life special during our precious time together. Thanks also to B. J. and Kaitlyn and Kaci and Matthew for
  • 65. their warmth and smiles that brighten my life, especially during our days together skiing and on the beach. Richard L. Daft Nashville, Tennessee December 2008 This page intentionally left blank xxi Part 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT 1 Innovative Management for Turbulent Times 2 2 The Evolution of Management Thinking 32 Part 2 THE ENVIRONMENT OF MANAGEMENT
  • 66. 3 The Environment and Corporate Culture 62 4 Managing in a Global Environment 94 5 Managing Ethics and Social Responsibility 128 Part 3 PLANNING 6 Managerial Planning and Goal Setting 158 7 Strategy Formulation and Implementation 184 8 Managerial Decision Making 212 Part 4 ORGANIZING 9 Designing Adaptive Organizations 242 10 Managing Change and Innovation 276 11 Managing Human Resources 306 12 Managing Diversity 340 Part 5 LEADING 13 Dynamics of Behavior in Organizations 376 14 Leadership 408 15 Motivating Employees 440
  • 67. 16 Managing Communication 470 17 Leading Teams 502 Part 6 CONTROLLING 18 Managing Quality and Performance 536 19 Managing the Value Chain, Information Technology, and E-Business 568 APPENDIX A: MANAGING SMALL BUSINESS START-UPS 601 Glossary 625 Indexes 639 Brief Contents This page intentionally left blank
  • 68. xxiii Part 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT 1 Innovative Management for Turbulent Times 2 Are You Ready to Be a Manager? 3 Why Innovation Mat ters 4 The Defi nition of Management 4 The Four Management Functions 5 Planning 5 | Organizing 6 | Leading 6 Controlling 7 Organizational Performance 7 Management Skills 8 Conceptual Skills 8 | Human Skills 9 | Technical Skills 9 | When Skills Fail 10 Management Types 10 Vertical Differences 11 | Horizontal Differences 12
  • 69. What Is It Like to Be a Manager? 13 Making the Leap: Becoming a New Manager 13 New Manager Self-Test: Manager Achievement 14 Manager’s Shoptalk: Do You Really Want To Be A Manager? 16 Manager Activities 17 | Manager Roles 18 Managing in Small Businesses and Nonprofi t Organizations 20 Management and the New Workplace 21 New Workplace Characteristics 21 | New Management Competencies 23 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 23 Discussion Questions 24 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 25 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 26 Case for Critical Analysis 26 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 27 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 28 Endnotes 29
  • 70. 2 The Evolution of Management Thinking 32 Are You a New-Style or an Old-Style Manager? 33 Management and Organization 34 Manager’s Shoptalk: Contemporary Management Tools 35 Classical Perspective 36 Scientifi c Management 37 | Bureaucratic Organizations 38 | Administrative Principles 40 Humanistic Perspective 41 Human Relations Movement 42 | Human Resources Perspective 43 New Manager Self-Test: Evolution of Style 44 Behavioral Sciences Approach 45 Management Science Perspective 46 Recent Historical Trends 47 Systems Theory 47 | Contingency View 48 | Total Quality Management 49 Innovative Management Thinking For Turbulent
  • 71. Times 50 The Learning Organization 50 Managing the Technology-Driven Workplace 50 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 52 Discussion Questions 52 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 53 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 53 Case for Critical Analysis 54 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 55 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 56 Endnotes 57 Continuing Case 60 3 The Environment and Corporate Culture 62 Are You Fit for Managerial Uncertainty? 63 The External Environment 64 General Environment 65 Manager’s Shoptalk: Creating Guanxi in China 67 Task Environment 69
  • 72. The Organization–Environment Relationship 72 Environmental Uncertainty 72 | Adapting to the Environment 73 Part 2 THE ENVIRONTMENT OF MANAGEMENT Contents xxiv The Internal Environment: Corporate Culture 75 Symbols 77 | Stories 77 | Heroes 77 Slogans 78 | Ceremonies 78 Environment and Culture 78 Adaptive Cultures 79 | Types of Cultures 79 New Manager Self-Test: Culture Preference 82 Shaping Corporate Culture for Innovative Response 82 Managing the High-Performance Culture 83 | Cultural Leadership 85
  • 73. A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 85 Discussion Questions 86 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 87 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 87 Case for Critical Analysis 88 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 89 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 90 Endnotes 91 4 Managing in a Global Environment 94 Are You Ready To Work Internationally? 95 A Borderless World 96 Getting Started Internationally 98 Exporting 98 | Outsourcing 99 | Licensing 99 Direct Investing 100 | China Inc. 101 The International Business Environment 102 The Economic Environment 103 Economic Development 103 | Resource and Product Markets 103 | Exchange Rates 104 The Legal-Political Environment 104
  • 74. The Sociocultural Environment 105 Social Values 105 Manager’s Shoptalk: How Well Do You Play The Culture Game? 108 Communication Differences 109 | Other Cultural Characteristics 110 International Trade Alliances 111 GAT T and the World Trade Organization 112 | European Union 112 | North American Free Trade Agreement (NAF TA) 113 The Globalization Backlash 113 Multinational Corporations 114 Managing in a Global Environment 115 Developing Cultural Intelligence 115 | Managing Cross-Culturally 116 New Manager Self-Test: Are You Culturally Intelligent? 117 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 119
  • 75. Discussion Questions 120 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 120 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 121 Case for Critical Analysis 122 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 123 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 124 Endnotes 124 5 Managing Ethics and Social Responsibility 128 Will You Be a Courageous Manager? 129 What Is Managerial Ethics? 130 Ethical Dilemmas: What Would You Do? 131 Criteria for Ethical Decision Making 132 Utilitarian Approach 132 Individualism Approach 132 | Moral-Rights Approach 133 | Justice Approach 133 Manager Ethical Choices 134 Manager’s Shoptalk: How to Challenge the Boss on Ethical Issues 136 New Manager Self-Test: Self and Others 137 What Is Corporate Social Responsibility? 138
  • 76. Organizational Stakeholders 138 | The Bottom of the Pyramid 140 The Ethic of Sustainability 141 Evaluating Corporate Social Responsibilit y 142 Managing Company Ethics and Social Responsibilit y 144 Code of Ethics 144 | Ethical Structures 145 | Whistle-Blowing 146 | The Business Case for Ethics and Social Responsibility 147 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 148 Discussion Questions 148 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 149 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 150 Case for Critical Analysis 150 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 151 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 152 Endnotes 153 Continuing Case 156 6 Managerial Planning and Goal Setting 158 Does Goal Set ting Fit Your Management Style? 159
  • 77. Overview of Goals and Plans 160 Levels of Goals and Plans 160 | Purposes of Goals and Plans 160 | The Organizational Planning Process 162 Goals in Organizations 162 New Manager Self-Test: Your Approach to Studying 163 Organizational Mission 163 Goals and Plans 164 | Aligning Goals with Strategy Maps 166 Part 3 PLANNING CONTENTS xxv Operational Planning 167 Criteria for Effective Goals 168 | Management
  • 78. by Objectives 168 | Single-Use and Standing Plans 171 Manager’s Shoptalk: Regulating E-Mail in the Workplace 171 Planning for a Turbulent Environment 172 Contingency Planning 172 | Building Scenarios 173 | Crisis Planning 173 Planning for High Performance 175 Traditional Approaches to Planning 175 | High- Performance Approaches to Planning 175 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 178 Discussion Questions 178 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 179 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 179 Case for Critical Analysis 180 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 181 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 182 Endnotes 182 7 Strategy Formulation and Implementation 184
  • 79. What Is Your Strategy Strength? 185 Thinking Strategically 186 New Manager Self-Test: Your Approach to Studying, Part 2 187 What Is Strategic Management? 188 Purpose of Strategy 188 | Levels of Strategy 190 The Strategic Management Process 191 Strategy Formulation Versus Execution 191 | SWOT Analysis 192 Formulating Corporate-Level Strategy 194 Portfolio Strategy 194 | The BCG Matrix 194 | Diversifi cation Strategy 195 Formulating Business-Level Strategy 196 Porter’s Five Competitive Forces 196 | Competitive Strategies 198 New Trends in Strategy 199 Innovation from Within 200 | Strategic Partnerships 200 Global Strategy 200
  • 80. Globalization 201 | Multidomestic Strategy 202 | Transnational Strategy 202 Strategy Execution 203 Manager’s Shoptalk: Tips for Effective Strategy Execution 204 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 205 Discussion Questions 206 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 206 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 207 Case for Critical Analysis 207 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 208 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 209 Endnotes 210 8 Managerial Decision Making 212 How Do You Make Decisions? 213 Types of Decisions and Problems 214 Programmed and Nonprogrammed Decisions 214 | Facing Certainty and Uncertainty 215 Decision-Making Models 217
  • 81. The Ideal, Rational Model 217 | How Managers Actually Make Decisions 218 New Manager Self-Test: Making Important Decisions 220 Political Model 221 Decision-Making Steps 222 Recognition of Decision Requirement 222 | Diagnosis and Analysis of Causes 222 | Development of Alternatives 223 | Selection of Desired Alternative 224 | Implementation of Chosen Alternative 224 | Evaluation and Feedback 225 Personal Decision Framework 226 Why Do Managers Make Bad Decisions? 227 Innovative Group Decision Making 228 Manager’s Shoptalk: Evidence-Based Management 229 Start with Brainstorming 229 Engage in Rigorous Debate 230 | Avoid Groupthink 230 | Know When to Bail 231
  • 82. A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 231 Discussion Questions 232 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 232 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 233 Case for Critical Analysis 234 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 235 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 236 Endnotes 237 Continuing Case 240 9 Designing Adaptive Organizations 242 What Are Your Leadership Beliefs? 243 Organizing the Vertical Structure 244 Work Specialization 244 | Chain of Command 245 | Span of Management 247 Manager’s Shoptalk: How to Delegate 248 Centralization and Decentralization 250 Departmentalization 250 Vertical Functional Approach 252 | Divisional Approach 252 | Matrix Approach 254 | Team
  • 83. Part 4 ORGANIZING CONTENTS xxvi Approach 255 | The Virtual Network Approach 256 | Advantages and Disadvantages of Each Structure 258 Organizing for Horizontal Coordination 260 The Need for Coordination 260 | Task Forces, Teams, and Project Management 262 Reengineering 263 Struc ture Follows Strategy 264 New Manager Self-Test: Authority Role Models 266 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 268 Discussion Questions 268 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 269 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 270 Case for Critical Analysis 270
  • 84. ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 272 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 272 Endnotes 273 10 Managing Change and Innovation 276 Are You Innovative? 277 Innovation and the Changing Workplace 278 Changing Things: New Products and Technologies 279 Exploration 279 | Cooperation 281 Entrepreneurship 284 New Manager Self-Test: Taking Charge of Change 286 Changing People and Culture 287 Training and Development 287 | Organization Development 287 Implementing Change 291 Need for Change 291 | Resistance to Change 291 Manager’s Shoptalk: Making Change Stick 292 Force-Field Analysis 293 | Implementation
  • 85. Tactics 294 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 296 Discussion Questions 296 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 297 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 298 Case for Critical Analysis 299 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 300 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 301 Endnotes 301 11 Managing Human Resources 306 Getting the Right People on the Bus 307 The Strategic Role of HRM Is to Drive Organizational Performance 308 The Strategic Approach 308 | Building Human Capital to Drive Performance 309 | Globalization 311 The Impac t of Federal Legislation on HRM 311 New Manager Self-Test: What Is Your HR Work Orientation? 313 The Changing Nature of Careers 314
  • 86. The Changing Social Contract 314 | Innovations in HRM 315 Finding the Right People 316 Human Resource Planning 317 | Recruiting 318 Selecting 321 Manager’s Shoptalk: What Makes a Good Interview Go Bad? 323 Managing Talent 324 Training and Development 324 | Performance Appraisal 326 Maintaining an Effective Workforce 329 Compensation 329 | Benefi ts 330 Termination 330 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 331 Discussion Questions 332 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 332 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 333 Case for Critical Analysis 334 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 335 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 336
  • 87. Endnotes 336 12 Managing Diversity 340 Do You Know Your Biases? 341 The Changing Workplace 342 Diversity in the United States 343 | Diversity on a Global Scale 345 Manager’s Shoptalk: A Guide for Expatriate Managers in America 346 Managing Diversity 346 What Is Diversity? 346 | Dividends of Workplace Diversity 348 Factors Shaping Personal Bias 350 Prejudice, Discrimination, and Stereotypes 350 | Ethnocentrism 352 Factors Affecting Women’s Careers 353 Glass Ceiling 353 | Opt-Out Trend 354 New Manager’s Self-Test: Are You Tuned Into Gender Differences? 355
  • 88. The Female Advantage 356 Cultural Competence 356 Diversity Initiatives and Programs 358 Changing Structures and Policies 358 | Expanding Recruitment Efforts 358 | Establishing Mentor Relationships 358 | Accommodating Special Needs 360 | Providing Diversity Skills Training 360 | Increasing Awareness of Sexual Harassment 361 New Diversity Initiatives 362 Multicultural Teams 362 | Employee Network Groups 362 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 363 Discussion Questions 364 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 365 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 366 Case for Critical Analysis 367 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 368 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 369 Endnotes 370 Continuing Case 374
  • 89. CONTENTS xxvii 13 Dynamics of Behavior in Organizations 376 Are You Self-Confi dent? 377 Organizational Behavior 378 Attitudes 378 Components of Attitudes 379 | High-Performance Work Attitudes 380 | Confl icts Among Attitudes 382 Perception 382 Perceptual Selectivity 383 | Perceptual Distortions 384 | Attributions 384 Personality and Behavior 385 Personality Traits 386 | Emotional Intelligence 388 | Attitudes and Behaviors Infl uenced by Personality 388
  • 90. New Manager Self-Test: What’s Your EQ? 389 Manager’s Shoptalk: Bridging the Personality Gap 390 Person–Job Fit 393 Learning 394 The Learning Process 394 | Learning Styles 395 Stress and Stress Management 396 Type A and Type B Behavior 397 | Causes of Work Stress 397 | Innovative Responses to Stress Management 398 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 399 Discussion Questions 400 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 400 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 403 Case for Critical Analysis 403 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 405 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 405 Endnotes 406 14 Leadership 408
  • 91. What’s Your Personal Style? 409 The Nature of Leadership 410 Contemporary Leadership 410 Level 5 Leadership 411 | Interactive Leadership 412 New Manager Self-Test: Interpersonal Patterns 413 From Management to Leadership 414 Leadership Traits 415 Behavioral Approaches 415 Ohio State Studies 416 | Michigan Studies 416 The Leadership Grid 417 Contingency Approaches 418 Hersey and Blanchard’s Situational Theory 418 | Fiedler’s Contingency Theory 419 | Matching Leader Style to the Situation 420 | Substitutes for Leadership 421 Charismatic and Transformational Leadership 422 Charismatic and Visionary Leadership 422 Manager’s Shoptalk: Are You a Charismatic
  • 92. Leader? 423 Transformational Versus Transactional Leadership 424 Followership 424 Power and Infl uence 426 Position Power 426 | Personal Power 427 | Other Sources of Power 427 | Interpersonal Infl uence Tactics 428 Leadership as Service 429 Servant Leadership 429 | Moral Leadership 430 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 431 Discussion Questions 432 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 432 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 433 Case for Critical Analysis 434 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 435 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 436 Endnotes 437 15 Motivating Employees 440 Are You Engaged or Disengaged? 441 The Concept of Motivation 442
  • 93. Content Perspectives on Motivation 443 The Hierarchy of Needs 443 | ERG Theory 445 | A Two-Factor Approach to Motivation 446 | Acquired Needs 447 Process Perspectives on Motivation 448 Goal-Setting 448 | Equity Theory 449 | Expectancy Theory 450 New Manager Self-Test: Your Approach to Motivating Others 452 Reinforcement Perspective on Motivation 452 Job Design for Motivation 454 Job Simplifi cation 454 | Job Rotation 455 Manager’s Shoptalk: The Carrot-and-Stick Controversy 455 Job Enlargement 456 | Job Enrichment 456 | Job Characteristics Model 457 Innovative Ideas for Motivating 458 Empowering People to Meet Higher Needs 459 Giving Meaning to Work Through Engagement 460
  • 94. A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 462 Discussion Questions 463 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 463 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 464 Case for Critical Analysis 465 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 466 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 467 Endnotes 468 Part 5 LEADING CONTENTS xxviii 16 Managing Communication 470 Are You Building a Personal Network? 471 Communication Is the Manager’s Job 472 What Is Communication? 473 | The Communication Process 474
  • 95. Communicating Among People 475 Manager’s Shoptalk: Breaking Down Language Barriers 475 Communication Channels 476 | Communicating to Persuade and Infl uence Others 478 | Gender Differences in Communication 479 | Nonverbal Communication 480 | Listening 480 New Manager Self-Test: What Is Your Social Disposition? 482 Organizational Communication 483 Formal Communication Channels 483 | Team Communication Channels 486 | Personal Communication Channels 487 Innovations in Organizational Communication 489 Dialogue 489 | Crisis Communication 490 | Feedback and Learning 491 | Climate of Trust and Openness 492 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 492
  • 96. Discussion Questions 493 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 494 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 495 Case for Critical Analysis 496 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 497 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 498 Endnotes 499 17 Leading Teams 502 How Do You Like to Work? 503 Why Teams at Work? 504 What Is a Team? 504 | The Dilemma of Teams 505 How to Make Teams Effective 506 Model of Team Effectiveness 506 | Effective Team Leadership 507 Types of Teams 507 Formal Teams 507 | Self-Directed Teams 508 Innovative Uses of Teams 509 Virtual Teams 509 | Global Teams 511
  • 97. Team Characteristics 512 Size 512 | Diversity 512 | Member Roles 513 Team Processes 513 Stages of Team Development 514 | Team Cohesiveness 516 | Team Norms 517 Managing Team Confl ict 517 Balancing Confl ict and Cooperation 518 | Causes of Confl ict 519 | Styles to Handle Confl ict 519 Negotiation 520 New Manager Self-Test: Managing Confl ict 522 Work Team Effectiveness 522 Productive Output 523 | Satisfaction of Members 523 | Capacity to Adapt and Learn 523 Manager’s Shoptalk: How to Run a Great Meeting 524 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 525 Discussion Questions 525 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 526
  • 98. Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 526 Case for Critical Analysis 527 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 529 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 530 Endnotes 531 Continuing Case 534 18 Managing Quality and Performance 536 What Is Your Attitude Toward Organizational Regulation and Control? 537 The Meaning of Control 538 Manager’s Shoptalk: Cyberslackers Beware: The Boss Is Watching 539 Choosing Standards and Measures 539 The Balanced Scorecard 540 Feedback Control Model 541 Steps of Feedback Control 541 | Application to Budgeting 544 Financial Control 546 Financial Statements 546 | Financial Analysis: Interpreting the Numbers 547
  • 99. The Changing Philosophy of Control 548 Hierarchical versus Decentralized Approaches 548 | Open-Book Management 550 New Manager Self-Test: What Is Your Control Approach? 551 Total Quality Management 552 TQM Techniques 553 | TQM Success Factors 556 Trends in Quality and Financial Control 557 International Quality Standards 557 | New Financial Control Systems 557 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 559 Discussion Questions 560 Part 6 CONTROLLING CONTENTS
  • 100. xxix Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 561 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 561 Case for Critical Analysis 562 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 564 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 565 Endnotes 565 19 Managing the Value Chain, Information Technology, and E-Business 568 Which Side of Your Brain Do You Use? 569 The Organization As a Value Chain 570 Manufacturing and Service Operations 571 | Supply Chain Management 572 Facilities Layout 573 Process Layout 573 New Manager Self-Test: Political Skills 574 Product Layout 574 | Cellular Layout 576 | Fixed-Position Layout 576
  • 101. Technology Automation 576 Radio-Frequency Identifi cation (RFID) 577 | Flexible Manufacturing Systems 577 | Lean Manufacturing 578 Inventory Management 578 The Importance of Inventory 579 | Just-in-Time Inventory 579 Information Technology Has Transformed Management 580 Boundaries Dissolve; Collaboration Reigns 580 | Knowledge Management 580 | Management Information Systems 581 | Enterprise Resource Planning Systems 582 Manager’s Shoptalk: Putting Performance Dashboards to Work 583 A New Generation of Information Technology 585 The Internet and E-Business 586 E-Business Strategy: Market
  • 102. Expansion 588 | E-Business Strategy: Increasing Effi ciency 589 A Manager’s Essentials: What Have We Learned? 589 Discussion Questions 590 Management in Practice: Experiential Exercise 591 Management in Practice: Ethical Dilemma 591 Case for Critical Analysis 592 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE 593 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE 594 Endnotes 595 Continuing Case 598 Appendix A: Managing Small Business Start-Ups 601 Glossary 625 Name Index 639 Company Index 653 Subject Index 657 CONTENTS This page intentionally left blank
  • 103. Management RICHARD L. DAFT Vanderb i l t Un i ve r s i t y chapter1pt1 © G E T T Y IM AG ES /D IG
  • 105. es C ha pt er O ut lin e After studying this chapter, you should be able to: 1. Describe the four management functions and the type of management activity associated with each. 2. Explain the difference between effi ciency and effectiveness and their importance for organizational performance. 3. Describe conceptual, human, and technical skills and their relevance for managers.
  • 106. 4. Describe management types and the horizontal and vertical differences between them. 5. Defi ne ten roles that managers perform in organizations. 6. Appreciate the manager’s role in small businesses and nonprofi t organizations. 7. Understand the personal challenges involved in becoming a new manager. 8. Discuss characteristics of the new workplace and the new management competencies needed to deal with today’s turbulent environment. Are You Ready to Be a Manager? Why Innovation Matters The Defi nition of Management The Four Management Functions
  • 107. Planning Organizing Leading Controlling Organizational Performance Management Skills Conceptual Skills Human Skills Technical Skills When Skills Fail Management Types Vertical Differences Horizontal Differences What Is It Like to Be a Manager? Making the Leap: Becoming a New Manager New Manager Self-Test: Manager Achievement Manager Activities
  • 108. Manager Roles Managing in Small Businesses and Nonprofi t Organizations Management and the New Workplace New Workplace Characteristics New Management Competencies PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT4 In the past, many managers did exercise tight control over employees. But the fi eld of management is undergoing a revolution that asks managers to do more with less, to engage whole employees, to see change rather than stability as natural, and to inspire vision and cultural values that allow people to create a truly collaborative and produc- tive workplace. In today’s work environment, managers rely less on command and con- trol and more on coordination and communication. This approach differs signifi cantly
  • 109. from a traditional mind-set that emphasizes tight top-down control, employee separa- tion and specialization, and management by impersonal measurement and analysis. This textbook introduces and explains the process of management and the chang- ing ways of thinking about the world that are critical for managers. By reviewing the actions of some successful and not-so-successful managers, you will learn the fundamentals of management. By the end of this chapter, you will already recognize some of the skills managers use to keep organizations on track, and you will begin to understand how managers can achieve astonishing results through people. By the end of this book, you will understand fundamental management skills for planning, organizing, leading, and controlling a department or entire organization. WHY INNOVATION MAT TERS The theme of this text is innovation. To gain or keep a competitive edge, managers
  • 110. have renewed their emphasis on innovation, shifting away from a relentless focus on controlling costs toward investing in the future. In a survey of nearly 1,000 executives in North America, Europe, South America, and Asia, 86 percent agreed that “innova- tion is more important than cost reduction for long-term success.”3 Why does innovation matter? Innovations in products, services, management sys- tems, production processes, corporate values, and other aspects of the organization are what keeps companies growing, changing, and thriving. Without innovation, no company can survive over the long run. The growing clout and expertise of compa- nies in developing countries, particularly China and India, have many Western man- agers worried. In a hypercompetitive global environment, companies must innovate more—and more quickly—than ever. Throughout this text, we will spotlight various companies that refl ect this new innovation imperative. In addition, Chapter 10 dis-
  • 111. cusses innovation and change in detail. First, let’s begin our adventure into the world of management by learning some basics about what it means to be a manager. THE DEFINITION OF MANAGEMENT Every day, managers solve diffi cult problems, turn organizations around, and achieve astonishing performances. To be successful, every organization needs good managers. What characteristic do all good managers have in common? They get things done through their organizations. Managers are the executive function of the organization, responsible for building and coordinating an entire system rather than performing specifi c tasks. That is, rather than doing all the work themselves, good managers cre- ate the systems and conditions that enable others to perform those tasks. As a boy, Wal-Mart founder Sam Walton made $4,000 a year at his paper route. How? Walton had a natural talent for management, and he created a system
  • 112. whereby he hired and coordinated others to help deliver papers rather than simply delivering what he could on his own.4 By creating the right systems and environment, managers ensure that the depart- ment or organization will survive and thrive beyond the tenure of any specifi c super- visor or manager. Consider that Jack Welch was CEO of General Electric through 20 amazingly successful years, but the leadership transition to Jeff Immelt in 2001 was as smooth as silk, and GE has stayed at or near the top of lists such as Fortune mag- azine’s “Most Admired Companies,” the Financial Times “most respected” survey, CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 5 Introduction 1
  • 113. and Barron’s most admired companies. People who have studied GE aren’t surprised. The company has thrived for more than a century because managers created the right environment and systems. In the late 1800s, CEO Charles Coffi n emphasized that GE’s most important product was not lightbulbs or transformers, but managerial talent. Managers at GE spend a huge amount of time on human resources issues—recruiting, training, appraising, men- toring, and developing leadership talent for the future.5 Recognizing the role and importance of other people is a key aspect of good management. Early twentieth-century management scholar Mary Parker Follett defi ned manage- ment as “the art of getting things done through people.”6 More recently, noted management theorist Peter Drucker stated that the job of managers is to give direction to their organizations, provide leadership, and decide how to use organizational resources to accomplish goals.7 Getting things done through people and other resources and pro- viding leadership and direction are what managers do. These activities apply not only to top executives such as Eric Schmidt of Google or Indra Nooyi of PepsiCo, but also to the manager of a restaurant in your home town, the leader of an airport security team, a supervisor of an accounting department, or a director of sales and marketing. Thus, our
  • 114. defi nition of management is as follows: Management is the attainment of organizational goals in an effective and effi - cient manner through planning, organizing, leading, and controlling organizational resources. This defi nition holds two important ideas: (1) the four functions of planning, orga- nizing, leading, and controlling, and (2) the attainment of organizational goals in an effective and effi cient manner. Let’s fi rst take a look at the four primary management functions. Later in the chapter, we’ll discuss organizational effectiveness and effi ciency, as well as the multitude of skills managers use to successfully perform their jobs. As a new manager, remember that management means getting things done through other people. You can’t do it all yourself. As a manager, your job is to create the environment and conditions that engage other people in goal accomplishment.
  • 115. THE FOUR MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS Exhibit 1.1 illustrates the process of how managers use resources to attain organiza- tional goals through the functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. Although some management theorists identify additional management functions, such as staffi ng, communicating, or decision making, those additional functions will be discussed as subsets of the four primary functions in Exhibit 1.1. Chapters of this book are devoted to the multiple activities and skills associated with each function, as well as to the environment, global competitiveness, and ethics, which infl uence how managers perform these functions. Planning Planning means identifying goals for future organizational performance and decid- ing on the tasks and use of resources needed to attain them. In other words, mana- gerial planning defi nes where the organization wants to be in the future and how
  • 117. E M IA M I H ER A LD A business may develop from a founder’s talent, but good management and vision can take it to the next level. Tattoo artists Ami James (left) and Chris Núñez (right) started the business Miami Ink, which is the namesake of the TLC/ Discovery reality television program in its fourth season in 2008. The partners pitched the concept for the show with a friend and turned their business into the most well-known tattoo design studio in the United States. Planning for life after reality TV, James
  • 118. and Núñez are creating another Miami tattoo studio, Love Hate Tattoo, because TLC/Discovery will own the rights to the name Miami Ink when the series ends. mmmmmmanagement The attainmentntntt t ooooof organizational goals in an eeeeefffe ective and effi cient manner tttthhrough planning, organizing, lllleeeading, and controlling ooooorganizational resources. ppppplanning The management fffufuunction concerned with defi n-- iiinnng goals for future organiza- tttiioiionalnal pe perforformarmancence an and dd deciecidd- iiininnng on the tasks and resources nnnnnneeded to attain them. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT6
  • 119. to get there. An example of good planning comes from Time Warner, Inc., where the marketing chiefs of the various divisions—HBO, Time Inc., Turner Broadcasting, Warner Bros., AOL, New Line Cinema, and Time Warner Cable—get together every three weeks to talk about future projects and how the divisions can work together to make them more successful. Thanks to careful planning, for example, almost every division is involved in promoting major fi lms such as The Golden Compass, Hairspray, and The Lord of the Rings trilogy.8 Organizing Organizing typically follows planning and refl ects how the organization tries to accomplish the plan. Organizing involves assigning tasks, grouping tasks into depart- ments, delegating authority, and allocating resources across the organization. In recent years, companies as diverse as IBM, the Catholic Church, Motorola, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have undergone structural reorganizations to accommodate
  • 120. their changing plans. At Avon Products, where sales have stalled and overhead costs have run amok, CEO Andrea Jung recently trimmed seven layers of management and reorganized the company into a structure where more decisions and functions are handled on a global basis to achieve greater effi ciency of scale.9 Leading Leading is the use of infl uence to motivate employees to achieve organizational goals. Leading means creat- ing a shared culture and values, communicating goals to employees throughout the organization, and infusing employees with the desire to perform at a high level. Leading involves motivating entire departments and divisions as well as those individuals working immedi- ately with the manager. In an era of uncertainty, global competition, and a growing diversity of the workforce, the ability to shape culture, communicate goals, and motivate employees is critical to business success. E X H I B I T 1 .1 The Process of Management © EL
  • 122. ES S As Chairman and CEO of Google, Eric Schmidt works with co-founders Sergey Brin and Larry Page to strike the right balance between innovation and discipline. These managers place a high priority on leading through shared values and goals to keep Google’s employees motivated and energized. Yet from his experience of engineering a turnaround at struggling Novell, Schmidt knows the other management functions of planning, organizing, and controlling are just as important for success. In discussing his management role at Google, Schmidt says, “I keep things focused.” oooooorganizing The managemennttt tt fffufuunff ction concerned with assign-- iiinnng tasks, grouping tasks into ddddddepdd artments, and allocating rrrrereesr ources t to d departtme tnts.
  • 123. llllleading TheThe ma managnagemeementnt ffffuuunction that involves the uuuuuuse of infl uence to motivate eeeeemmployees to achieve the oooorororgrgo anization’s goals. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 7 Introduction 1 One doesn’t have to be a well-known top manager to be an exceptional leader. Many managers working quietly in both large and small organizations around the world also provide strong leadership within departments, teams, nonprofi t organiza- tions, and small businesses. For example, Cara Kakuda is an area general manager in Hawaii for Nextel Partners, the rural-market division of Nextel Communications.
  • 124. Kakuda earned the job because of her ability to motivate and inspire employees. “Peo- ple give her 150 percent,” said a Nextel executive.10 Controlling Controlling is the fourth function in the management process. Controlling means monitoring employees’ activities, determining whether the organization is on tar- get toward its goals, and making corrections as necessary. Managers must ensure that the organization is moving toward its goals. Trends toward empowerment and trust of employees have led many companies to place less emphasis on top- down control and more emphasis on training employees to monitor and correct themselves. Information technology is helping managers provide needed organizational control without strict top-down constraints. Companies such as Cisco Systems and Oracle use the Internet and other information technology to coordinate and monitor
  • 125. virtually every aspect of operations, which enables managers to keep tabs on perfor- mance without maintaining daily authoritarian control over employees.11 ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE The other part of our defi nition of management is the attainment of organizational goals in an effi cient and effective manner. Management is so important because organizations are so important. In an industrialized society where complex tech- nologies dominate, organizations bring together knowledge, people, and raw mate- rials to perform tasks no individual could do alone. Without organizations, how could technology be provided that enables us to share information around the world in an instant; electricity be produced from huge dams and nuclear power plants; and thousands of videogames, compact discs, and DVDs be made available for our entertainment? Organizations pervade our society, and managers are responsible for seeing that resources are used wisely to attain organizational
  • 126. goals. Our formal defi nition of an organization is a social entity that is goal directed and deliberately structured. Social entity means being made up of two or more people. Goal directed means designed to achieve some outcome, such as make a profi t (Wal-Mart), win pay increases for members (AFL-CIO), meet spiritual needs (United Methodist Church), or provide social satisfaction (college sorority). Deliberately structured means that tasks are divided and responsibility for their performance is assigned to orga- nization members. This defi nition applies to all organizations, including both profi t and nonprofi t. Small, offbeat, and nonprofi t organizations are more numerous than large, visible corporations—and just as important to society. Based on our defi nition of management, the manager’s responsibility is to coor- dinate resources in an effective and effi cient manner to accomplish the organization’s goals. Organizational effectiveness is the degree to which the
  • 127. organization achieves a stated goal, or succeeds in accomplishing what it tries to do. Organizational effec- tiveness means providing a product or service that customers value. Organizational effi ciency refers to the amount of resources used to achieve an organizational goal. It is based on how much raw materials, money, and people are necessary for producing a given volume of output. Effi ciency can be calculated as the amount of resources used to produce a product or service. Effi ciency and effectiveness can both be high in the same organization. Managers at retailer Target, for instance, continually look for ways to increase effi ciency while also meeting the company’s quality and customer satisfaction goals. ccccccontrolling The managementntt t fffufuuunction concerned with moni-- tttooort ing employees’ activities, keep--- iiininnng the organization on track ttttoowt ard its goals, and making ccccoorrections as needed.
  • 128. oooorganization A social entity ttthhat is goal directed and delib- eeeerrately structured. eeeeeffectiveness The degree to wwwwwhiw ch the organization achievesss aaaa stated goal. eeeeeffi ciency The use of minimall rrrrreesources—raw materials, monn--- eeeeyeyy, andd peoplle—to prodduce a ddddddesd ired volume of output. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT8 Expect more, pay less. An astonishing 97 percent of Americans recognize Target’s red-and- white bull’s-eye brand, and almost as many are familiar with the slogan. “Sometimes we focus a little bit more on the ‘pay less,’ sometimes on the ‘expect more,’ but the guardrails are there,” says Gregg Steinhafel, who took over as CEO of the
  • 129. trendy retailer in May 2008. Target’s slogan not only offers a promise to customers, it also refl ects the company’s emphasis on both effectiveness and effi ciency. Target has an elite, secret team, called the “creative cabinet” that is made up of outsiders of various ages, interests, and nationalities who provide ideas and insights that keep the company on the cutting edge of consumer trends and give their input regarding managers’ strategic initiatives. Innovation, design, and quality are key goals, and managers focus on providing a fun store experience and a unique, exciting product line. At the same time, they keep a close eye on costs and operating effi cien- cies to keep prices low. “I talk a lot about gross margin rate and the key drivers to improve our metrics and performance,” Steinhafel says. In its SuperTarget centers, the retailer is able to consistently underprice supermarkets on groceries by about 10 percent to 15 percent and comes very close to Wal-Mart’s rock-bottom prices. As the economy slows, Target, like other retailers, has found
  • 130. the need to adjust worker hours and look for other effi ciencies, which has drawn unfavorable attention from worker advocacy groups. Managers have to walk a fi ne line to continue to meet their goals for both effi ciency and effectiveness.12 All managers have to pay attention to costs, but severe cost cutting to improve effi ciency can sometimes hurt organizational effectiveness. The ultimate responsibil- ity of managers is to achieve high performance, which is the attainment of organiza- tional goals by using resources in an effi cient and effective manner. MANAGEMENT SKILLS A manager’s job is complex and multidimensional and, as we shall see throughout this book, requires a range of skills. Although some management theorists propose a long list of skills, the necessary skills for managing a department or an organization can be summarized in three categories: conceptual, human, and technical.13 As illus-
  • 131. trated in Exhibit 1.2, the application of these skills changes as managers move up in the organization. Although the degree of each skill necessary at different levels of an organization may vary, all managers must possess skills in each of these important areas to perform effectively. Conceptual Skills Conceptual skill is the cognitive ability to see the organization as a whole system and the relationships among its parts. Conceptual skill involves the manager’s think- ing, information processing, and planning abilities. It involves knowing where one’s department fi ts into the total organization and how the organization fi ts into the industry, the community, and the broader business and social environment. It means the ability to think strategically—to take the broad, long-term view—and to identify, evaluate, and solve complex problems.14 Target
  • 132. In no va tiv e W ay pppppperformance The organiza- tttiion’s ability to attain its goals bbbbbyy bb using resources in an ef- fififififificfi fifi ient and effective manner. cccconceptual skill The cogni- tttiiive ability to see the orga- nnnnnnization as a whole and the rrrrerereelelr ationshipps among ig ts parp ts. E X H I B I T 1 . 2 Relationship of Conceptual, Human, and Technical Skills to Management
  • 133. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 9 Introduction 1 Conceptual skills are needed by all managers but are especially important for managers at the top. Many of the responsibilities of top managers, such as decision making, resource allocation, and innovation, require a broad view. Consider how recent strategic changes at General Electric refl ect the conceptual skills of CEO Jeff Immelt. Immelt is remaking GE by thinking on a broad, long- term scale about the types of products and services people around the world are going to need in the future. He’s pushing for growth by investing heavily in basic scientifi c and tech- nological research, looking toward the needs of developing countries, and making structural and cultural changes that focus GE toward creating innovative products
  • 134. and services to meet shifting customer needs.15 Human Skills Human skill is the manager’s ability to work with and through other people and to work effectively as a group member. Human skill is demonstrated in the way a man- ager relates to other people, including the ability to motivate, facilitate, coordinate, lead, communicate, and resolve confl icts. A manager with human skills allows sub- ordinates to express themselves without fear of ridicule, encourages participation, and shows appreciation for employees’ efforts. Heather Coin, manager of the Sher- man Oaks, California, branch of The Cheesecake Factory, demonstrates exceptional human skills. She considers motivating and praising her staff a top priority. “I really try to seek out moments because it’s so hard to,” she says. “You could defi nitely go for days without doing it. You have to consciously make that decision [to show appreciation].”16
  • 135. Human skills are essential for managers who work with employees directly on a daily basis. Organizations frequently lose good people because of front-line bosses who fail to show respect and concern for employees.17 However, human skills are becoming increasingly important for managers at all levels. In the past, many CEOs could get by without good people skills, but no longer. Today’s employees, boards, customers, and communities are demanding that top execu- tives demonstrate an ability to inspire respect, loyalty, and even affection rather than fear. “People are expecting more from the companies they’re working for, more from the companies they’re doing business with, and more from the com- panies they’re buying from,” says Raj Sisodia, a professor of marketing at Bentley College and co-author of a recent book called Firms of Endearment.18 Technical Skills Technical skill is the understanding of and profi ciency in the
  • 136. performance of specifi c tasks. Technical skill includes mastery of the methods, techniques, and equipment involved in specifi c functions such as engineering, manufacturing, or fi nance. Tech- nical skill also includes specialized knowledge, analytical ability, and the competent use of tools and techniques to solve problems in that specifi c discipline. Technical skills are particularly important at lower organizational levels. Many managers get promoted to their fi rst management jobs by having excellent technical skills. How- ever, technical skills become less important than human and conceptual skills as managers move up the hierarchy. For example, in his seven years as a manufactur- ing engineer at Boeing, Bruce Moravec developed superb technical skills in his area of operation. But when he was asked to lead the team designing a new fuselage for the Boeing 757, Moravec found that he needed to rely heavily on human skills in order to gain the respect and confi dence of people who worked in areas he knew
  • 137. little about.19 Complete the experiential exercise on page 25 that pertains to management skills. Refl ect on the strength of your preferences among the three skills and the implications for you as a manager. TakeaMoment hhhhhhhuman skill The ability to wwwwwwwork with and through other pppppeop ple and to work effectively aaaass a group member. tttttechnical skill TheThe un underder- ssssttas nding of and profi ciency iiinnnnn thethe pe perforformarmancence of of sp speciecificfi c ttttataasastt ks. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT10 When Skills Fail
  • 138. Everyone has fl aws and weaknesses, and these shortcomings become most appar- ent under conditions of rapid change and uncertainty.20 Therefore, during turbulent times, managers really have to stay on their toes and apply all their skills and com- petencies in a way that benefi ts the organization and its stakeholders—employees, customers, investors, the community, and so forth. In recent years, numerous highly publicized examples showed us what happens when managers fail to effectively and ethically apply their skills to meet the demands of an uncertain, rapidly changing world. Companies such as Enron, Tyco, and WorldCom were fl ying high in the 1990s but came crashing down under the weight of fi nancial scandals. Others, such as Rub- bermaid and Kmart, are struggling because of years of management missteps. Although corporate greed and deceit grab the headlines, many more companies falter or fail less spectacularly. Managers fail to listen to customers, misinterpret sig-
  • 139. nals from the marketplace, or can’t build a cohesive team and execute a strategic plan. Over the past several years, many CEOs, including Bob Nardelli at Home Depot, Carly Fiorina at Hewlett-Packard, and Michael Eisner at Disney have been ousted due to their failure to implement their strategic plans or keep stakeholders happy. Recent examinations of struggling organizations and executives offer a glimpse into the mistakes managers often make in a turbulent environment.21 One of the big- gest blunders is managers’ failure to comprehend and adapt to the rapid pace of change in the world around them. A related problem is top managers who create a climate of fear in the organization so that people are afraid to tell the truth and strive primarily to avoid the boss’s wrath. Thus, bad news gets hidden and impor- tant signals from the marketplace are missed. People stop thinking creatively, avoid responsibility, and may even slide into unethical behavior if it keeps them on the
  • 140. boss’s good side.22 Other critical management missteps include poor communication skills and fail- ure to listen; poor interpersonal skills; treating employees as instruments to be used; a failure to clarify direction and performance expectations; suppressing dissenting viewpoints; and the inability to build a management team characterized by mutual trust and respect.23 Bob Nardelli was forced out at Home Depot largely because he was unable to build trust and cohesiveness among his board and management team, and his brusque and unfeeling style alienated executives and rank and fi le workers alike. Using expletives for emphasis at one meeting soon after his arrival as CEO, Nardelli reportedly said, “You guys don’t know how to run a . . . business.” At the annual meeting where shareholder advocates were protesting Nardelli’s extravagant pay package, the CEO limited shareholder questions to one minute, sealing his image as a callous executive unwilling to listen and compromise. He
  • 141. tried to redeem himself by going on a “listening tour,” but the damage had been done.24 Contrast Nardelli’s approach with that of Jim McNerney, who spent his fi rst six months as CEO of Boeing talking with employees around the company to understand Boeing’s strengths and challenges and emphasizing the need for cooperation and teamwork.25 MANAGEMENT TYPES Managers use conceptual, human, and technical skills to perform the four manage- ment functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling in all organiza- tions—large and small, manufacturing and service, profi t and nonprofi t, traditional and Internet-based. But not all managers’ jobs are the same. Managers are responsi- ble for different departments, work at different levels in the hierarchy, and meet dif- ferent requirements for achieving high performance. Twenty-fi ve-year-old Daniel Wheeler is a fi rst-line supervisor in his fi rst management job at Del Monte Foods,
  • 142. where he is directly involved in promoting products, approving packaging sleeves, and organizing people to host sampling events.26 Kevin Kurtz is a middle manager at Lucasfi lm, where he works with employees to develop marketing campaigns CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 11 Introduction 1 for some of the entertainment company’s hottest fi lms.27 And Domenic Antonellis is CEO of the New England Confectionary Co. (Necco), the company that makes those tiny pastel candy hearts stamped with phrases such as “Be Mine” and “Kiss Me.”28 All three are managers and must contribute to planning, organizing, leading, and controlling their organizations—but in different amounts and ways.
  • 143. Vertical Differences An important determinant of the manager’s job is hierarchical level. Exhibit 1.3 illus- trates the three levels in the hierarchy. A recent study of more than 1,400 managers examined how the manager’s job differs across these three hierarchical levels and found that the primary focus changes at different levels.29 For fi rst-level managers, the main concern is facilitating individual employee performance. Middle manag- ers, though, are concerned less with individual performance and more with linking groups of people, such as allocating resources, coordinating teams, or putting top management plans into action across the organization. For top- level managers, the primary focus is monitoring the external environment and determining the best strat- egy to be competitive. Let’s look in more detail at differences across hierarchical levels. Top managers are at the top of the hierarchy and are responsible for the entire organization. They have
  • 144. such titles as president, chairperson, executive director, chief executive offi cer (CEO), and executive vice president. Top managers are responsible for setting organizational goals, defi ning strategies for achieving them, monitoring and interpreting the external environment, and making decisions that affect the entire organization. They look to the long-term future and concern themselves with general environmental trends and the organization’s overall success. Top managers are also responsible for communicating a shared vision for the organization, shaping corporate culture, and nurturing an entrepre- neurial spirit that can help the company innovate and keep pace with rapid change.30 tttttotop manager A manager whoo o iiisssss s atat thethe to top op of tf thehe orgorganianizatzationionaall aal hhhhhhiehhieh rarrarchychy an and id is rs respesponsonsiblible fe forrorr tttthhhhethththehet en entirtire oe orgargag niznizatiationon. Text not available due to copyright restrictions
  • 145. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT12 Middle managers work at middle levels of the orga- nization and are responsible for business units and major departments. Examples of middle managers are depart- ment head, division head, manager of quality control, and director of the research lab. Middle managers typi- cally have two or more management levels beneath them. They are responsible for implementing the overall strate- gies and policies defi ned by top managers. Middle man- agers generally are concerned with the near future rather than with long-range planning. The middle manager’s job has changed dramati- cally over the past two decades. Many organizations improved effi ciency by laying off middle managers and slashing middle management levels. Traditional pyrami- dal organization charts were fl attened to allow informa- tion to fl ow quickly from top to bottom and decisions to be made with greater speed. Exhibit 1.3 illustrates the shrinking middle management.
  • 146. Yet even as middle management levels have been reduced, the middle manager’s job has taken on a new vital- ity. Rather than managing the fl ow of information up and down the hierarchy, middle managers create horizontal net- works that can help the organization act quickly. Research shows that middle managers play a crucial role in driving innovation and enabling organizations to respond to rapid shifts in the environment.31 As Ralph Stayer, CEO of Johnsonville Sausage said, “Leaders can design wonderful strategies, but the success of the organization resides in the execu- tion of those strategies. The people in the middle are the ones who make it work.”32 Middle managers’ status has also escalated because of the growing use of teams and projects. Strong project managers are in hot demand. A project manager is responsible for a temporary work project that involves the participa- tion of people from various functions and levels of the organization, and perhaps from outside the company as well. Many of today’s middle
  • 147. managers work with a variety of projects and teams at the same time, some of which cross geographical and cultural as well as functional boundaries. First-line managers are directly responsible for the production of goods and services. They are the fi rst or second level of management and have such titles as supervisor, line manager, section chief, and offi ce manager. They are responsible for groups of nonmanagement employees. Their primary concern is the application of rules and procedures to achieve effi cient production, provide technical assistance, and motivate subordinates. The time horizon at this level is short, with the empha- sis on accomplishing day-to-day goals. For example, Alistair Boot manages the menswear department for a John Lewis department store in Cheadle, England.33 Boot’s duties include monitoring and supervising shop fl oor employees to make sure sales procedures, safety rules, and customer service policies are followed. This
  • 148. type of managerial job might also involve motivating and guiding young, often inexperienced workers, providing assistance as needed, and ensuring adherence to company policies. Horizontal Differences The other major difference in management jobs occurs horizontally across the orga- nization. Functional managers are responsible for departments that perform a sin- gle functional task and have employees with similar training and skills. Functional departments include advertising, sales, fi nance, human resources, manufacturing, and accounting. Line managers are responsible for the manufacturing and marketing departments that make or sell the product or service. Staff managers are in charge of departments such as fi nance and human resources that support line departments. mmmmmmiddle manager A managerrr wwwwwwwho works at the middle levelsss ooooof the organization and is re-
  • 149. ssssspponsible for major departmentss... ppppproject manager A managerr rrrreesponsible for a temporary wwwwwork project that involves the pppparparticticipaipatiotion on of of othether pr peopeoplele fffrffrrofr m various functions and lllleeevels of the organization. fififififi rst-line manager A mA mana- ggggggerg who is at the fi rst or second mmmmmmanmmanageagemenment lt leveevel al andnd isis dirdirectectlylyyyy lyly rrrrreesr ponsible for the production oooofof goodds dand se irvices. fffffunctional manager A manaa---- gggggger who is responsible for a ddddddepartment that performs a sssssiingle functional task and has eeeeemmployees with similar trainingggg aaaaannd skills. Supported in part by USAID and published by The Killid Group, a media company headquartered
  • 150. in Kabul, Mursal is the fi rst nationally distributed women’s magazine in Afghanistan’s history. Aimed at average women, most of whom are illiterate due to the lack of educational opportunities, the publication makes liberal use of photographs to cover a wide range of women’s issues. It is the job of middle managers, such as the Mursal editors shown here talking with board member Palwasha Hassan, to help realize an organization’s strategic goals, which are typically defi ned by top management. © S U ZA N N E PL
  • 152. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 13 Introduction 1 General managers are responsible for several depart- ments that perform different functions. A general manager is responsible for a self-contained division, such as a Macy’s department store or a General Motors assembly plant, and for all the functional departments within it. Project manag- ers also have general management responsibility because they coordinate people across several departments to accomplish a specifi c project. WHAT IS IT LIKE TO BE A MANAGER? Unless someone has actually performed managerial work, it is hard to understand exactly what managers do on an hour-by-hour, day-to-day basis. The manager’s job is so diverse that a number of studies have been undertaken in an attempt to describe exactly what happens. The ques- tion of what managers actually do to plan, organize, lead, and control was answered by Henry Mintzberg, who
  • 153. followed managers around and recorded all their activi- ties.34 He developed a description of managerial work that included three general characteristics and ten roles. These characteristics and roles, discussed in the following sec- tions, have been supported in subsequent research.35 More recent research has looked at what managers like to do. The research found that both male and female managers across fi ve different countries reported that they most enjoy activities such as leading others, networking, and leading inno- vation. Activities managers like least include controlling subordinates, handling paperwork, and managing time pressures.36 Many new managers in particular fi nd the intense time pressures of management, the load of administrative paper- work, and the challenge of directing others to be quite stressful as they adjust to their new roles and responsibilities. Indeed, the initial leap into management can be one of the scariest moments in a person’s career. How will you make the transition to a new manager’s position?
  • 154. Complete the New Manager Self-Test on page 14 to see how prepared you are to step into a management role. Making the Leap: Becoming a New Manager Many people who are promoted into a manager position have little idea what the job actually entails and receive little training about how to handle their new role. It’s no wonder that, among managers, fi rst-line supervisors tend to experience the most job burnout and attrition.37 Organizations often promote the star performers—those who demonstrate indi- vidual expertise in their area of responsibility and have an ability to work well with others—both to reward the individual and to build new talent into the managerial ranks. But making the shift from individual contributor to manager is often tricky. Dianne Baker, an expert nurse who was promoted to supervisor of an out-patient cardiac rehabilitation center, quickly found herself
  • 155. overwhelmed by the challenge of supervising former peers, keeping up with paperwork, and understanding fi nancial and operational issues.38 Baker’s experience is duplicated every day as new man- agers struggle with the transition to their new jobs. Harvard professor Linda Hill TakeaMoment © N EW SC O M The father-son team of Don (left) and Donnie (right) Nelson have both held the position of general manager for the NBA Mavericks. In 1997, when Don Nelson took over as general manager and head coach of the Mavericks, the
  • 156. bas- ketball team was in a freefall. Donnie joined his father the next year as assistant coach to help build the team. They were rewarded for their efforts in 2003 when the team broke through with a dynamic defense. Donnie moved into the general manager position in 2005 when his father stepped down and enjoyed overseeing the Mavericks play in the NBA fi nals in 2007 and 2008. ggggggeneral manager A managererrrr wwwwwwwho is responsible for several ddddddepartments that perform dddddifferent functions. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT14 followed a group of 19 managers over the fi rst year of their managerial careers and found that one key to success is to recognize that becoming a
  • 157. manager involves more than learning a new set of skills. Rather, becoming a manager means a pro- found transformation in the way people think of themselves, called personal identity, that includes letting go of deeply held attitudes and habits and learning new ways of thinking.39 Exhibit 1.4 outlines the transformation from individual performer to manager. Recall our earlier discussion of the role of manager as the executive function of the organization, the person who builds systems rather than doing specifi c tasks. The indi- vidual performer is a specialist and a “doer.” His or her mind is conditioned to think in terms of performing specifi c tasks and activities as expertly as possible. The manager, on the other hand, has to be a generalist and learn to coordinate a broad range of activi- ties. Whereas the individual performer strongly identifi es with his or her specifi c tasks, the manager has to identify with the broader organization and industry.
  • 158. In addition, the individual performer gets things done mostly through his or her own efforts, and develops the habit of relying on self rather than others. The man- ager, though, gets things done through other people. Indeed, one of the most common mistakes new managers make is wanting to do all the work themselves rather than Manager Achievement Rate each item below based on your orientation toward personal achievement. Read each item and check either Mostly True or Mostly False as you feel right now. Mostly True Mostly False 1. I enjoy the feeling I get from mastering a new skill.
  • 159. 2. Working alone is typically better than working in a group. 3. I like the feeling I get from winning. 4. I like to develop my skills to a high level. 5. I rarely depend on anyone else to get things done. 6. I am frequently the most valuable contributor to a team. 7. I like competitive situations. 8. To get ahead, it is impor- tant to be viewed as a winner.
  • 160. SCORING AND INTERPRETATION: Give yourself one point for each Mostly True answer. In this case, a low score is better. A high score means a focus on personal achievement separate from others, which is ideal for a specialist or individual contributor. However, a manager is a generalist who gets things done through others. A desire to be a winner may put you in competition with your people rather than a focus on developing their skills. As a manager, you will not succeed as a lone achiever who does not facilitate and coordinate others. If you checked three or fewer as Mostly True, your basic orientation is good. If you scored six or higher, your focus is on being an individual winner. You will want to shift your perspective to become an excellent manager. N ew M an ag er
  • 161. Se lf- T es t CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 15 Introduction 1 delegating to others and developing others’ abilities.40 Lisa Drakeman made this mis- take when she moved from teaching religion to being CEO of a biotechnology startup. Lisa Drakeman was teaching religion at Princeton when her husband asked her to help out at Medarex, a new biotechnology company he founded to
  • 162. develop antibody-based medicines for cancer, infl ammation, and infectious disease. Drakeman began performing various tasks part-time, but soon found herself heading up a spinoff company, Genmab AS of Denmark. One of the toughest things Drakeman had to learn was to stop doing everything herself. In the beginning, she attended every meeting, interviewed every job candidate, and read every draft of clinical trial designs. She soon realized that she couldn’t master every detail and that trying to do so would stall the company’s growth. Although it was hard to step back, Drake- man eventually made the transition from doing individual tasks to performing the executive function. She established clear procedures and began delegating the details of products and clinical trials to others. Rather than interviewing job candidates herself, she set up human resources systems to enable others to interview, hire, and train employees. By developing from individual performer to manager, Drakeman helped Genmab grow from 25 employees
  • 163. to around 200 within a few years.41 Another problem for many new managers is that they expect to have greater free- dom to do what they think is best for the organization. In reality, though, manag- ers fi nd themselves hemmed in by interdependencies. Being a successful manager means thinking in terms of building teams and networks, becoming a motivator and organizer within a highly interdependent system of people and work. Although the distinctions may sound simple in the abstract, they are anything but. In essence, becoming a manager means becoming a new person and viewing oneself in a com- pletely new way. Can you make a personal transformation from individual performer to manager, accomplishing work by engaging and coordinating other people? Look back at your results on the questionnaire at the beginning of this chapter to see how your priorities align with the demands placed on a manager.
  • 164. Lisa Drakeman, Genmab AS Innovative W ay TakeaMoment • Specialist, performs specific tasks • Gets things done through own efforts • An individual actor • Works relatively independently • Generalist, coordinates diverse tasks • Gets things done through others
  • 165. • A network builder • Works in highly interdependent manner From Individual Identity To Manager Identity E X H I B I T 1 . 4 Making the Leap from Individual Performer to Manager SOURCE: Based on Exhibit 1.1, “Transformation of Identity,” in Linda A. Hill, Becoming a Manager : Mastery of a New Identity, 2nd ed. (Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press, 2003): 6. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT16
  • 166. Many new managers have to make the transformation in a “trial by fi re,” learning on the job as they go, but organizations are beginning to be more responsive to the need for new manager training. The cost to organizations of losing good employees who can’t make the transition is greater than the cost of providing training to help new managers cope, learn, and grow. In addition, some of today’s organizations are using great care in selecting people for managerial positions, including ensuring that each candidate understands what management involves and really wants to be a manager. A career as a manager can be highly rewarding, but it can also be stressful and frustrating. The Manager’s Shoptalk further examines some of the challenges new managers face. After reading the Shoptalk, can you answer “Yes” to the question “Do I really want to be a manager?” Is management for you? Becoming a manager is considered by most people to be a positive,
  • 167. forward-looking career move and, indeed, life as a manager offers appealing aspects. However, it also holds many challenges, and not every person will be happy and fulfi lled in a management position. Here are some of the issues would-be managers should consider before deciding they want to pursue a man- agement career: 1. Th e increased workload. It isn’t unusual for managers to work 70 to 80 hours per week, and some work even longer hours. A manager’s job always starts before a shift and ends hours after the shift is over. When Ray Sarnacki was pro- moted to manager at an aerospace company, he found himself frustrated by the incessant travel, endless paperwork, and crowded meeting sched- ule. He eventually left the job and found happi- ness in a position earning about one-fi fth of his peak managerial salary. 2. Th e challenge of supervising former peers. This issue can be one of the toughest for new manag- ers. They frequently struggle to fi nd the right approach, with some trying too hard to remain “one of the gang,” and others asserting their
  • 168. authority too harshly. In almost all cases, the transition from a peer-to-peer relationship to a manager-to-subordinate one is challenging and stressful. 3. Th e headache of responsibility for other people. A lot of people get into management because they like the idea of having power, but the real- ity is that many managers feel overwhelmed by the responsibility of hiring, supervising, and dis- ciplining others. New managers are often aston- ished at the amount of time it takes to handle “people problems.” Kelly Cannell, who quit her job as a manager, puts it this way: “What’s the big deal [about managing people]? The big deal is that people are human. . . . To be a good man- ager, you have to mentor them, listen to their problems, counsel them, and at the end of the day you still have your own work on your plate. . . . Don’t take the responsibility lightly, because no matter what you think, managing people is not easy.” 4. Being caught in the middle. Except for those
  • 169. in the top echelons, managers fi nd themselves acting as a backstop, caught between upper management and the workforce. Even when managers disagree with the decisions of top executives, they are responsible for implement- ing them. For some people, the frustrations of management aren’t worth it. For others, management is a fulfi ll- ing and satisfying career choice and the emotional rewards can be great. One key to being happy as a manager may be carefully evaluating whether you can answer yes to the question, “Do I really want to be a manager?” SOURCES: Erin White, “Learning to Be the Boss,” The Wall Street Journal, November 21, 2005; Jared Sandberg, “Down Over Moving Up: Some New Bosses Find They Hate Their Jobs,” The Wall Street Journal, July 27, 2005; Heath Row, “Is Management for Me? That Is the Question,” Fast Company (February–March 1998): 50–52; Timothy D. Schellhardt, “Want to Be a Manager? Many People Say No, Calling Job Miser- able,” The Wall Street Journal, April 4, 1997; and Matt Murray, “Managing Your Career—The Midcareer Crisis: Am I in This Business to Become a Manager?” The Wall Street Journal,
  • 170. July 25, 2000. Do You Really Want To Be A Manager? M an ag er ’s Sh op ta lk CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 17 Introduction 1
  • 171. Manager Activities Most new managers are unprepared for the variety of activities managers routinely perform. One of the most interesting fi ndings about managerial activities is how busy managers are and how hectic the average workday can be. Adventures in Multitasking Managerial activity is characterized by variety, fragmentation, and brevity.42 The widespread and voluminous nature of a manager’s involvements leaves little time for quiet refl ection. The average time spent on any one activity is less than nine minutes. Managers shift gears quickly. Signifi cant crises are interspersed with trivial events in no predictable sequence. Every manager’s job, while in most cases not as poten- tially dangerous, is similar in its diversity and fragmentation to that of U.S. Marine Corps offi cers managing the reconstruction efforts in Iraq. Consider the diverse events in a typical day for Capt. Sean Miller in Fallujah, Iraq:43
  • 172. ▪ Begins the day meeting with tribal sheiks and local offi cials to decide which proj- ects to fi nance. ▪ Drives to a command center to check the status of a job that a contractor has left unfi nished. ▪ Walks to a nearby school to discuss awards for students who recite passages from the Koran. ▪ Is interrupted by a handful of people who have come with questions or demands: one asks about a relative he says had been detained several years ago; another pushes a contract for review into Miller’s hands; a third is seeking work; and so on. ▪ Finally returns to the discussion of student awards. ▪ Agrees to a tour of the school, where a contractor explains his request for a $50,000 generator that Miller thinks can be obtained for $8,000.
  • 173. ▪ Checks the recently cleaned grounds at another school and fi nds that papers and other trash once again litter the area. ▪ Notices a man running a pipe from his roof and warns him against running his sewage to the school. ▪ Calms and directs his marines, who grow skittish as children, some in their upper teens, rush from the school building. ▪ Stops by a café to hear young men’s complaints that they are asked to pay bribes to get a job on the police force. ▪ Near sunset, takes photos of a still-damaged cemetery door that contractors have been paid to repair. Life on Speed Dial The manager performs a great deal of work at an unrelenting pace.44 Managers’ work is fast paced and requires great energy. The managers observed
  • 174. by Mintzberg processed 36 pieces of mail each day, attended eight meetings, and took a tour through the building or plant. As soon as a manager’s daily calendar is set, unexpected disturbances erupt. New meetings are required. During time away from the offi ce, executives catch up on work-related reading, paperwork, phone calls, and e-mail. Technology, such as e-mail, instant messaging, cell phones, and laptops, inten- sifi es the pace. For example, Brett Yormark of the New Jersey Nets typically responds to about 60 messages before he even shaves and dresses for the day.45 The fast pace of a manager’s job is illustrated by Heather Coin, the Cheese- cake Factory manager we introduced earlier in the chapter. “I really try to keep the plates spinning,” Coin says, comparing her management job to a circus act. “If I see a plate slowing down, I go and give it a spin and move on.” She arrives at work about 9:30 a.m. and checks the fi nancials for how the restaurant performed the day
  • 175. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT18 before. Next comes a staff meeting and various personnel duties. Before and after the lunch shift, she’s pitching in with whatever needs to be done— making salads in the kitchen, expediting the food, bussing the tables, or talking with guests. After lunch, from 3:00 to 4:30 p.m., Heather takes care of administrative duties, paperwork, or meetings with upper management, media, or community organizations. At 4:30, she holds a shift-change meeting to ensure a smooth transition from the day crew to the night crew. Throughout the day, Heather also mentors staff members, which she con- siders the most rewarding part of her job. After the evening rush, she usually heads for home about 10 p.m., the end of another 12.5-hour day.46 Manager Roles Mintzberg’s observations and subsequent research indicate that
  • 176. diverse manager activities can be organized into 10 roles.47 A role is a set of expectations for a man- ager’s behavior. Exhibit 1.5 provides examples of each of the roles. These roles are divided into three conceptual categories: informational (managing by information); interpersonal (managing through people); and decisional (managing through action). Each role represents activities that managers undertake to ultimately accomplish the functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. Although it is necessary to separate the components of the manager’s job to understand the different roles and activities of a manager, it is important to remember that the real job of manage- ment cannot be practiced as a set of independent parts; all the roles interact in the real world of management. As Mintzberg says, “The manager who only communicates or only conceives never gets anything done, while the manager who only ‘does’ ends up doing it all alone.”48
  • 177. Informational Roles Informational roles describe the activities used to maintain and develop an information network. General managers spend about 75 percent Category Role Activity Informational Monitor Seek and receive information, scan periodicals and reports, maintain personal contacts. Disseminator Forward information to other organization mem- bers; send memos and reports, make phone calls. Spokesperson Transmit information to outsiders through speeches, reports, memos. Interpersonal Figurehead Perform ceremonial and symbolic duties such as greeting visitors, signing legal documents. Leader Direct and motivate subordinates; train, counsel, and communicate with subordinates. Liaison Maintain information links both inside and outside
  • 178. organization; use e-mail, phone calls, meetings. Decisional Entrepreneur Initiate improvement projects; identify new ideas, delegate idea responsibility to others. Disturbance handler Take corrective action during disputes or crises; resolve confl icts among subordinates; adapt to environmental crises. Resource allocator Decide who gets resources; schedule, budget, set priorities. Negotiator Represent department during negotiation of union contracts, sales, purchases, budgets; represent departmental interests. SOURCES: Adapted from Henry Mintzberg, The Nature of Managerial Work (New York: Harper & Row, 1973), pp. 92!93; and Henry Mintzberg, “Managerial Work: Analysis from Observation,” Management Science 18 (1971): B97!B110.
  • 179. E X H I B I T 1 . 5 Ten Manager Roles rrrrrorole AA sA s tetet fofof expexp tectect tiatiationsons ffo forr oooooononne’’s b hbeh iavior. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 19 Introduction 1 of their time talking to other people. The monitor role involves seeking current information from many sources. The manager acquires information from others and scans written materials to stay well informed. The disseminator and spokesperson roles are just the opposite: The manager transmits current information to others, both inside and outside the organization, who can use it. One colorful example of the spokesperson role is Mick Jagger of the Rolling Stones. The rock band is run like a large, mul- tinational organization with Jagger as the CEO. Jagger surrounds himself not only with talented artists, but also
  • 180. with sophisticated and experienced business executives. Yet it is Jagger who typically deals with the media and packages the band’s image for a worldwide audience.49 Interpersonal Roles Interpersonal roles pertain to rela- tionships with others and are related to the human skills described earlier. The fi gurehead role involves handling ceremonial and symbolic activities for the department or organization. The manager represents the organization in his or her formal managerial capacity as the head of the unit. The presentation of employee awards by a division manager at Taco Bell is an example of the fi gurehead role. The leader role encompasses relationships with subordinates, including motivation, communication, and infl u- ence. The liaison role pertains to the development of information sources both inside and outside the organization. Stephen Baxter, managing director of Scotland’s Glas- gow Airport, illustrates the liaison role. Baxter led a rapid expansion of the airport by coordinating with executives at other organizations to fi nd ways to woo new airlines to use Glasgow. He recently took on an extra role as president of the Glasgow chamber
  • 181. of commerce, enabling him to develop more sources of information and support.50 Decisional Roles Decisional roles pertain to those events about which the man- ager must make a choice and take action. These roles often require conceptual as well as human skills. The entrepreneur role involves the initiation of change. Managers are constantly thinking about the future and how to get there.51 Managers become aware of problems and search for innovations that will correct them. Susan Whit- ing, Chief of Research for Nielsen Media Research, scheduled dozens of individual and group meetings with clients to talk about how to adapt the Nielsen ratings for an era in which more and more shows are being viewed on computers, video iPods, and other digital devices.52 The disturbance handler role involves resolving confl icts among subordinates or between the manager’s department and other departments. The resource allocator role pertains to decisions about how to allocate people, time,
  • 182. equipment, money, and other resources to attain desired outcomes. The manager must decide which projects receive budget allocations, which of several customer complaints receive priority, and even how to spend his or her own time. The nego- tiator role involves formal negotiations and bargaining to attain outcomes for the manager’s unit of responsibility. The manager meets and formally negotiates with others—a supplier about a late delivery, the controller about the need for additional budget resources, or the union about a worker grievance. The relative emphasis a manager puts on these ten roles depends on a number of factors, such as the manager’s position in the hierarchy, natural skills and abilities, type of organization, or departmental goals to be achieved. For example, Exhibit 1.6 illustrates the varying importance of the leader and liaison roles as reported in a survey of top-, middle-, and lower-level managers. Note that the importance of the leader role typically declines while the importance of the liaison
  • 183. role increases as a manager moves up the organizational hierarchy. C O U R TE SY O F SB TV .C O M Small business owners often assume multiple management roles. Here on the right Susan Solovic,
  • 184. founder and CEO of sbtv.com, functions as spokesperson in an interview with Tess Rafols of KTVK. She also is an entrepreneur, developing new ideas for the online television channel. Solovic fi lls the monitor role by keeping an eye on current trends that might be helpful to her evolv- ing company as well as to the small businesses her channel serves. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT20 Other factors, such as changing environmental conditions, may also determine which roles are more important for a manager at any given time. A top manager may regularly put more emphasis on the roles of spokesperson, fi gurehead, and negotia- tor. However, the emergence of new competitors may require more attention to the monitor role, or a severe decline in employee morale and
  • 185. direction may mean that the CEO has to put more emphasis on the leader role. A marketing manager may focus on interpersonal roles because of the importance of personal contacts in the marketing process, whereas a fi nancial manager may be more likely to emphasize decisional roles such as resource allocator and negotiator. Despite these differences, all managers carry out informational, interpersonal, and decisional roles to meet the needs of the organization. Managers stay alert to needs both within and outside the organization to determine what roles are most critical at various times. MANAGING IN SMALL BUSINESSES AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS Small businesses are growing in importance. Hundreds of small businesses are opened every month, but the environment for small business today is highly compli- cated. Small companies sometimes have diffi culty developing the managerial dexter- ity needed to survive in a turbulent environment. One survey on
  • 186. trends and future developments in small business found that nearly half of respondents saw inade- quate management skills as a threat to their companies, as compared to less than 25 percent of larger organizations.53 Appendix A provides detailed information about managing in small businesses and entrepreneurial startups. One interesting fi nding is that managers in small businesses tend to emphasize roles different from those of managers in large corporations. Managers in small com- panies often see their most important role as that of spokesperson because they must promote the small, growing company to the outside world. The entrepreneur role is also critical in small businesses because managers have to be innovative and help their organizations develop new ideas to remain competitive. Small-business manag- ers tend to rate lower on the leader role and on information- processing roles, com- pared with their counterparts in large corporations.
  • 187. E X H I B I T 1 . 6 Hierarchical Levels and Importance of Leader and Liaison Roles SOURCE: Based on information from A. I. Kraut, P. R. Pedigo, D. D. McKenna, and M. D. Dunnette, “The Role of the Manager: What’s Really Important in Different Management Jobs,” Academy of Management Executive 3 (1989), 286!293. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 21 Introduction 1 Nonprofi t organizations also represent a major application of management talent. Organizations such as the Salvation Army, Nature Conservancy, Greater Chicago Food Depository, Girl Scouts, and Cleveland Orchestra all require excellent
  • 188. management. The functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling apply to nonprofi ts just as they do to business organizations, and managers in nonprofi t organizations use similar skills and perform similar activities. The primary differ- ence is that managers in businesses direct their activities toward earning money for the company, whereas managers in nonprofi ts direct their efforts toward generating some kind of social impact. The unique characteristics and needs of nonprofi t organi- zations created by this distinction present unique challenges for managers.54 Financial resources for nonprofi t organizations typically come from government appropriations, grants, and donations rather than from the sale of products or services to customers. In businesses, managers focus on improving the organization’s products and services to increase sales revenues. In nonprofi ts, however, services are typically provided to nonpaying clients, and a major problem for many organizations is secur-
  • 189. ing a steady stream of funds to continue operating. Nonprofi t managers, committed to serving clients with limited resources, must focus on keeping organizational costs as low as possible.55 Donors generally want their money to go directly to helping cli- ents rather than for overhead costs. If nonprofi t managers can’t demonstrate a highly effi cient use of resources, they might have a hard time securing additional donations or government appropriations. Although the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the 2002 corporate governance reform law) doesn’t apply to nonprofi ts, for example, many are adopting its guidelines, striving for greater transparency and accountability to boost credibility with constituents and be more competitive when seeking funding.56 In addition, because nonprofi t organizations do not have a conventional bottom line, managers often struggle with the question of what constitutes results and effective- ness. It is easy to measure dollars and cents, but the metrics of success in nonprofi ts
  • 190. are much more ambiguous. Managers have to measure intangibles such as “improve public health,” “make a difference in the lives of the disenfranchised,” or “increase appreciation for the arts.” This intangible nature also makes it more diffi cult to gauge the performance of employees and managers. An added complication is that managers often depend on volunteers and donors who cannot be supervised and controlled in the same way a business manager deals with employees. The roles defi ned by Mintzberg also apply to nonprofi t managers, but these may differ somewhat. We might expect managers in nonprofi t organizations to place more emphasis on the roles of spokesperson (to “sell” the organization to donors and the public), leader (to build a mission-driven community of employees and volunteers), and resource allocator (to distribute government resources or grant funds that are often assigned top-down). Managers in all organizations—large corporations, small
  • 191. businesses, and nonprofi t organizations—carefully integrate and adjust the management functions and roles to meet challenges within their own circumstances and keep their organizations healthy. MANAGEMENT AND THE NEW WORKPLACE Rapid environmental shifts, such as changes in technology, globalization, and shifting social values, are causing fundamental transformations that have a dramatic impact on the manager’s job. These transformations are refl ected in the transition to a new workplace, as illustrated in Exhibit 1.7. New Workplace Characteristics The primary characteristic of the new workplace is the digitization of business, which has radically altered the nature of work, employees, and the workplace itself.57 The old workplace is characterized by routine, specialized tasks, and
  • 192. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT22 standardized control procedures. Employees typically perform their jobs in one specifi c company facility, such as an automobile factory located in Detroit or an insurance agency located in Des Moines. Individuals concentrate on doing their own specifi c tasks, and managers are cautious about sharing knowledge and infor- mation across boundaries. The organization is coordinated and controlled through the vertical hierarchy, with decision-making authority residing with upper-level managers. In the new workplace, by contrast, work is free-fl owing and fl exible. Structures are fl atter, and lower-level employees make decisions based on widespread informa- tion and guided by the organization’s mission and values.58 Empowered employees are expected to seize opportunities and solve problems as they emerge. Knowledge is widely shared, and people throughout the company keep in
  • 193. touch with a broad range of colleagues via advanced technology. The valued worker is one who learns quickly, shares knowledge, and is comfortable with risk, change, and ambiguity. Peo- ple expect to work on a variety of projects and jobs throughout their careers rather than staying in one fi eld or with one company. The new workplace is organized around networks rather than rigid hierarchies, and work is often virtual, with managers having to supervise and coordinate people who never actually “come to work” in the traditional sense.59 Flexible hours, telecommuting, and virtual teams are increasingly popular ways of working that require new skills from managers. Using virtual teams allows organizations to tap the best people for a particular job, no matter where they are located. Teams may include outside contractors, suppliers, customers, competitors, and interim managers. Interim managers are manag- ers who are not affi liated with a specifi c organization but work on a project-by- project basis or provide exper- tise to organizations in a specifi c area.60 This approach
  • 194. enables a company to benefi t from specialist skills with- out making a long-term commitment, and it provides fl exibility for managers who like the challenge, variety, and learning that comes from working in a wide range of organizations. Technology also enables companies to shift signifi - cant chunks of what were once considered core func- tions to outsiders via outsourcing, joint ventures, and other complex alliances. U.S. companies have been send- ing manufacturing work to other countries for years to cut costs. Now, high-level knowledge work is also being outsourced to countries such as India, Malaysia, and South Africa.61 The New Workplace The Old Workplace Characteristics Technology Digital Mechanical Work Flexible, virtual Structured, localized Workforce Empowered; diverse Loyal employees; homogeneous
  • 195. Management Competencies Leadership Empowering Autocratic Doing Work By teams By individuals Relationships Collaboration Confl ict, competition E X H I B I T 1 . 7 The Transition to a New Workplace © BE BE TO M AT TH EW S/ A
  • 196. SS O C IA TE D P R ES S At New York City’s Colors, a project of the Restaurant Opportunities Center, collaboration and teamwork are the keys to success. Many of the restaurant’s employee-owners, immigrants hailing from about 22 different nations, worked in the World Trade Center’s North Tower Windows on the World restaurant before its destruction on September 11, 2001. They share a strong commitment to a mission of honoring the 73 Windows employees who died and improving the
  • 197. restaurant industry working conditions. General manager Stefan Mailvaganam (left), shown with head chef Raymond Mohan (right), says the goal of Colors is to be “a restaurant with a conscience.” iiiiinininterim manager A mA mA manan-an aaaaagger who is not affi liated with aa sssssppecifi c organization but works ooooon a project-by-project basis or ppppprovides expertise to organiza- ttttiiioot ns in a specifi c area. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 23 Introduction 1 New Management Competencies In the face of these transitions, managers must rethink their approach to organizing, directing, and motivating employees. Today’s best managers
  • 198. give up their command- and-control mind-set to focus on coaching and providing guidance, creating organi- zations that are fast, fl exible, innovative, and relationship- oriented. Instead of “management-by-keeping-tabs,” managers employ an empowering lead- ership style.62 When people are working at scattered locations, managers can’t con- tinually monitor behavior. In addition, they are sometimes coordinating the work of people who aren’t under their direct control, such as those in partner organiza- tions. They have to set clear expectations, guide people toward goal accomplishment through vision, values, and regular communication, and develop a level of trust in employees’ commitment to getting the job done. Read the ethical dilemma on page 25 that pertains to managing in the new workplace. Think about what you would do and why to begin understanding how you will solve thorny management problems.
  • 199. Success in the new workplace depends on the strength and quality of collabora- tive relationships. New ways of working emphasize collaboration across functions and hierarchical levels as well as with other companies. Team- building skills are crucial. Instead of managing a department of employees, many managers act as team leaders of ever-shifting, temporary projects. When a manager at IBM needs to staff a project, he or she gives a list of skills needed to the human resources department, which provides a pool of people who are qualifi ed. The manager then puts together the best combination of people for the project, which often means pulling people from many different locations. IBM estimates that about 40 percent of its employees participate in virtual teams.63 The shift to a new way of managing isn’t easy for traditional managers who are accustomed to being “in charge,” making all the decisions, and knowing where their
  • 200. subordinates are and what they’re doing at every moment. Even many new manag- ers have a hard time with today’s fl exible work environment. Managers of depart- ments participating in Best Buys’ Results-Only Work Environment program, which allows employees to work anywhere, anytime as long as they complete assignments and meet goals, for example, fi nd it diffi cult to keep themselves from checking to see who’s logged onto the company network.64 Even more changes and challenges are on the horizon for organizations and managers. It’s an exciting time to be entering the fi eld of management. Throughout this book, you will learn much more about the new workplace, about the new and dynamic roles managers are playing in the twenty-fi rst century, and about how you can be an effective manager in a complex, ever-changing world. TakeaMoment ▪ This chapter introduced the topic of management and defi ned
  • 201. the types of roles and activities managers perform. Managers are responsible for attaining organi- zational goals in an effi cient and effective manner through the four management functions of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. Managers are the executive function of the organization. Rather than performing specifi c tasks, they are responsible for creating systems and conditions that enable others to achieve high performance. ▪ To perform the four functions, managers need three types of skills—conceptual, human, and technical. Conceptual skills are more important at top levels of the ch1 A MANAGER’S ESSENTIALS: WHAT HAVE WE LEARNED? PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT24
  • 202. organization; human skills are important at all levels; and technical skills are most important for fi rst-line managers. ▪ A manager’s job varies depending on whether one is a top manager, middle man- ager, or fi rst-line manager. A manager’s job may also differ across the organization, to include project managers and interim managers as well as functional managers (including line managers and staff managers) and general managers. ▪ Becoming a manager requires a shift in thinking. New managers often struggle with the challenges of coordinating a broad range of people and activities, del- egating to and developing others, and relating to former peers in a new way. ▪ Managers’ activities are associated with ten roles: the informational roles of monitor, disseminator, and spokesperson; the interpersonal roles of fi gurehead, leader, and liaison; and the decisional roles of entrepreneur,
  • 203. disturbance handler, resource allocator, and negotiator. ▪ Rapid and dramatic change in recent years has caused signifi cant shifts in the workplace and the manager’s job. Rather than managing by command and con- trol, managers of today and tomorrow use an empowering leadership style that focuses on vision, values, and communication. Team-building skills are crucial. Instead of just directing tasks, managers focus on building relationships, which may include customers, partners, and suppliers. 1. How do you feel about having a manager’s respon- sibility in today’s world characterized by uncer- tainty, ambiguity, and sudden changes or threats from the environment? Describe some skills and qualities that are important to managers under these conditions. 2. Assume you are a project manager at a biotech- nology company, working with managers from research, production, and marketing on a major
  • 204. product modifi cation. You notice that every memo you receive from the marketing manager has been copied to senior management. At every company function, she spends time talking to the big shots. You are also aware that sometimes when you and the other project members are slaving away over the project, she is playing golf with senior manag- ers. What is your evaluation of her behavior? As project manager, what do you do? 3. Jeff Immelt of GE said that the most valuable thing he learned in business school was that “there are 24 hours in a day, and you can use all of them.” Do you agree or disagree? What are some of the advantages to this approach to being a manager? What are some of the drawbacks? 4. Why do some organizations seem to have a new CEO every year or two, whereas others have top leaders who stay with the company for many years (e.g., Jack Welch’s 20 years as CEO at General Elec- tric)? What factors about the manager or about the company might account for this difference? 5. Is effi ciency or effectiveness more important to orga-
  • 205. nizational performance? Can managers improve both simultaneously? 6. You are a bright, hard-working entry-level man- ager who fully intends to rise up through the ranks. Your performance evaluation gives you high marks for your technical skills but low marks when it comes to people skills. Do you think peo- ple skills can be learned, or do you need to rethink your career path? If people skills can be learned, how would you go about it? 7. If managerial work is characterized by variety, frag- mentation, and brevity, how do managers perform basic management functions such as planning, which would seem to require refl ection and analysis? 8. A college professor told her students, “The pur- pose of a management course is to teach students about management, not to teach them to be man- agers.” Do you agree or disagree with this state- ment? Discuss. 9. Discuss some of the ways organizations and jobs changed over the past 10 years. What changes do
  • 206. you anticipate over the next 10 years? How might these changes affect the manager’s job and the skills a manager needs to be successful? 10. How might the teaching of a management course be designed to help people make the transition from individual performer to manager in order to prepare them for the challenges they will face as new managers? ch1 DISCUSSION QUESTIONS CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 25 Introduction 1 Management Aptitude Questionnaire Rate each of the following questions according to the following scale: 1 I am never like this. 2 I am rarely like this.
  • 207. 3 I am sometimes like this. 4 I am often like this. 5 I am always like this. 1. When I have a number of tasks or homework to do, I set priorities and organize the work around deadlines. 1 2 3 4 5 2. Most people would describe me as a good listener. 1 2 3 4 5 3. When I am deciding on a particular course of action for myself (such as hobbies to pursue, lan- guages to study, which job to take, special projects to be involved in), I typically consider the long- term (three years or more) implications of what I would choose to do. 1 2 3 4 5 4. I prefer technical or quantitative courses rather than those involving literature, psychology, or sociology. 1 2 3 4 5
  • 208. 5. When I have a serious disagreement with some- one, I hang in there and talk it out until it is com- pletely resolved. 1 2 3 4 5 6. When I have a project or assignment, I really get into the details rather than the “big picture” issues. 1 2 3 4 5 7. I would rather sit in front of my computer than spend a lot of time with people. 1 2 3 4 5 8. I try to include others in activities or discussions. 1 2 3 4 5 9. When I take a course, I relate what I am learn- ing to other courses I took or concepts I learned elsewhere. 1 2 3 4 5 10. When somebody makes a mistake, I want to cor-
  • 209. rect the person and let her or him know the proper answer or approach. 1 2 3 4 5 11. I think it is better to be effi cient with my time when talking with someone, rather than worry about the other person’s needs, so that I can get on with my real work. 1 2 3 4 5 12. I know my long-term vision of career, family, and other activities and have thought it over carefully. 1 2 3 4 5 13. When solving problems, I would much rather analyze some data or statistics than meet with a group of people. 1 2 3 4 5 14. When I am working on a group project and some- one doesn’t pull a fair share of the load, I am more
  • 210. likely to complain to my friends rather than con- front the slacker. 1 2 3 4 5 15. Talking about ideas or concepts can get me really enthused or excited. 1 2 3 4 5 16. The type of management course for which this book is used is really a waste of time. 1 2 3 4 5 17. I think it is better to be polite and not to hurt peo- ple’s feelings. 1 2 3 4 5 18. Data or things interest me more than people. 1 2 3 4 5 Scoring and Interpretation Subtract your scores for questions 6, 10, 14, and 17 from the number 6, and then add the total points for the following sections: 1, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 Conceptual skills total score _____ 2, 5, 8, 10, 14, 17 Human skills total score _____
  • 211. 4, 7, 11, 13, 16, 18 Technical skills total score _____ These skills are three abilities needed to be a good manager. Ideally, a manager should be strong (though not necessarily equal) in all three. Anyone noticeably weaker in any of the skills should take courses and read to build up that skill. For further background on the three skills, please refer to the explanation on pages 8–9. NOTE: This exercise was contributed by Dorothy Marcic. ch1 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: EXPERIENTIAL EXERCISE PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT26 Can Management Afford to Look the Other Way? Harry Rull had been with Shellington Pharmaceuti- cals for 30 years. After a tour of duty in the various plants and seven years overseas, Harry was back at headquarters, looking forward to his new role as vice president of U.S. marketing.
  • 212. Two weeks into his new job, Harry received some unsettling news about one of the managers under his supervision. Over casual lunch conversation, the direc- tor of human resources mentioned that Harry should expect a phone call about Roger Jacobs, manager of new product development. Jacobs had a history of being “pretty horrible” to his subordinates, she said, and one disgruntled employee asked to speak to some- one in senior management. After lunch, Harry did some follow-up work. Jacobs’ performance reviews had been stellar, but his personnel fi le also contained a large number of notes documenting charges of Jacobs’ mistreatment of subordinates. The complaints ranged from “inappropriate and derogatory remarks” to sub- sequently dropped charges of sexual harassment. What was more disturbing was that the amount as well as the severity of complaints had increased with each of Jacobs’ ten years with Shellington. When Harry questioned the company president about the issue, he was told, “Yeah, he’s had some problems, but you can’t just replace someone with an eye for new products. You’re a bottom-line guy; you understand why we let these things slide.” Not sure how to handle the situation, Harry met briefl y
  • 213. with Jacobs and reminded him to “keep the team’s morale up.” Just after the meeting, Sally Barton from HR called to let him know that the problem she’d mentioned over lunch had been worked out. How- ever, she warned, another employee had now come forward demanding that her complaints be addressed by senior management. What Would You Do? 1. Ignore the problem. Jacobs’ contributions to new product development are too valuable to risk los- ing him, and the problems over the past ten years have always worked themselves out anyway. No sense starting something that could make you look bad. 2. Launch a full-scale investigation of employee com- plaints about Jacobs, and make Jacobs aware that the documented history over the past ten years has put him on thin ice. 3. Meet with Jacobs and the employee to try to resolve the current issue, then start working with Sally Barton and other senior managers to develop
  • 214. stronger policies regarding sexual harassment and treatment of employees, including clear-cut proce- dures for handling complaints. SOURCE: Based on Doug Wallace, “A Talent for Mismanagement: What Would You Do?” Business Ethics 2 (November!December 1992): 3!4. ch1 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: ETHICAL DILEMMA Elektra Products, Inc. Barbara Russell, a manufacturing vice president, walked into the monthly companywide meeting with a light step and a hopefulness she hadn’t felt in a long time. The company’s new, dynamic CEO was going to announce a new era of employee involvement and empowerment at Elektra Products, an 80-year-old, publicly held company that had once been a leading manufacturer and retailer of electrical products and supplies. In recent years, the company experienced a host of problems: market share was declining in the face of increased foreign and domestic competition; new product ideas were few and far between; depart- ments such as manufacturing and sales barely spoke
  • 215. to one another; morale was at an all-time low, and many employees were actively seeking other jobs. Everyone needed a dose of hope. Martin Griffi n, who had been hired to revive the failing company, briskly opened the meeting with a challenge: “As we face increasing competition, we need new ideas, new energy, new spirit to make this company great. And the source for this change is you—each one of you.” He then went on to explain that under the new empowerment campaign, employ- ees would be getting more information about how the company was run and would be able to work with their fellow employees in new and creative ways. Martin proclaimed a new era of trust and cooperation at Elektra Products. Barbara felt the excitement stir- ring within her; but as she looked around the room, she saw many of the other employees, including her friend Simon, rolling their eyes. “Just another pile of corporate crap,” Simon said later. “One minute they try downsizing, the next reengineering. Then they dabble in restructuring. Now Martin wants to push empowerment. Garbage like empowerment isn’t a substitute for hard work and a little faith in the people who have been with this company for years. We made
  • 216. ch1 CASE FOR CRITICAL ANALYSIS CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 27 Introduction 1 it great once, and we can do it again. Just get out of our way.” Simon had been a manufacturing engineer with Elektra Products for more than 20 years. Barbara knew he was extremely loyal to the company, but he—and a lot of others like him—were going to be an obstacle to the empowerment efforts. Top management assigned selected managers to several problem-solving teams to come up with ideas for implementing the empowerment campaign. Bar- bara loved her assignment as team leader of the man- ufacturing team, working on ideas to improve how retail stores got the merchandise they needed when they needed it. The team thrived, and trust blossomed among the members. They even spent nights and weekends working to complete their report. They
  • 217. were proud of their ideas, which they believed were innovative but easily achievable: permit a manager to follow a product from design through sales to cus- tomers; allow salespeople to refund up to $500 worth of merchandise on the spot; make information avail- able to salespeople about future products; and swap sales and manufacturing personnel for short periods to let them get to know one another’s jobs. When the team presented its report to department heads, Martin Griffi n was enthusiastic. But shortly into the meeting he had to excuse himself because of a late-breaking deal with a major hardware store chain. With Martin absent, the department heads rapidly formed a wall of resistance. The director of human resources complained that the ideas for person- nel changes would destroy the carefully crafted job categories that had just been completed. The fi nance department argued that allowing salespeople to make $500 refunds would create a gold mine for unethi- cal customers and salespeople. The legal department warned that providing information to salespeople about future products would invite industrial spying. The team members were stunned. As Barbara mulled over the latest turn of events, she considered
  • 218. her options: keep her mouth shut; take a chance and confront Martin about her sincerity in making empow- erment work; push slowly for reform and work for gradual support from the other teams; or look for another job and leave a company she really cares about. Barbara realized she was looking at no easy choices and no easy answers. Questions 1. How might top management have done a better job changing Elektra Products into a new kind of organi- zation? What might they do now to get the empower- ment process back on track? 2. Can you think of ways Barbara could have avoided the problems her team faced in the meeting with department heads? 3. If you were Barbara Russell, what would you do now? Why? SOURCE: Based on Lawrence R. Rothstein, “The Empowerment Effort That Came Undone,” Harvard Business Review (January– February 1995): 20–31.
  • 219. ch1 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE Numi Organic Tea: Innovative Management for Turbulent Times When Danielle Oviedo showed up for her fi rst day as the manager of the Distribution Center at Numi Organic Tea in Oakland, California, her new direct reports were not happy about the change. They loved Oviedo’s predecessor, who was more like a friend to them. Numi’s director of operations, Brian Durkee, was looking for someone with specifi c skills and experience when he hired Danielle; popularity wasn’t on the list. Durkee hired Danielle because of her effectiveness and success as a manager in pre- vious positions. She also had experience leading much bigger teams in similar departments. Growing 180 percent in one year can wreak havoc at a small company like Numi; Durkee needed managers who could respond to the demands of rapid expansion, minimize the bumps along the way, and grow with the organization. Prior to Danielle’s arrival, lead times for customer orders were far from competitive, and Numi’s inability
  • 220. to process orders effi ciently had caught up with them. Most of Numi’s food service customers sell Numi teas exclusively in their cafes, restaurants, or hotels. Although loyal customers love Numi’s products, some were considering taking their business elsewhere because inventory receipt was unpredictable. Danielle quickly observed that each employee in the Distribution Center tended to perform his or her task in isolation with little attention to anything else. To solve this problem, she trained all the Distribu- tion Center employees in every critical task and pro- cess, explaining how all the pieces fi t together. In the future, everyone on her staff would perform multiple tasks depending on what pressing deadlines loomed. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT28 In Good Company A corporate takeover brings star advertising execu- tive Dan Foreman (Dennis Quaid) a new boss who is half his age. Carter Duryea (Topher Grace), Dan’s new boss, wants to prove his worth as the new mar- keting chief at Sports America, Waterman Publish-
  • 221. ing’s fl agship magazine. Carter applies his unique approaches while dating Dan’s daughter, Alex (Scar- lett Johansson). Management Behavior This sequence starts with Carter Duryea entering Dan Foreman’s offi ce. It follows Foreman’s interac- tion with Teddy K. (Malcolm McDowell), Globecom CEO, after Teddy K.’s speech. Carter Duryea enters while saying, “Oh, my God, Dan. Oh, my God.” Mark Steckle (Clark Gregg) soon follows. The sequence ends with Carter asking, “Any ideas?” Dan Forman says, “One.” The fi lm cuts to the two of them arriving at Eugene Kalb’s (Philip Baker Hall) offi ce building. What to Watch for and Ask Yourself ▪ Which management skills discussed in this chapter does Mark Steckle possess? Which does he lack? ▪ The sequence shows three people who represent different hierarchical levels in the company. Which hierarchical levels do you attribute to Carter Dur- yea, Dan Foreman, and Mark Steckle?
  • 222. ▪ Critique the behavior shown in the sequence. What are the positive and negative aspects of the behav- ior shown? ch1 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE A great example of today’s new manager, Danielle helped her team understand their jobs on a conceptual level so they could see how their work and success linked directly to Numi’s larger goals and success. Turning this very different group of workers into a well-oiled team that felt invested in the future of the company didn’t happen overnight. Some people resisted and resented the added responsibility; they weren’t used to the fl exibility or increased communi- cation required by this new way of working. Eventually Danielle’s team started to click. Their new-found effectiveness, combined with her plan- ning and organizing skills, as well as some key inno- vations, made a huge impact on lead times. With additional tweaks and time to practice the new Distri- bution Center regime, Danielle’s team cut lead times for international orders by about 75 percent—from 15 to 5 days. Lead times for domestic orders histori-
  • 223. cally averaged 3 to 5 days. Since Danielle has gotten things under control, orders often ship the same day or within a maximum of 2 to 3 days. Numi’s customer service manager, Cindy Graf- fort, is thrilled about Danielle’s achievements and said none of these changes were possible before Dan- ielle arrived, even though serious attempts had been made previously to address ineffi ciencies. According to Cindy, the dramatic changes were a direct result of Danielle’s ability to come up with innovative solutions to the problems plaguing the Distribution Center. When asked for more insight into Danielle’s managerial success, Cindy can’t say enough about Danielle’s impressive human skills. Unlike old-school managers, who would hide in their warehouse offi ces and manage employees from afar, Danielle usually can be found out on the fl oor “working with her teammates to ensure they understand the process and being supportive.” According to Durkee, Danielle is a “calm and assertive leader [who people] grab on to . . . and fol- low.” No matter how crazy things get in the ware- house with huge, time-sensitive orders coming in and going out, Danielle keeps a “calm, cool head,” which
  • 224. helps her team stay calm and focused. She inspires confi dence that everything will get done—and it does. As for Danielle’s take on her management style, she thinks her practice of asking team members for their suggestions yields amazing results. While she implements many of their ideas, the real coup is that her team members come to work every day knowing anything is possible. Discussion Questions 1. What are some drawbacks of Danielle’s predeces- sor’s tendency to treat her employees like friends? 2. How likely is Danielle to become a candidate for top management someday? 3. Can conceptual skills be cultivated easily? Explain. CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 29 Introduction
  • 225. 1 1. This questionnaire is adapted from research fi ndings reported in Linda A. Hill, Becoming a Manager: How New Managers Master the Challenges of Leadership, 2nd ed. (Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press, 2003); and John J. Gabarro, The Dynamics of Taking Charge (Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press, 1987). Bruce Moeller, as told to Stepha-2. nie Clifford, “The Way I Work,” Inc. Magazine (July 2007): 88–91. Darrell Rigby and Barbara 3. Bilodeau,“The Bain 2005 Manage- ment Tool Survey,”Strategy & Lead- ership 33, no. 4 (2005): 4–12. Todd G. Buchholz, “The Right Stuff to 4. be CEO,” The Conference Review Board (November–December 2007): 13. Geoffrey Colvin, “What Makes GE 5. Great?” Fortune (March 6, 2006): 90–96; and Betsy Morris, “The GE
  • 226. Mystique,” Fortune (March 6, 2006): 98–104. James A. F. Stoner and R. Edward 6. Freeman, Management, 4th ed. (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1989). Peter F. Drucker, 7. Management Tasks, Responsibilities, Practices (New York: Harper & Row, 1974). George Anders, “AOL’ s True Believers,” 8. Fast Company (July 2002): 96–104. Nanette Byrnes, “Avon: More Than 9. Cosmetic Changes,” BusinessWeek (March 12, 2007): 62–63. Jacy L. Youn, “True Calling,” 10. Hawaii Business (July 1, 2005): 13. Eryn Brown, “Nine Ways to Win on 11. the Web,” Fortune (May 24, 1999): 112–125. Jennifer Reingold, “Target’s Inner 12. Circle,” Fortune (March 31, 2008): 74–86. Robert L. Katz, “Skills of an Effective 13. Administrator,” Harvard Business Review 52 (September–October
  • 227. 1974): 90–102. Troy V. Mumford, Michael A. 14. Campion, and Frederick P. Morgeson, “The Leadership Skills Strataplex: Leadership Skills Requirements Across Organization- al Levels,” The Leadership Quarterly 18 (2007): 154–166. Geoffrey Colvin, “The Bionic Man-15. ager,” Fortune (September 19, 2005): 88–100. Spielberg, “The Cheesecake Factory.”16. Sue Shellenbarger, “From Our 17. Readers: The Bosses That Drove Me to Quit My Job,” The Wall Street Journal (February 7, 2000): B1. Quoted in Linda Tischler, “The 18. CEO’s New Clothes,” Fast Company (September 2005): 27–28. Eric Matson, “Congratulations, 19. You’re Promoted. (Now What?),” Fast Company (June–July 1997): 116–130. Clinton O. Longenecker, Mitch-20.
  • 228. ell J. Neubert, and Laurence S. Fink, “Causes and Consequences of Managerial Failure in Rapidly Changing Organizations,” Business Horizons 50 (2007): 145–155. Based on Sydney Finkelstein, “7 21. Habits of Spectacularly Unsuc- cessful Executives,” Fast Company (July 2003): 84–89; S. Finkelstein, Why Smart Executives Fail (New York: Portfolio, 2003); Charan and Useem, “Why Companies Fail”; and John W. Slocum Jr., Cass Ragan, and Albert Casey, “On Death and Dying: The Corporate Leadership Capacity of CEOs,” Organizational Dynamics 30, no. 3 (Spring 2002): 269–281. Patricia Wallington, “Toxic!” 22. CIO (April 15, 2006): 34–36. Based on Longenecker, et al., 23. Causes and Consequences of Managerial Failure in Rapidly Changing Orga- nizations; Finkelstein, “7 Habits of Spectacularly Unsuccessful Execu-
  • 229. tives”; Charan and Useem, “Why Companies Fail”; and Slocum et al., “On Death and Dying.” Alan Murray, “Behind Nardelli’s 24. Abrupt Exit; Executive’s Fatal Flaw: Failing to Understand New Demands on CEOs,” The Wall Street Journal, January 4, 2007; Brian Grow, “Out at Home Depot,” Business- Week (January 15, 2007): 56–62. Diane Brady, “‘Being Mean is So 25. Last Millennium,’” BusinessWeek (January 15, 2007), sidebar in Murray, “Behind Nardelli’s Abrupt Exit.” Eileen Sheridan, “Rise: Best Day, 26. Worst Day,” The Guardian (September 14, 2002): 3. Heath Row, “Force Play” (Company 27. of Friends column), Fast Company (March 2001): 46. Charles Fishman, “Sweet Company,” 28. Fast Company (February 2001): 136–145.
  • 230. A. I. Kraut, P. R. Pedigo, D. D. 29. McKenna, and M. D. Dunnette, “The Role of the Manager: What’s Really Important in Different Man- agement Jobs,” Academy of Manage- ment Executive 19, no. 4 (2005): 122–129. Christopher A. Bartlett and 30. Sumantra Ghoshal, “Changing the Role of Top Management: Be- yond Systems to People,” Harvard Business Review (May–June 1995): 132–142; and Sumantra Ghoshal and Christopher A. Bartlett, “Chang- ing the Role of Top Management: Beyond Structure to Processes,” Harvard Business Review (January– February 1995): 86–96. Quy Nguyen Huy, “In Praise of Mid-31. dle Managers,” Harvard Business Review (September 2003): 72–79; Rosabeth Moss Kanter, On the Frontiers of Management (Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 2003).
  • 231. Lisa Haneberg, “Reinventing Middle 32. Management,” Leader to Leader (Fall 2005): 13–18. Miles Brignall, “Rise; Launch Pad: 33. The Retailer; Alistair Boot, An As- sistant Manager at the John Lewis Store in Cheadle, Talks to Miles Brignall,” The Guardian (October 4, 2003): 3. Henry Mintzberg, 34. The Nature of Managerial Work (New York: Harper & Row, 1973); and Mintzberg, “Rounding Out the Manager’s Job,” Sloan Management Review (Fall 1994): 11–26. Robert E. Kaplan, “Trade Routes: 35. The Manager’s Network of Rela- tionships,” Organizational Dynamics (Spring 1984): 37–52; Rosemary Stewart, “The Nature of Manage- ment: A Problem for Management Education,” Journal of Management ch1 ENDNOTES
  • 232. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT30 Studies 21 (1984): 323–330; John P. Kotter, “What Effective General Managers Really Do,” Harvard Busi- ness Review (November–December 1982): 156–167; and Morgan W. McCall, Jr., Ann M. Morrison, and Robert L. Hannan, “Studies of Man- agerial Work: Results and Methods,” Technical Report No. 9, Center for Creative Leadership, Greensboro, NC, 1978. Alison M. Konrad, Roger Kashlak, 36. Izumi Yoshioka, Robert Waryszak, and Nina Toren, “What Do Manag- ers Like to Do? A Five-Country Study,” Group and Organizational Management 26, no. 4 (December 2001): 401–433. For a review of the problems faced 37. by fi rst-time managers, see Linda A. Hill, “Becoming the Boss,” Harvard
  • 233. Business Review (January 2007): 49–56; Loren B. Belker and Gary S. Topchik, The First-Time Manager: A Practical Guide to the Manage- ment of People, 5th ed. (New York: AMACOM, 2005); J. W. Lorsch and P. F. Mathias, “When Professionals Have to Manage,” Harvard Busi- ness Review (July–August 1987): 78–83; R. A. Webber, Becoming a Courageous Manager: Overcoming Career Problems of New Managers (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1991); D. E. Dougherty, From Technical Professional to Corporate Manager: A Guide to Career Transi- tion (New York: Wiley, 1984); J. Falvey, “The Making of a Manager,” Sales and Marketing Management (March 1989): 42–83; M. K. Badawy, Developing Managerial Skills in Engineers and Scientists: Succeeding as a Technical Manager (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1982); and M. London, Developing Managers:
  • 234. A Guide to Motivating and Prepar- ing People for Successful Managerial Careers (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1985). Erin White, “Learning to Be the 38. Boss; Trial and Error Is the Norm as New Managers Figure Out How to Relate to Former Peers,” The Wall Street Journal, November 21, 2005. This discussion is based on Linda 39. A. Hill, Becoming a Manager: How New Managers Master the Chal- lenges of Leadership, 2nd ed. (Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press, 2003), pp. 6–8; and L.A. Hill, “Becoming the Boss,” Harvard Business Review (January 2007): 49–56. See also “Boss’s First Steps,” sidebar 40. in White, “Learning to Be the Boss”; and Belker and Topchik, The First- Time Manager. Jeanne Whalen, “Chance Turns 41. a Teacher into a CEO; Religion
  • 235. Lecturer Leaves Academic Path and Learns to Run a Biotech Start-Up,” Theory & Practice column, The Wall Street Journal, October 17, 2005. Henry Mintzberg, “Managerial 42. Work: Analysis from Observation,” Management Science 18 (1971): B97–B110. Based on Damien Cave, “A Tall Or-43. der for a Marine: Feeding the Hand That Bit You,” The New York Times, December 30, 2007. Mintzberg, “Managerial Work.”44. Matthew Boyle and Jia Lynn Yang, 45. “All in a Day’s Work,” Fortune (March 20, 2006): 97–104. Spielberg, “The Cheesecake Factory.”46. Lance B. Kurke and Howard E. 47. Aldrich, “Mintzberg Was Right!: A Replication and Extension of The Nature of Managerial Work,” Man- agement Science 29 (1983): 975–984; Cynthia M. Pavett and Alan W. Lau, “Managerial Work: The Infl uence of
  • 236. Hierarchical Level and Functional Specialty,” Academy of Management Journal 26 (1983): 170–177; and Colin P. Hales, “What Do Manag- ers Do? A Critical Review of the Evidence,” Journal of Management Studies 23 (1986): 88–115. Mintzberg, “Rounding out the Man-48. ager’s Job.” Andy Serwer, “Inside the Rolling 49. Stones Inc.,” Fortune (September 30, 2002): 58–72. Valerie Darroch, “High Flyer with 50. Feet on Home Ground; Gorbals- Born Stephen Baxter Combines His Role as Glasgow Airport Boss with Heading the City’s Chamber of Commerce,” Sunday Herald, February 6, 2005. Harry S. Jonas III, Ronald E. Fry, and 51. Suresh Srivastva, “The Offi ce of the CEO: Understanding the Executive Experience,” Academy of Manage- ment Executive 4 (August 1990): 36–48.
  • 237. Carol Hymowitz, “Smart Execu-52. tives Shed Some Traditional Tasks to Focus on Key Areas,” The Wall Street Journal, June 19, 2006. Edward O. Welles, “There Are No 53. Simple Businesses Anymore,” The State of Small Business (1995): 66–79. This section is based on Peter F. 54. Drucker, Managing the Non-Profi t Organization: Principles and Prac- tices (New York: HarperBusiness, 1992); and Thomas Wolf, Manag- ing a Nonprofi t Organization (New York: Fireside/Simon & Schuster, 1990). Christine W. Letts, William P. Ryan, 55. and Allen Grossman, High Perfor- mance Nonprofi t Organizations (New York: Wiley & Sons, 1999), pp. 30–35. Carol Hymowitz,“In Sarbanes-56. Oxley Era, Running a Nonprofi t Is Only Getting Harder,” The
  • 238. Wall Street Journal, June 21, 2005; and Bill Birchard, “Nonprofi ts by the Numbers,” CFO (June 2005): 50–55. This section is based on “The 57. New Organization: A Survey of the Company,” The Economist (January 21, 2006); Harry G. Barkema, Joel A. C. Baum, and Elizabeth A. Mannix, “Manage- ment Challenges in a New Time,” Academy of Management Jour- nal 45, no. 5 (2002): 916–930; Michael Harvey and M. Ronald Buckley, “Assessing the ‘Conven- tional Wisdoms’ of Management for the 21st Century Organiza- tion,” Organizational Dynamics 30, no. 4 (2002): 368–378; and Toby J. Tetenbaum, “Shifting Para- digms: From Newton to Chaos,” Organizational Dynamics (Spring 1998): 21–32. Caroline Ellis, “The Flattening Cor-58. poration,” MIT Sloan Management
  • 239. Review (Summer 2003): 5. Christopher Rhoads and Sara Silver, 59. “Working at Home Gets Easier,” The Wall Street Journal, December 29, 2005; Edwards, “Wherever You Go, You’re on the Job”; and Kelley Holland, “When Work Time Isn’t Face Time,” The New York Times, De- cember 3, 2006. Kerr Inkson, Angela Heising, and 60. Denise M. Rousseau, “The Interim CHAPTER 1 INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT FOR TURBULENT TIMES 31 Introduction 1 Manager: Prototype of the 21st Century Worker,” Human Relations 54, no. 3 (2001): 259–284. Keith H. Hammonds, “Smart, 61. Determined, Ambitious, Cheap: The New Face of Global
  • 240. Competition,” Fast Company (February 2003): 91–97. Holland, “When Work Time Isn’t 62. Face Time.” Carla Johnson, “Managing Virtual 63. Teams,” HR Magazine (June 2002): 69–73; “The New Organisation,” The Economist (January 21, 2006). Holland, “When Work Time Isn’t 64. Face Time.” chapter2pt1 L ea rn in g O
  • 242. IM AG ES /D IG IT A L VI SI O N After studying this chapter, you should be able to: 1. Understand how historical forces infl uence the practice of management. 2. Identify and explain major developments in the history of management
  • 243. thought. 3. Describe the major components of the classical and humanistic man- agement perspectives. 4. Discuss the management science perspective and its current use in organizations. 5. Explain the major concepts of systems theory, the contingency view, and total quality management. 6. Explain what a learning organization is and why this approach has become important in recent years. 7. Describe the management changes brought about by a technology- driven workplace, including the role of supply chain management, cus- tomer relationship management, and outsourcing. Are You a New-Style or an Old-Style
  • 244. Manager? Management and Organization Classical Perspective Scientifi c Management Bureaucratic Organizations Administrative Principles Humanistic Perspective Human Relations Movement Human Resources Perspective Behavioral Sciences Approach New Manager Self-Test: Evolution of Style Management Science Perspective Recent Historical Trends Systems Theory Contingency View Total Quality Management Innovative Management Thinking For Turbulent Times The Learning Organization
  • 245. Managing the Technology-Driven Workplace 33 The Evolution of Management Thinking C ontrolling 6 Planning 3 Environm ent 2
  • 246. 4O rganizing 5Leading Introduction 1 ARE YOU A NEW-STYLE OR AN OLD-STYLE MANAGER?1 The following are various behaviors that a manager may engage in when relating to subordinates. Read each state- ment carefully and rate each one Mostly True or Mostly False to refl ect the extent to which you would use that behavior. Mostly True Mostly False 1. Closely supervise my subordinates in order to get better work from them. 2. Set the goals and objectives for
  • 247. my subordinates and sell them on the merits of my plans. 3. Set up controls to ensure that my subordinates are getting the job done. 4. Make sure that my subordinates’ work is planned out for them. 5. Check with my subordinates daily to see if they need any help. 6. Step in as soon as reports indi- cate that the job is slipping. 7. Push my people to meet sched- ules if necessary. 8. Have frequent meetings to learn from others what is going on. SCORING AND INTERPRETATION: Add the total number of Mostly True answers and mark your score on the scale below. Theory X tends to be “old-style” manage-
  • 248. ment and Theory Y “new-style,” because the styles are based on different assumptions about people. To learn more about these assumptions, you can refer to Exhibit 2.4 and review the assumptions related to Theory X and Theory Y. Strong Theory X assumptions are typically con- sidered inappropriate for today’s workplace. Where do you fi t on the X–Y scale? Does your score refl ect your per- ception of yourself as a current or future manager? X-Y Scale Theory X 10 5 0 Theory Y The fi eld of management is undergoing tremendous change. The questionnaire you just completed describes two differing philosophies about how people should be man- aged, and you will learn more about these ideas in this chapter. Both approaches still apply in today’s organizations. However, many managers fi nd themselves caught in a situation where the methods and patterns that kept the organization successful in the past no longer seem right to keep it thriving today and into the future.
  • 249. Management philosophies and organizational forms change over time to meet new needs. The workplace of today is different from what it was 50 years ago— indeed, from what it was even 10 years ago. Yet some ideas and practices from the past are still highly relevant and applicable to management. Many students wonder why history matters to managers. A historical perspective provides a broader way of thinking, a way of searching for patterns and determining whether they recur across time periods. For example, certain management practices that seem modern, such as open-book management or employee stock ownership, have actually been around for a long time. These techniques have repeatedly gained and lost popularity since the early twentieth century because of historical forces.2 A study of the past contributes to understanding both the present and the future. It is a way of learning from others’ mistakes so as not to repeat them; learning from others’ successes so as to
  • 250. repeat them in the appropriate situation; and most of all, learning to understand why things happen to improve our organizations in the future. This chapter provides an overview of the ideas, theories, and management philos- ophies that have contributed to making the workplace what it is today. We examine PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT34 several management approaches that have been popular and successful throughout the twentieth century. The fi nal section of the chapter looks at some recent trends and current approaches that build on this foundation of management understanding. This foundation illustrates that the value of studying management lies not in learning cur- rent facts and research but in developing a perspective that will facilitate the broad, long-term view needed for management success.
  • 251. MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION Studying history doesn’t mean merely arranging events in chronological order; it means developing an understanding of the impact of societal forces on organiza- tions. Studying history is a way to achieve strategic thinking, see the big picture, and improve conceptual skills. Let’s start by examining how social, political, and eco- nomic forces have infl uenced organizations and the practice of management.3 Social forces refer to those aspects of a culture that guide and infl uence relation- ships among people. What do people value? What do people need? What are the standards of behavior among people? These forces shape what is known as the social contract, which refers to the unwritten, common rules and perceptions about relation- ships among people and between employees and management. A signifi cant social force today is the changing attitudes, ideas, and values of Gen- eration Y employees (sometimes called Nexters).4 These young
  • 252. workers, the most edu- cated generation in the history of the United States, grew up technologically adept and globally conscious. Unlike many workers of the past, they typically are not hesitant to question their superiors and challenge the status quo. They want a work environment that is challenging and supportive, with access to cutting-edge technology, opportu- nities to learn and further their careers and personal goals, and the power to make substantive decisions and changes in the workplace. In addition, Gen Y workers have prompted a growing focus on work/life balance, refl ected in trends such as telecom- muting, fl extime, shared jobs, and organization-sponsored sabbaticals. Political forces refer to the infl uence of political and legal institutions on people and organizations. Political forces include basic assumptions underlying the political system, such as the desirability of self-government, property rights, contract rights, the defi nition of justice, and the determination of innocence or
  • 253. guilt of a crime. The spread of capitalism throughout the world has dramatically altered the business landscape. The dominance of the free-market system and growing interdependencies among the world’s countries require organizations to operate differently and manag- ers to think in new ways. At the same time, strong anti- American sentiments in many parts of the world create challenges for U.S. companies and managers. Economic forces pertain to the availability, production, and distribution of resources in a society. Governments, military agencies, churches, schools, and busi- ness organizations in every society require resources to achieve their goals, and eco- nomic forces infl uence the allocation of scarce resources. One trend is the growing economic power of less-developed countries. The rapid growth of China and India and their rise in the global marketplace dominated the 2007 World Bank-International Monetary Fund annual meetings, for example.5 Another force is
  • 254. the shifting of the economy of the United States and other developed countries, with the sources of wealth, the fundamentals of distribution, and the nature of economic decision making undergoing signifi cant changes. Today’s economy is based as much on ideas, informa- tion, and knowledge as it is on material resources. Supply chains and distribution of resources have been revolutionized by digital technology. Surplus inventories, which once could trigger recessions, are declining or completely disappearing.6 As a new manager, do you appreciate a historical perspective to help you interpret current opportunities and problems? Social, economic, and political forces often repeat themselves, so your understanding will facilitate a broader view of how organizations adapt and succeed in today’s environment. TakeaMoment ssssssocial forces The aspects of aaa a
  • 255. ccccuulc ture that guide and infl uenceee e rrrreelr ationships among people— ttthhheir values, needs, and standarddsss ooooffoff behbehaviavioror. pppppolitical forces The infl uencee ooooff oo political and legal institutionsss ooooonn o people and organizations. eeeeconomic forces Forces that aaaaafffect the availability, productionn,,,, aaaaannda distribution of a society’s re-- ssssosoouous rces among cg omppeting g userss.s.. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 35 Introduction 1 Management practices and perspectives vary in response to these social, political, and economic forces in the larger society. During diffi cult
  • 256. times, managers look for ideas to help them cope with environmental turbulence and keep their organizations vital. The Manager’s Shoptalk lists a wide variety of ideas and techniques used by today’s managers. Management idea life cycles have been growing shorter as the pace of change has increased. A recent study by professors at the University of Loui- siana at Lafayette found that, from the 1950s to the 1970s, it typically took more than a decade for interest in a popular management idea to peak. By the 1990s, the interval had shrunk to fewer than three years.7 Over the history of management, many fashions and fads have appeared. Critics argue that new techniques may not represent permanent solutions. Others feel that managers adopt new techniques for continuous improvement in a fast-changing world. In 1993, Bain and Company started a large research project to interview and survey thousands of corpo- rate executives about the 25 most popular manage- ment tools and techniques. The list for 2007 and their
  • 257. usage rates are below. How many tools do you know? For more information on specifi c tools, visit the Bain website: http://www.bain.com/management_tools/ home.asp. Fashion. Over the last decade, tools such as activity-based management, one-to-one marketing, sce- nario planning, and virtual teams have dropped out of the top 25. Business process reengineering has been mercurial, with 69% usage in 1995, dropping to 38% in 2000, increasing again to 69% in 2007. Global. North American executives are more likely to look outward, using strategic alliances and collaborative innovation more than companies in other parts of the world. European executives are big users of customer segmentation. Latin American executives use the fewest number of tools. Asia-Pacifi c execu- tives report higher use of newer tools like consumer ethnography and corporate blogs. SOURCE: Copyright 2007 by Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Reproduced with permission of Emerald Group Publishing Limited in the format Textbook via Copyright
  • 258. Clearance Center. Contemporary Management Tools M an ag er ’s Sh op ta lk Significantly below overall mean Usage
  • 259. Significantly above overall mean Mean 62% RFID Corporate Blogs Consumer Ethnography Offshoring Six Sigma Mergers and Acquisitions Loyalty Management Tools Collaborative Innovation Lean Operations Shared Service Centers Total Quality Management Growth Strategy Tools Supply Chain Management
  • 260. Balanced Scorecard Strategic Alliances Knowledge Management Scenario and Contingency Planning Business Process Reengineering Outsourcing Core Competencies Mission and Vision Statements Benchmarking Customer Segmentation Customer Relationship Management Strategic Planning 23% 30% 35% 37%
  • 262. 0 20 40 60 80 100 http://www.bain.com/management_tools/home.asp http://www.bain.com/management_tools/home.asp PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT36 E X H I B I T 2 .1 Management Perspectives over Time Recent challenges such as a tough economy and rocky stock market, environ- mental and organizational crises, lingering anxieties over war and terrorism, and the public suspicion and skepticism resulting from corporate scandals have left today’s executives searching for any management tool—new or old— that can help them get the most out of limited resources. This search for guidance is refl ected in a prolifera- tion of books, scholarly articles, and conferences dedicated to examining management fashions and trends.8 Exhibit 2.1 illustrates the evolution of signifi cant management perspectives over time, each of which will be examined in the
  • 263. remainder of this chap- ter. The timeline refl ects the dominant time period for each approach, but elements of each are still used in today’s organizations. CLASSICAL PERSPECTIVE The practice of management can be traced to 3000 b.c., to the fi rst government organizations developed by the Sumerians and Egyptians, but the formal study of management is relatively recent.9 The early study of management as we know it today began with what is now called the classical perspective. The classical perspective on manage- ment emerged during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. The factory system that began to appear in the 1800s posed challenges that earlier organizations had not encountered. Problems arose in tooling the plants, organizing managerial structure, training employees (many of them non-English-speaking immigrants),
  • 264. scheduling complex manufacturing oper- ations, and dealing with increased labor dissatisfaction and resulting strikes. These myriad new problems and the development of large, complex organiza- tions demanded a new approach to coordi- nation and control, and a “new sub-species © TH E G R A N G ER C O LL
  • 265. EC TI O N , N EW Y O R K Frederick Winslow Taylor (1856–1915). Taylor’s theory that labor productivity could be improved by scientifi cally determined management practices earned him the status of “father of scientifi c management.”
  • 266. ccccclclassical perspective A mmmmmanagement perspective that eeeeemmerged during the nineteenthh aaaannd early twentieth centuries ttthhat emphasized a rational, sssscsccis ent fiifi c approachh to thhe studdyy oooooff o management and sought to mmmm kmmakm e orga iniz tiations f effifi ciientt oooopopopepeopeperatratingingg ma machichinesnes.. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 37 Introduction 1 of economic man—the salaried manager”10—was born. Between 1880 and 1920, the number of professional managers in the United States grew from 161,000 to more than 1 million.11 These professional managers began developing and testing solutions to the mounting challenges of organizing, coordinating, and controlling large numbers
  • 267. of people and increasing worker productivity. Thus began the evolution of modern management with the classical perspective. This perspective contains three subfi elds, each with a slightly different emphasis: scientifi c management, bureaucratic organizations, and administrative principles.12 Scientifi c Management Scientifi c management emphasizes scientifi cally determined jobs and management practices as the way improve effi ciency and labor productivity. In the late 1800s, a young engineer, Frederick Winslow Taylor (1856–1915), proposed that workers “could be retooled like machines, their physical and mental gears recalibrated for better productivity.”13 Taylor insisted that improving productivity meant that management itself would have to change and, further, that the manner of change could be deter- mined only by scientifi c study; hence, the label scientifi c management emerged. Taylor suggested that decisions based on rules of
  • 268. thumb and tradition be replaced with pre- cise procedures developed after careful study of individual situations.14 Taylor’s philosophy is encapsulated in his statement, “In the past the man has been fi rst. In the future, the system must be fi rst.”15 The scientifi c management ap- proach is illustrated by the unloading of iron from rail cars and reloading fi nished steel for the Bethlehem Steel plant in 1898. Taylor calculated that with correct move- ments, tools, and sequencing, each man was capable of loading 47.5 tons per day instead of the typical 12.5 tons. He also worked out an incentive system that paid each man $1.85 a day for meeting the new standard, an increase from the previous rate of $1.15. Productivity at Bethlehem Steel shot up overnight. Although known as the father of scientifi c management, Taylor was not alone in this area. Henry Gantt, an associ- ate of Taylor’s, developed the Gantt chart—a bar graph that measures planned and completed work along each stage of production by time elapsed. Two other important pioneers in this area were the husband-and-wife team
  • 269. of Frank B. and Lillian M. Gilbreth. Frank B. Gilbreth (1868–1924) pioneered time and motion study and arrived at many of his management techniques independen- tly of Taylor. He stressed effi ciency and was known for his quest for the one best way to do work. Although Gilbreth is known for his early work with brick- layers, his work had great impact on medical sur- gery by drastically reducing the time patients spent on the operating table. Surgeons were able to save countless lives through the application of time and motion study. Lillian M. Gilbreth (1878–1972) was more interested in the human aspect of work. When her husband died at the age of 56, she had 12 children ages 2 to 19. The undaunted “fi rst lady of management” went right on with her work. She presented © T H E G R
  • 270. A N G ER C O LL EC TI O N Automaker Henry Ford made extensive use of Frederick Taylor’s scientifi c management techniques, as illustrated by this assembly of an automobile at a Ford plant circa 1930. Ford replaced workers with machines for heavy lifting and moving autos
  • 271. from one worker to the next. This reduced worker hours and improved effi ciency and productivity. Under this system, a Ford rolled off the assembly line every 10 seconds. sssssscientifi c management A ssssuubuubfiefi eldld ofof thethe cl classassicaical ml manaanage--ge mmmmenmmment pt perserspecpectivtive te thathat em emphapha- ssssiisiizss ded isci tentifiifi lcallly y ddetermiinedd ccccchhanges in management prac- tttiiiices as the solution to improvinggggg llllalaaababl or prop ductivityy. Lillian M. Gilbreth (1878–1972), Frank B. Gilbreth (1868–1924). This husband-and-wife team contributed to the principles of scientifi c management. His development of time and motion studies and her work in industrial psychology pioneered many of today’s management
  • 272. and human resource techniques. © U N D ER W O O D & U N D ER W O
  • 273. O D /C O R BI S PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT38 a paper in place of her late husband, continued their seminars and consulting, lec- tured, and eventually became a professor at Purdue University.16 She pioneered in the fi eld of industrial psychology and made substantial contributions to human resource management. Exhibit 2.2 shows the basic ideas of scientifi c management. To
  • 274. use this approach, managers should develop standard methods for doing each job, select workers with the appropriate abilities, train workers in the standard methods, support workers and eliminate interruptions, and provide wage incentives. The ideas of scientifi c management that began with Taylor dramatically increased productivity across all industries, and they are still important today. A recent Harvard Business Review article discussing innovations that shaped modern management puts scientifi c management at the top of its list of 12 infl uential innovations. Indeed, the ideas of creating a system for maximum effi ciency and organizing work for maxi- mum productivity are deeply embedded in our organizations.17 However, because scientifi c management ignored the social context and workers’ needs, it led to increased confl ict and sometimes violent clashes between managers and employees. Under this system, workers often felt exploited—a sharp contrast
  • 275. from the harmony and cooperation that Taylor and his followers had envisioned. Bureaucratic Organizations A systematic approach developed in Europe that looked at the organization as a whole is the bureaucratic organizations approach, a subfi eld within the classical per- spective. Max Weber (1864–1920), a German theorist, introduced most of the concepts on bureaucratic organizations.18 During the late 1800s, many European organizations were managed on a per- sonal, family-like basis. Employees were loyal to a single individual rather than to the organization or its mission. The dysfunctional consequence of this manage- ment practice was that resources were used to realize individual desires rather than organizational goals. Employees in effect owned the organization and used resources for their own gain rather than to serve customers. Weber envisioned organizations that would be managed on an impersonal, rational
  • 276. basis. This form of organization was called a bureaucracy. Exhibit 2.3 summarizes the six character- istics of bureaucracy as specifi ed by Weber. Weber believed that an organization based on rational authority would be more effi cient and adaptable to change because continuity is related to formal structure and positions rather than to a particular person, who may leave or die. To Weber, rationality in organizations meant employee selection and advancement based E X H I B I T 2 . 2 Characteristics of Scientifi c Management General Approach • Developed standard method for performing each job. • Selected workers with appropriate abilities for each job. • Trained workers in standard methods. • Supported workers by planning their work and eliminating interruptions. • Provided wage incentives to workers for increased output.
  • 277. Contributions • Demonstrated the importance of compensation for performance. • Initiated the careful study of tasks and jobs. • Demonstrated the importance of personnel selection and training. Criticisms • Did not appreciate the social context of work and higher needs of workers. • Did not acknowledge variance among individuals. • Tended to regard workers as uninformed and ignored their ideas and suggestions. bbbbbbbbureaucratic organizations AAAAAAA sA ubfi eld of the classical manage-- mmmmmment perspective that emphasizedd mmmmmanmmanageagemenment ot on an an in impempersorsonalnal, r, raa--aa ttttiioott nal basis through such elementtss aaaaass a lcle larl dy d fiefi dned au htho irity a dnd rrrrereesr pon ibsibiliilitty, f formall reco drd- kkkkkee iping, dand separ iation fof mmmmmmanagement and ownership.
  • 278. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 39 Introduction 1 not on whom you know, but rather on competence and technical qualifi cations, which are assessed by examination or according to training and experience. The organization relies on rules and written records for continuity. In addition, rules and procedures are impersonal and applied uniformly to all employees. A clear division of labor arises from distinct defi nitions of authority and responsibility, legitimized as offi cial duties. Positions are organized in a hierarchy, with each position under the authority of a higher one. The manager depends not on his or her personality for successfully giving orders but on the legal power invested in
  • 279. the managerial position. Read the ethical dilemma on pages 53–54 that pertains to problems of bureaucracy. What would it be like for you to be a manager in a bureaucratic organization? Would you thrive in that environment? The term bureaucracy has taken on a negative meaning in today’s organizations and is associated with endless rules and red tape. We have all been frustrated by waiting in long lines or following seemingly silly procedures. However, rules and other bureaucratic procedures provide a standard way of dealing with employees. Everyone gets equal treatment, and everyone knows what the rules are. This foun- dation enables many organizations to become extremely effi cient. Consider United Parcel Service (UPS), sometimes called Big Brown. TakeaMoment E X H I B I T 2 . 3 Characteristics of Weberian Bureaucracy
  • 280. SOURCE: Adapted from Max Weber, The Theory of Social and Economic Organizations, ed. and trans. A.M. Henderson and Talcott Parsons (New York: Free Press, 1947), pp. 328–337. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT40 UPS specializes in the delivery of small packages, delivering more than 13 million every busi- ness day. In addition, UPS is gaining market share in air service, logistics, and global infor- mation services. Why has UPS been so successful? One important factor is the concept of bureaucracy. UPS is bound up in rules and regulations. It teaches drivers an astounding 340 steps for how to correctly deliver a package—such as how to load the truck, how to fasten their seat belts, how to walk, and how to carry their keys. Specifi c safety rules apply to driv- ers, loaders, clerks, and managers. Strict dress codes are enforced—clean uniforms (called browns), every day, black or brown polished shoes with nonslip
  • 281. soles, no beards, no hair below the collar, and so on. Supervisors conduct three-minute inspections of drivers each day. The company also has rules specifying cleanliness standards for buildings, trucks, and other properties. No eating or drinking is permitted at employee desks. Every manager is given bound copies of policy books and is expected to use them. UPS has a well-defi ned division of labor. Each plant consists of specialized drivers, load- ers, clerks, washers, sorters, and maintenance personnel. UPS thrives on written records, and it has been a leader in using new technology to enhance reliability and effi ciency. Drivers use a computerized clipboard to track everything from miles per gallon to data on parcel delivery. All drivers have daily worksheets that specify performance goals and work output. Technical qualifi cation is the criterion for hiring and promotion. The UPS policy book says the leader is expected to have the knowledge and capacity to justify the position of lead- ership. Favoritism is forbidden. The bureaucratic model works
  • 282. just fi ne at UPS, “the tightest ship in the shipping business.”19 Administrative Principles Another major subfi eld within the classical perspective is known as the adminis- trative principles approach. Whereas scientifi c management focused on the produc- tivity of the individual worker, the administrative principles approach focused on the total organization. The contributors to this approach included Henri Fayol, Mary Parker Follett, and Chester I. Barnard. Henri Fayol (1841–1925) was a French mining engineer who worked his way up to become head of a major mining group known as Comambault. Comambault sur- vives today as part of Le Creusot-Loire, the largest mining and metallurgical group in central France. In his later years, Fayol wrote down his concepts on administration, based largely on his own management experiences.20 In his most signifi cant work, General and Industrial
  • 283. Management, Fayol discussed 14 general principles of management, several of which are part of management phi- losophy today. For example: ▪ Unity of command. Each subordinate receives orders from one—and only one—superior. ▪ Division of work. Managerial work and technical work are amenable to special- ization to produce more and better work with the same amount of effort. ▪ Unity of direction. Similar activities in an organization should be grouped together under one manager. ▪ Scalar chain. A chain of authority extends from the top to the bottom of the orga- nization and should include every employee. Fayol felt that these principles could be applied in any organizational setting. He also identifi ed fi ve basic functions or elements of
  • 284. management: planning, organizing, commanding, coordinating, and controlling. These functions underlie much of the gen- eral approach to today’s management theory. Mary Parker Follett (1868–1933) was trained in philosophy and political science at what today is Radcliffe College. She applied herself in many fi elds, including social psychology and management. She wrote of the importance of common superordinate goals for reducing confl ict in organizations.21 Her work was popular with business- people of her day but was often overlooked by management scholars.22 Follett’s ideas United Parcel Service (UPS) In no va tiv
  • 285. e W ay aaaaaadministrative principles AAAA AAA sssssuubs fi eld of the classical managee--- mmmmmment perspective that focuses oooonon thethe to totaltal or organganizaizatiotion rn rathatherer tttthhatt n the individual worker, ddddd lddeld iine iating hthe management fffufuffuunfu tictions f of l planniing, orga iniz- iiinnnng, comm dandiing, coordidin iating,g, aaaaannd controlling. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 41 Introduction 1 served as a contrast to scientifi c management and are reemerging as applicable for
  • 286. modern managers dealing with rapid changes in today’s global environment. Her approach to leadership stressed the importance of people rather than engineering techniques. She offered the pithy admonition, “Don’t hug your blueprints,” and ana- lyzed the dynamics of management-organization interactions. Follett addressed issues that are timely today, such as ethics, power, and how to lead in a way that encourages employees to give their best. The concepts of empowerment, facilitating rather than con- trolling employees, and allowing employees to act depending on the authority of the situation opened new areas for theoretical study by Chester Barnard and others.23 Chester I. Barnard (1886–1961) stud- ied economics at Harvard but failed to receive a degree because he lacked a course in laboratory science. He went to work in the statistical department of AT&T and in 1927 became president of New Jersey Bell. One of Barnard’s signifi - cant contributions was the concept of the
  • 287. informal organization. The informal orga- nization occurs in all formal organizations and includes cliques and naturally occur- ring social groupings. Barnard argued that organizations are not machines and stressed that informal relationships are powerful forces that can help the organi- zation if properly managed. Another sig- nifi cant contribution was the acceptance theory of authority, which states that peo- ple have free will and can choose whether to follow management orders. People typically follow orders because they per- ceive positive benefi t to themselves, but they do have a choice. Managers should treat employees properly because their acceptance of authority may be criti- cal to organization success in important situations.24 The overall classical perspective as an approach to management was very powerful and gave companies funda- mental new skills for establishing high productivity and effective treatment of
  • 288. employees. Indeed, the United States surged ahead of the world in manage- ment techniques, and other countries, especially Japan, borrowed heavily from American ideas. HUMANISTIC PERSPECTIVE Mary Parker Follett and Chester Barnard were early advocates of a more humanis- tic perspective on management that emphasized the importance of understanding human behaviors, needs, and attitudes in the workplace as well as social interactions and group processes.25 We will discuss three subfi elds based on the humanistic per- spective: the human relations movement, the human resources perspective, and the behavioral sciences approach. hhhhhhhumanistic perspective AAAAAAA management perspective tttthhat emerged near the late nnnnnninn eteenth century and eeeemmpe hasized understanding hhhhhuman behavior, needs, and
  • 289. aaaatttitudes in the workplace. This 1914 photograph shows the initiation of a new arrival at a Nebraska planting camp. This initiation was not part of the formal rules and illustrates the signifi cance of the informal or- ganization described by Barnard. Social values and behaviors were powerful forces that could help or hurt the planting organization depending on how they were managed. FR O M N AT IO N
  • 290. A L A RC H IV ES Mary Parker Follett (1868–1933). Follett was a major contributor to the administrative principles approach to management. Her emphasis on worker participa- tion and shared goals among managers was embraced by many businesspeople of the day and has been recently “rediscov- ered” by corporate America. C O
  • 293. N IV ER SI TY , U K PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT42 Human Relations Movement The human relations movement was based on the idea that truly effective control comes from within the individual worker rather than from strict, authoritarian con- trol.26 This school of thought recognized and directly responded to social pressures for enlightened treatment of employees. The early work on industrial psychology
  • 294. and personnel selection received little attention because of the prominence of scien- tifi c management. Then a series of studies at a Chicago electric company, which came to be known as the Hawthorne studies, changed all that. Beginning about 1895, a struggle developed between manufacturers of gas and electric lighting fi xtures for control of the residential and industrial market.27 By 1909, electric lighting had begun to win, but the increasingly effi cient electric fi xtures used less total power. The electric companies began a campaign to convince industrial users that they needed more light to get more productivity. When advertising did not work, the industry began using experimental tests to demonstrate their argument. Managers were skeptical about the results, so the Committee on Industrial Lighting (CIL) was set up to run the tests. To further add to the tests’ credibility, Thomas Edi- son was made honorary chairman of the CIL. In one test location—the Hawthorne plant of the Western Electric Company—some interesting
  • 295. events occurred. The major part of this work involved four experimental and three control groups. In all, fi ve different tests were conducted. These pointed to the importance of factors other than illumination in affecting productivity. To more carefully examine these fac- tors, numerous other experiments were conducted.28 The results of the most famous study, the fi rst Relay Assembly Test Room (RATR) experiment, were extremely con- troversial. Under the guidance of two Harvard professors, Elton Mayo and Fritz Roethlisberger, the RATR studies lasted nearly six years (May 10, 1927 to May 4, 1933) and involved 24 separate experimental periods. So many factors were changed and so many unforeseen factors uncontrolled that scholars disagree on the factors that truly contributed to the general increase in performance over that time period. Most early interpretations, however, agreed on one thing: Money was not the cause of the increased output.29 It was believed that the factor that
  • 296. best explained increased output was human relations. Employees performed bet- ter when managers treated them in a positive manner. Recent re-analyses of the experiments have revealed that a number of factors were different for the workers involved, and some suggest that money may well have been the single most important factor.30 An interview with one of the original participants revealed that just getting into the experimental group had meant a huge increase in income.31 These new data clearly show that money mattered a great deal at Hawthorne. In addition, worker productiv- ity increased partly as a result of the increased feelings of importance and group pride employees felt by virtue of being selected for this important project.32 One unin- tended contribution of the experiments was a rethinking of fi eld research practices. Researchers and scholars real- ized that the researcher can infl uence the outcome of an experiment by being too closely involved with research subjects. This phenomenon has come to be known as the Hawthorne effect in research methodology. Subjects behaved differently because of the active participation of researchers in the Hawthorne experiments.33
  • 297. From a historical perspective, whether the studies were academically sound is of less importance than the fact that they stimulated an increased interest in look- ing at employees as more than extensions of production FR O M W ES TE R N E LE C TR IC
  • 298. P H O TO G R A PH IC S ER VI C ES This is the Relay Room of the Western Electric Hawthorne, Illinois, plant in 1927. Six women worked in this relay assembly test room during the controversial
  • 299. experiments on employee productivity. Professors Mayo and Roethlisberger evaluated conditions such as rest breaks and workday length, physical health, amount of sleep, and diet. Experimental changes were fully discussed with the women and were abandoned if they disapproved. Gradually the researchers began to realize they had created a change in supervisory style and human relations, which they believed was the true cause of the increased productivity. hhhhhhhuman relations movementtt AAAAAA mA ovement in management ttthhhittt nking and practice that em- pppphapppphap sizsizeses satsatisfisfactactionion of of em emploploy--y eeeeeees’b’ b iasic n deeds a ts thhe kkey t to iiinnnncreased worker productivity. HHHHHawthorne studies A series ooooof experiments on worker pro- dddddductivity begun in 1924 at the HHHHHHawthorne plant of Western EEEEEElectric Company in Illinois;
  • 300. aaaaatttributed employees’ increased ooooouutput to managers’ better treat-- mmmmmmmemenm t of them during tg he study.dy.yy CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 43 Introduction 1 machinery. The interpretation that employees’ output increased when managers treated them in a positive manner started a revolution in worker treatment for improv- ing organizational productivity. Despite fl awed methodology or inaccurate conclu- sions, the fi ndings provided the impetus for the human relations movement. This approach shaped management theory and practice for well over a quarter-century, and the belief that human relations is the best approach for increasing productivity persists today.
  • 301. Before reading on, take the New Manager Self-Test on page 44. This test will give you feedback about how your personal manager frame of reference relates to the human resources and other perspectives described in this chapter. Human Resources Perspective The human relations movement initially espoused a dairy farm view of management— contented cows give more milk, so satisfi ed workers will give more work. Gradually, views with deeper content began to emerge. The human resources perspective main- tained an interest in worker participation and considerate leadership but shifted the emphasis to consider the daily tasks that people perform. The human resources per- spective combines prescriptions for design of job tasks with theories of motivation.34 In the human resources view, jobs should be designed so that tasks are not perceived as dehumanizing or demeaning but instead allow workers to use their full potential. Two of the best-known contributors to the human resources
  • 302. perspective were Abraham Maslow and Douglas McGregor. Abraham Maslow (1908–1970), a practicing psychologist, observed that his patients’ problems usually stemmed from an inability to satisfy their needs. Thus, he generalized his work and suggested a hierarchy of needs. Maslow’s hierarchy started with physiological needs and progressed to safety, belongingness, esteem, and, fi nally, self-actualization needs. Chapter 15 discusses his ideas in more detail. Douglas McGregor (1906–1964) had become frustrated with the early simplis- tic human relations notions while president of Antioch College in Ohio. He chal- lenged both the classical perspective and the early human relations assumptions about human behavior. Based on his experiences as a manager and consultant, his training as a psychologist, and the work of Maslow, McGregor formulated his Theory X and Theory Y, which are explained in Exhibit 2.4.35
  • 303. McGregor believed TakeaMoment E X H I B I T 2 . 4 Theory X and Theory Y Assumptions of Theory X • The average human being has an inherent dislike of work and will avoid it if possible. • Because of the human characteristic of dislike for work, most people must be coerced, controlled, directed, or threatened with punishment to get them to put forth adequate effort toward the achievement of organizational objectives. • The average human being prefers to be directed, wishes to avoid responsibility, has relatively little ambition, and wants security above all. Assumptions of Theory Y • The expenditure of physical and mental effort in work is as natural as play or rest. The average
  • 304. human being does not inherently dislike work. • External control and the threat of punishment are not the only means for bringing about effort toward organizational objectives. A person will exercise self- direction and self-control in the service of objectives to which he or she is committed. • The average human being learns, under proper conditions, not only to accept but to seek responsibility. • The capacity to exercise a relatively high degree of imagination, ingenuity, and creativity in the solution of organizational problems is widely, not narrowly, distributed in the population. • Under the conditions of modern industrial life, the intellectual potentialities of the average human being are only partially utilized. SOURCE: Douglas McGregor, The Human Side of Enterprise (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960), pp. 33–48. hhhhhhhuman resources
  • 305. ppppperspective A management pppperspective that suggests jobs sssshhoshhoulduld be be de desigsignedned to to me meetet hhhhhhigh her-level needs by allowing wwwwwwworw kers to use their full pppppototpopppp ential. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT44 Evolution of Style This questionnaire asks you to describe yourself. For each item, give the number “4” to the phrase that best describes you, “3” to the item that is next best, and on down to “1” for the item that is least like you. 1. My strongest skills are: _____ a. Analytical skills _____ b. Interpersonal skills _____ c. Political skills
  • 306. _____ d. Flair for drama 2. The best way to describe me is: _____ a. Technical expert _____ b. Good listener _____ c. Skilled negotiator _____ d. Inspirational leader 3. What has helped me the most to be successful is my ability to: _____ a. Make good decisions _____ b. Coach and develop people _____ c. Build strong alliances and a power base _____ d. Inspire and excite others 4. What people are most likely to notice about me is my: _____ a. Attention to detail
  • 307. _____ b. Concern for people _____ c. Ability to succeed in the face of confl ict and opposition _____ d. Charisma 5. My most important leadership trait is: _____ a. Clear, logical thinking _____ b. Caring and support for others _____ c. Toughness and aggressiveness _____ d. Imagination and creativity 6. I am best described as: _____ a. An analyst _____ b. A humanist _____ c. A politician _____ d. A visionary
  • 308. INTERPRETATION: New managers typically view their world through one or more mental frames of reference. (1) The structural frame of reference sees the organization as a machine that can be economically effi cient and that provides a man- ager with formal authority to achieve goals. This manager frame became strong during the era of scientifi c management and bureaucratic admin- istration. (2) The human resource frame sees the organization as people, with manager emphasis given to support, empowerment, and belonging. This manager frame gained importance with the rise of the humanistic perspective. (3) The political frame sees the organization as a competition for resources to achieve goals, with manager empha- sis on negotiation and hallway coalition build- ing. This frame refl ects the need within systems theory to have all parts working together. (4) The symbolic frame of reference sees the organization as theater—a place to achieve dreams—with manager emphasis on symbols, vision, culture, and inspira- tion. This manager frame is important for learning organizations.
  • 309. Which frame refl ects your way of viewing the world? The fi rst two frames of reference—structural and human resource—are more important for new managers. These two frames usually are mastered fi rst. As new managers gain experience and move up the organization, they should acquire political skills and also learn to use symbols for communica- tion. It is important for new managers not to be stuck for years in one way of viewing the organiza- tion because their progress may be limited. Many new managers evolve through and master each of the four frames as they become more skilled and experienced SCORING: Higher score represents your way of viewing the organization and will infl uence your management style. Compute your scores as follows: ST " 1a # 2a # 3a # 4a # 5a # 6a " _______ HR " 1b # 2b # 3b # 4b # 5b # 6b " ______ PL " 1c # 2c # 3c # 4c # 5c # 6c " ________
  • 310. SY " 1d # 2d # 3d # 4d # 5d # 6d " ______ SOURCE: © 1988, Leadership Frameworks, 440 Boylston Street, Brookline, MA 02146. All rights reserved. Used with permission. N ew M an ag er Se lf- T es t
  • 311. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 45 Introduction 1 that the classical perspective was based on Theory X assumptions about workers. He also felt that a slightly modifi ed version of Theory X fi t early human relations ideas. In other words, human relations ideas did not go far enough. McGregor proposed Theory Y as a more realistic view of workers for guiding management thinking. Look back at your scores on the questionnaire at the beginning of this chapter related to Theory X and Theory Y. How will your management assumptions about people fi t into an organization today? The point of Theory Y is that organizations can take advantage of the imagination and intellect of all their employees. Employees will exercise self-control and will con-
  • 312. tribute to organizational goals when given the opportunity. A few companies today still use Theory X management, but many are using Theory Y techniques. Consider how hearing-aid maker Oticon applies Theory Y assumptions to tap into employee creativity and mind power. Oticon, a Danish company that made the world’s fi rst digital hearing aid, was once a typical hierarchical organization with a rather stodgy culture. That all changed in the early 1990s, when chief executive Lars Kolind turned everything on its head by throwing out the old struc- tures and controls. Kolind believed workers would be more creative, more productive, and more satisfi ed if they had fewer controls and limitations. Suddenly, employees were free to work on any proj- ect and join any team they chose. There was no hierarchy, no organization charts, no titles, and few rules. Permanent desks were done away with in favor of fi ling cabinets on wheels that people pushed from project to project. Kolind called it “the
  • 313. spaghetti organization” because the company held together without a fi xed structure. Ideas began bubbling up and turning into hot new products, such as a hearing aid that required less adjustment. Productivity increased, and sales and profi ts soared. Some of the old structures were reinstated as the company grew larger and after Kolind left the company. For example, everyone now reports to a direct supervisor, and people no longer have complete freedom to choose projects. New top leaders believe some structure is helpful as long as workers aren’t constrained and burdened by tight controls. The Theory Y spirit survives at Oticon, helping to keep the company an innovation leader.36 Behavioral Sciences Approach The behavioral sciences approach uses scientifi c methods and draws from soci- ology, psychology, anthropology, economics, and other disciplines to develop theories about human behavior and interaction in an organizational setting. This
  • 314. approach can be seen in practically every organization. When IBM conducts research to determine the best set of tests, interviews, and employee profi les to use when selecting new employees, it is using behavioral science techniques. When Best Buy electronics stores train new managers in the techniques of employee motivation, most of the theories and fi ndings are rooted in behavioral science research. One specifi c set of management techniques based in the behavioral sciences approach is organization development (OD). In the 1970s, organization development evolved as a separate fi eld that applied the behavioral sciences to improve the orga- nization’s health and effectiveness through its ability to cope with change, improve internal relationships, and increase problem-solving capabilities.37 The techniques and concepts of organization development have since been broadened and expanded to address the increasing complexity of organizations and the
  • 315. environment, and OD TakeaMoment Oticon Innovative W ay bbbbbbbehavioral sciences approach h AAAAAAA subfi eld of the humanistic mmmmmmanagement perspective that aaaaapppa lies social science in an oooorgo anizational context, drawinggg g ffffrrom economics, psychology, ssssoociology, and other discipliness. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT46 is still a vital approach for managers. OD will be discussed in detail in Chapter 10. Other concepts that grew out of the behavioral sciences approach include matrix
  • 316. organizations, self-managed teams, ideas about corporate culture, and management by wandering around. Indeed, the behavioral sciences approach has infl uenced the majority of tools, techniques, and approaches that managers have applied to organi- zations since the 1970s. All the remaining chapters of this book contain research fi ndings and manage- ment applications that can be attributed to the behavioral sciences approach. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE PERSPECTIVE World War II caused many management changes. The massive and complicated problems associated with modern global warfare presented managerial decision makers with the need for more sophisticated tools than ever before. The management science perspective emerged to address those problems. This view is distinguished for its application of mathematics, statistics, and other quantitative techniques to management deci- sion making and problem solving. During World War II, groups
  • 317. of mathematicians, physicists, and other scientists were formed to solve military problems. Because those problems frequently involved moving massive amounts of materials and large numbers of people quickly and effi ciently, the techniques had obvious applications to large-scale business fi rms.38 Management scholar Peter Drucker’s 1946 book Concept of the Corporation sparked a dramatic increase in the academic study of business and management. Picking up on techniques developed for the military, scholars began cranking out numerous mathematical tools for corporate managers, such as the application of linear pro- gramming for optimizing operations, statistical process control for quality manage- ment, and the capital asset pricing model.39 These efforts were enhanced with the development and perfection of the com- puter. IBM introduced the fi rst automatic, general purpose computer in 1944. It was
  • 318. essentially a calculator with 760,000 parts and 500 miles of wire that took 11 seconds to perform simple division.40 Further developments over the 1950s and 1960s made this new tool increasingly useful as a data processor, reporting system, and data repository for managers.41 Coupled with the growing body of statistical techniques, computers made it possible for managers to collect, store, and process large volumes of data for quantitative decision making.42 Let’s look at three subsets of the manage- ment science perspective. Operations research grew directly out of the World War II military groups (called operational research teams in Great Britain and operations research teams in the United States).43 It consists of mathematical model building and other applications of quan- titative techniques to managerial problems. Operations management refers to the fi eld of management that specializes in the physical production of goods or services. Operations
  • 319. management specialists use quantitative techniques to solve manufacturing problems. Some commonly used methods are forecasting, inventory modeling, linear and nonlinear programming, queuing theory, scheduling, simulation, and break-even analysis. Information technology (IT) is the most recent subfi eld of the management science perspective, which is often refl ected in management information systems. These systems are designed to provide relevant information to managers in a timely and cost-effi cient manner. More recently, information technology within organizations evolved to include intranets and extranets, as well as various software programs that help managers estimate costs, plan and track production, manage projects, allocate resources, or schedule employees. Most of today’s organizations have departments of information technology specialists who use management science techniques to solve complex organizational problems.
  • 320. mmmmmmanagement science ppppperspective A management ppppperspective that emerged aaaaffter World War II and applpp ied mmmmmmatm hematics, statistics, and oooothotho er qua tintit ttatiive t te hchniiques tttootoo t manmanageageriarial pl probroblemlemss. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 47 Introduction 1 RECENT HISTORICAL TRENDS The post–World War II period saw the rise of new concepts, along with a continued strong interest in the human aspect of managing, such as team and group dynamics and other concepts that relate to the humanistic perspective, as described earlier in the chapter. Among the approaches we’ve discussed, the humanistic perspective has
  • 321. remained most prevalent from the 1950s until today. Three new concepts that appeared were systems theory, the contingency view, and total quality management. Systems Theory A system is a set of interrelated parts that function as a whole to achieve a common purpose.44 A system functions by acquiring inputs from the external environment, transforming them in some way, and discharging outputs back to the environ- ment. Exhibit 2.5 shows the basic systems theory of organizations. It consists of fi ve components: inputs, a transformation process, outputs, feedback, and the environment. Inputs are the material, human, fi nancial, or information resources used to produce goods and services. The transformation process is management’s use of production technology to change the inputs into outputs. Outputs include the organization’s products and services. Feedback is knowledge of the results that infl uence the selection of inputs during the next cycle of the
  • 322. process. The envi- ronment surrounding the organization includes the social, political, and economic forces noted earlier in this chapter. Some ideas in systems theory signifi cantly affected management thinking. They include open and closed systems, synergy, and subsystem interdependencies.45 Open systems must interact with the environment to survive; closed systems need not. In the classical and management science perspectives, organizations were frequently thought of as closed systems. In the management science perspective, closed system assumptions—the absence of external disturbances—are sometimes used to simplify problems for quantitative analysis. In reality, however, all organiza- tions are open systems, and the cost of ignoring the environment may be failure. Synergy means that the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. When an orga-
  • 323. nization is formed, something new comes into the world. Management, coordina- tion, and production that did not exist before are now present. Organizational units working together can accomplish more than those same units working alone. The sales department depends on production, and vice versa. E X H I B I T 2 . 5 The Systems View of Organizations ssssssystem A set of interrelated pppparp ts that function as a whole ttttoo achieve a common purpose. sssssystems theory An extensionnn oooofof thethe hu humanmanististicic perperspespectictiveve tttthhatt t describes organizations aaaassass opeopen sn systystemsems ch charaaractecterizrizeded bbbbyy bbyy entroppy, y, syny erggy, y, and sub- sssssyyssyy tem interdeppendence. oooopen system A system that iiinnnnteracts with the external
  • 324. eeeeennvironment. cccclosed system A system ttthhhat does not interact with the eeeeexxternal environment. sssssynergy The concept that the wwwwwwwhole is greater than the sum ooooofofof fo itsi pap rts. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT48 Subsystems depend on one another as parts of a system. Changes in one part of the organization affect other parts. The organization must be managed as a coordi- nated whole. Managers who understand subsystem interdependence are reluctant to make changes that do not recognize subsystem impact on the organization as a whole. Consider Toyota’s highly successful application of the “just-in-time” inven- tory control system, which aims to keep inventory at its lowest.
  • 325. Managers knew that the best way to make the system work was to let employees on the factory fl oor con- trol the fl ow of materials. Thus, the change in production required that the company also make changes in culture and structure. Toyota decentralized decision making so that employees doing the work were empowered to make choices about how to accomplish it. Cultural values were shifted to encourage every employee to think creatively about improving his or her particular piece of the organization and to see problems as opportunities for learning and improving.46 As the example of Toyota shows, when managers learn to think systemically, they have a powerful tool for changing outcomes and improving performance. Systemic thinking means looking both at the distinct elements of a situation and at the inter- action among those elements.47 The fundamental assumption of systemic thinking is that everything in the world affects and is affected by the things around it. For
  • 326. example, all managers know that price, cost, volume, quality, and profi t are all inter- related. Changing one will affect the others. However, most managers tend to think analytically, by breaking things down to their distinct elements. Systemic thinking takes a further step. To think systemically, managers look not only at the distinct parts of a system or situation but also at the interactions among those parts, which are continually changing and affecting each other differently. A systemic thinking process allows managers to get a handle on highly complex problems and situations in a way that analytical thinking cannot. Contingency View A second contemporary extension to management thinking is the contingency view. The classical perspective assumed a universalist view. Management concepts were thought to be universal; that is, whatever worked—leader style, bureaucratic structure—in one organization would work in another. In business education, how-
  • 327. ever, an alternative view exists. In this case view, each situation is believed to be unique. Principles are not universal, and one learns about management by experi- encing a large number of case problem situations. Managers face the task of deter- mining what methods will work in every new situation. To integrate these views the contingency view emerged, as illustrated in Exhibit 2.6.48 Here neither of the other views is seen as entirely correct. Instead, cer- tain contingencies, or variables, exist for helping management identify and under- stand situations. The contingency view tells us that what works in one setting might not work in another. Contingency means that one thing depends on other things and a manager’s response to a situation depends on identifying key contingencies in an organizational situation. E X H I B I T 2 . 6 Contingency View of Management sssssusubsystems Parts of a systemm
  • 328. tttthhat depend on one another forr ttthhhhett ir ffunctioning. sssssystemic thinking SeeSeeinging bbbbbbothh thhe didis itinct lelements fof a sssssiituation and the complex and ccccchhanging interaction among ttthhhose elements. ccccontingency view An exten- sssssiion of the humanistic perspec- tttiiive in which the successful rrrrreesolution of organizational ppppproblems is thought to dependd ooooon managers’ identifi cation of kkkkkey variations in the situation aaaatatat t a hand. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 49 Introduction 1
  • 329. As a new manager, learn to think systemically. Learn to see both the discrete elements of a situation as well as the ever-changing interactions among elements. Identify important contingencies that will help you understand a situation and fi nd good solutions. One important contingency, for example, is the industry in which the organization operates. The organizational structure that is effective for an Internet company such as Google would not be successful for a large auto manufacturer such as Ford. A management- by-objectives (MBO) system that works well in a manufacturing fi rm, in turn, might not be right for a school system. When managers learn to identify important pat- terns and characteristics of their organizations, they can then fi t solutions to those characteristics. Total Quality Management The theme of quality is another concept that permeates current management thinking. The quality movement is
  • 330. strongly associated with Japanese companies, but these ideas emerged partly as a result of American infl uence after World War II. The ideas of W. Edwards Deming, known as the “father of the quality movement,” were initially scoffed at in the United States, but the Japanese embraced his theories and modifi ed them to help rebuild their industries into world powers.49 Japanese compa- nies achieved a signifi cant departure from the American model by gradually shifting from an inspection-oriented approach to quality control toward an approach empha- sizing employee involvement in the prevention of quality problems.50 During the 1980s and into the 1990s, total quality management (TQM), which focuses on managing the total organization to deliver quality to customers, moved to the forefront in helping U.S. managers deal with global competition. The approach infuses quality values throughout every activity within a company, with front- line workers intimately involved in the process. Four sig- nifi cant elements of quality management are employee involvement, focus on the customer, benchmarking, and continuous improvement. Employee involvement means that achieving quality
  • 331. requires companywide participation in quality control. All employees are focused on the customer; companies fi nd out what customers want and try to meet their needs and expectations. Benchmarking refers to a process whereby companies fi nd out how others do something better than they do and then try to imitate or improve on it. Con- tinuous improvement is the implementation of small, incre- mental improvements in all areas of the organization on an ongoing basis. TQM is not a quick fi x, but companies such as General Electric, Texas Instruments, Procter & Gamble, and DuPont achieved astonishing results in effi - ciency, quality, and customer satisfaction through total quality management.51 TQM is still an important part of today’s organizations, and managers consider bench- marking in particular a highly effective and satisfying management technique.52 TakeaMoment C O U R
  • 332. TE SY O F H YU N D A I The inclusion of Hyundai Motor Company’s Elantra SE and Santa Fe in the 2008 top ten autos by Consumer Reports shows how commitment to total quality management can improve a company’s products and market position. When Hyundai entered the U.S. market in 1999, its autos got low quality ratings from consumers. First, managers increased the quality team from 100 to 865 people and held quality seminars
  • 333. to train employees. They also benchmarked products, using vehicle lifts and high-intensity spotlights to compare against competing brands. Committing to continuous improvement, Hyundai delayed several new models to resolve problems. Within fi ve years Hyundai earned quality ratings comparable to Honda and just behind Toyota. ttttotototal quality management ((((TQM) A concept that fffffoocuses on managing the total oooorganization to deliver quality tttoo customers. Four signig fi cant eeeelleee ments of TQM are employeee iiiinnnvolvement,, focus on the cccccuusc tomer, benchmarking, and ccccoononcoc tinuous imprp ovement. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT50 Some of today’s companies pursue highly ambitious quality
  • 334. goals to demonstrate their commitment to improving quality. For example, Six Sigma, popularized by Motor- ola and General Electric, specifi es a goal of no more than 3.4 defects per million parts. However, the term also refers to a broad quality control approach that emphasizes a disciplined and relentless pursuit of higher quality and lower costs. TQM will be discussed in detail in Chapter 18. INNOVATIVE MANAGEMENT THINKING FOR TURBULENT TIMES All of the ideas and approaches discussed so far in this chapter go into the mix that makes up modern management. A recent book on management thinking indicates dozens of ideas and techniques in current use that can trace their roots to these his- torical perspectives.53 In addition, innovative concepts continue to emerge to address management challenges in today’s turbulent world. Organizations experiment with new ways of managing that more adequately respond to the demands of today’s
  • 335. environment and customers. Two recent innovations in management include the shift to a learning organization and managing the technology- driven workplace. The Learning Organization One of the toughest challenges for managers today is to get people focused on adap- tive change to meet the demands of an uncertain and rapidly changing environment. Few problems today come with ready-made solutions, and they require that people throughout the company think in new ways and learn new values and attitudes.54 These needs demand a new approach to management and a new kind of organization. Managers began thinking about the concept of the learning organization after the publication of Peter Senge’s book, The Fifth Discipline: The Art and Practice of Learning Organizations.55 Senge described the kind of changes managers needed to undergo to help their organizations adapt to an increasingly chaotic world. These ideas gradually
  • 336. evolved to describe characteristics of the organization itself. The learning organiza- tion can be defi ned as one in which everyone is engaged in identifying and solv- ing problems, enabling the organization to continuously experiment, change, and improve, thus increasing its capacity to grow, learn, and achieve its purpose. The essential idea is problem solving, in contrast to the traditional organization designed for effi ciency. In the learning organization all employees look for problems, such as understanding special customer needs. Employees also solve problems, which means putting things together in unique ways to meet a customer’s needs. Today’s best managers know that sustained competitive advantage can come only by developing the learning capacity of everyone in the organization. Managing the Technology-Driven Workplace The shift to the learning organization goes hand-in-hand with the current transition to
  • 337. a technology-driven workplace. Today, many employees perform much of their work on computers and may work in virtual teams, connected electronically to colleagues around the world. Even in factories that produce physical goods, machines have taken over much of the routine and uniform work, freeing workers to use more of their minds and abilities. Moreover, companies are using technology to keep in touch with customers and collaborate with other organizations on an unprecedented scale. Supply Chain Management Supply chain management refers to managing the sequence of suppliers and purchasers, covering all stages of processing from obtain- ing raw materials to distributing fi nished goods to consumers.56 Exhibit 2.7 illustrates lllllelelearning organization An ooooorganization in which everyoneee iiisss engaged in identifying and ssssolsools iving p brobllems, enablibling ththe oooorgorganianizatzationion to to co contintinuonuousluslyy
  • 338. eeeeexxpeexxperierimenment,t, impimprovrove,e, andand iiinnncinncreareasese itsits ca capabpabiliilityty. sssssupply chain management MMMMMManaging the sequence of sup--- pppppliers and purchasers, coveringg aaaaalll stages of processing from ooooobtaining raw materials to dis- tttrrributing fi nished goods to fi nall cccccuustomers. CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 51 Introduction 1 a basic supply chain model. A supply chain is a network of multiple businesses and individuals that are connected through the fl ow of products or services.57 Today, many organizations manage the supply chain with sophisticated electronic technology. In
  • 339. the retail industry, Wal-Mart used end-to-end digital supply chain technology as a competitive weapon to expand rapidly in the United States and is now trying to do the same around the world. In India, for example, Wal-Mart managers are investing in an effi cient supply chain that will electronically link farmers and small manufac- turers directly to the stores, maximizing value for both ends.58 Supply chain manage- ment will be discussed in detail in Chapter 19. As a new manager in today’s workplace, be prepared to apply technology as a tool to build relationships with employees, customers, and other organizations and to help employees think and act creatively. Customer Relationship Management One of today’s most popular applications of technology is for customer relationship management. Customer relationship manage- ment (CRM) systems use the latest information technol- ogy to keep in close touch with customers and to collect and manage large amounts of customer data. These data can help employees and managers act on customer
  • 340. insights, make better decisions, and provide superior customer service. For example, when you check in at a Marriott hotel, it is likely that the desk clerk is well aware of your past requests for a king-size bed, non-smoking room, and access to the Internet in your room.59 There has been an explosion of interest in CRM in just a few short years. In the Manager’s Shoptalk on page 35, CRM is the second most used management tool at 84 per- cent. Only 35 percent of companies reported using CRM in 2000. How things have changed! Meeting customer needs and desires is a primary goal for organizations, and using CRM to give customers what they really want provides a tremendous boost to customer service and satisfaction. TakeaMoment Suppliers Manufacturers Flow of Products Distributors Retailers E X H I B I T 2 . 7 Supply Chain for a Retail Organization
  • 341. SOURCE: Adapted from an exhibit from Global Supply Chain Games Project, Delft University and the University of Maryland, R. H. Smith School of Business, http:// www.gscg.org:8080/opencms/export/sites/default/gscg/images/s upplychain_simple.gif (accessed February 6, 2008). © B M W F IN A N C IA L SE RV
  • 343. M ) The BMW subsidiary MINI offers customers a voice in everything from personalizing their credit cards to designing their cars. BMW Financial Services’s MINI Platinum Visa cardholders can customize the MINI image that graces their card by accessing the Web page, shown here. There they can choose from four body styles, 36 different wheels, 21 body colors, and 24 roof options. Similar software allows individuals to customize their actual MINI vehicles. “No two MINIs are exactly alike,” the MINI Web site proclaims. This type of collaborative customer experience is the next step in customer relationship management (CRM), as companies court Internet-savvy Gen X and Gen Y consumers. ccccccustomer relationship
  • 344. mmmmmanagement (CRM) SSSSyysS tems that help companies kkkkeep in close touch with customm-- eeeeerrse , collect and manage customeerrrr r dddddatd a, , and collaborate with cus- ttttoomt ers to provide the most valu-- aaaaablblaba e pproducts and services. http://www.gscg.org:8080/opencms/export/sites/default/gscg/im ages/supplychain_simple.gif http://www.gscg.org:8080/opencms/export/sites/default/gscg/im ages/supplychain_simple.gif PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT52 Outsourcing Information technology has also contributed to the rapid growth of outsourcing, which means contracting out selected functions or activities to other organizations that can do the work more cost effi ciently. Today’s companies are out- sourcing like crazy to free up cash for investment in long-term research and innova- tion. Outsourcing, like supply chain management and CRM,
  • 345. requires that managers not only be technologically savvy but that they learn to manage a complex web of relationships. These relationships might reach far beyond the boundaries of the phys- ical organization; they are built through fl exible e-links between a company and its employees, suppliers, partners, and customers.60 ch2 A MANAGER’S ESSENTIALS: WHAT HAVE WE LEARNED? ▪ An understanding of the evolution of management helps current and future managers appreciate where we are now and continue to progress toward bet- ter management. Elements of various historical approaches go into the mix that makes up modern management. ▪ Three major perspectives on management evolved since the late 1800s: the clas- sical perspective, the humanistic perspective, and the management science perspective. Each perspective encompasses several specialized
  • 346. subfi elds that pro- vided important ideas still relevant in organizations today. ▪ Recent extensions of those perspectives include systems theory, the contingency view, and total quality management. Systemic thinking, which means look- ing not just at discrete parts of a situation but also at the continually changing interactions among the parts, is a powerful tool for managing in a complex environment. ▪ The most recent thinking about organizations was brought about by today’s turbulent times and the shift to a new workplace described in Chapter 1. Many managers are redesigning their companies toward the learning organization, which fully engages all employees in identifying and solving problems. ▪ The shift to a learning organization goes hand-in-hand with the transition to a technology-driven workplace. Important new management
  • 347. approaches include supply chain management, customer relationship management, and outsourc- ing. These approaches require managers to think in new ways about the role of employees, customers, and partners. Today’s best managers value employees for their ability to think, build relationships, and share knowledge, which is quite different from the scientifi c management perspective of a century ago. 1. How do societal forces infl uence the practice and theory of management? Do you think new management techniques are a response to these forces? 2. Based on your experience at work or school, describe some ways in which the principles of scientifi c man- agement and bureaucracy are still used in organiza- tions. Do you believe these characteristics will ever cease to be a part of organizational life? Discuss. 3. A management professor once said that for success- ful management, studying the present was most
  • 348. important, studying the past was next, and studying the future was least important. Do you agree? Why? 4. As organizations become more technology-driven, which do you think will become more impor- tant—the management of the human element of the organization or the management of technol- ogy? Discuss. ch2 DISCUSSION QUESTIONS ooooooutsourcing Contracting outt sssselseelss tect ded ffun tictions or actitivitiities oooofooof o anan orgorganianizatzationion to to ot otherher ooooorrganizations that can do the wwwwwwwoworw k more cost effi ciently.y CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 53 Introduction 1 5. Why do you think Mary Parker Follett’s ideas
  • 349. tended to be popular with business people of her day but were ignored by management scholars? Why are her ideas appreciated more today? 6. Explain the basic idea underlying the contingency view. How would you go about identifying key contingencies facing an organization? 7. Why can an event such as the Hawthorne studies be a major turning point in the history of manage- ment even if the idea is later shown to be in error? Discuss. 8. What does it mean to “think systemically”? How would you apply systemic thinking to a problem such as poor performance in your current academic studies? To a problem with a romantic partner or family member? 9. Do you think management theory will ever be as precise as theories in the fi elds of fi nance, account- ing, or experimental psychology? Why or why not?
  • 350. 10. In the Bain survey of management tools, corporate blogs were used in 30 percent of companies and also have the highest projected growth rates among managers. What might explain this? Do you think corporate blogs will ever become as popular as cus- tomer relationship management systems? Best Manager–Worst Manager Think of two managers you have known—the best and the worst. These managers could be anyone in a formal or informal management position with respect to you, such as a coach, teacher, student club or team leader, a volunteer leader at a church or volunteer group, a boss at work, or a family member. List below the specifi c qualities and behaviors of each manager that made them the best and worst. Best manager qualities and behaviors: ______________ ________________________________________________ Worst manager qualities and behaviors: ____________ ________________________________________________ Now describe the impact of each manager’s behavior
  • 351. on your motivation and performance. How did the manager make you feel, and how did the manager affect the performance of yourself and others in your situation? Were you and others motivated or de-moti- vated, performing at a minimum or maximum? My feelings and performance resulting from best manager: _______________________________________ ________________________________________________ My feelings and performance resulting from worst manager: _______________________________________ ________________________________________________ Your answers to the above questions are data points. What principles of effective management can you infer from the answers? Are differences in the best manager–worst manager behavior and impact related to differences among the classical perspective, human resources perspective, behavioral sciences approach, management science perspective, or the learning organization? Divide into small groups of three to fi ve members. Each person in turn will share your answers with the
  • 352. group. Listen carefully. What are the common quali- ties, behaviors, and outcomes associated with best manager and worst manager across group members? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Based on the analysis, what are three practices the group recommends that managers use to be effective? 1. 2. 3. ch2 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: EXPERIENTIAL EXERCISE The Supervisor Karen Lowry, manager of a social service agency in a midsized city in Illinois, loved to see her employ- ees learn and grow to their full potential. When a rare opening for a supervising clerk occurred, Karen quickly decided to give Charlotte Hines a shot at the job. Charlotte had been with the agency for 17 years and had shown herself to be a true leader. Charlotte
  • 353. ch2 MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE: ETHICAL DILEMMA PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT54 worked hard at being a good supervisor, just as she had always worked hard at being a top-notch clerk. She paid attention to the human aspects of employee problems and introduced modern management tech- niques that strengthened the entire agency. However, the Civil Service Board decided that a promotional exam should be given to fi nd a perma- nent placement for the supervising clerk position. For the sake of fairness, the exam was an open com- petition—anyone, even a new employee, could sign up and take it. The board wanted the candidate with the highest score to get the job but allowed Karen, as manager of the agency, to have the fi nal say-so. Because she had accepted the provisional open- ing and proved herself on the job, Charlotte was upset that the entire clerical force was deemed quali- fi ed to take the test. When the results came back, she was devastated. Charlotte placed twelfth in the fi eld of candidates while one of her newly hired clerks
  • 354. placed fi rst. The Civil Service Board, impressed by the high score, is urging Karen to give the new clerk the permanent supervisory job. Karen wonders whether it is fair to base her decision only on the results of a written test. What Would You Do? 1. Ignore the test. Charlotte has proved herself and deserves the job. 2. Give the job to the candidate with the highest score. You don’t need to make enemies on the Civil Service Board, and, after all, it is an objective way to select a permanent placement. 3. Devise a more comprehensive set of selection criteria—including test results as well as super- visory experience, ability to motivate employees, and knowledge of agency procedures—that can be explained and justifi ed to the board and to employees. SOURCE: Based on Betty Harrigan, “Career Advice,” Working
  • 355. Woman (July 1986): 22–24. ch2 CASE FOR CRITICAL ANALYSIS SIA Corporation In the early years of the new century, it wasn’t hard to see that SIA Corporation couldn’t keep doing busi- ness the old-fashioned twentieth-century way. Chief knowledge offi cer Jerry Seibert fully realized he owed his new position in the newly created knowledge management department to this challenge. Headquartered in the Midwest, SIA was an umbrella organization offering a wide range of insurance products to commercial customers of all sizes throughout the country and, increasingly, to multinational corporations throughout the world. Over the years it had diversifi ed into various types of insurance by absorbing smaller companies until it now consisted of more than 30 separate business units. Each had its own hierarchy, characterized by strong top-down administration and the well- defi ned rules and procedures typical of the insur- ance industry; virtually every employee possessed specialized knowledge about a narrowly defi ned market niche.
  • 356. Upper-level management had given the mat- ter considerable attention and concluded that SIA’s refi ned division of labor into technical specialists needed to give way to a collaborative learning organi- zation, one where employee empowerment and open information made it possible for a single underwriter to be knowledgeable about a variety of products. Jerry’s knowledge management department, housed within human resources, could make a contribution toward this goal. Jerry devised an elegant solution, if he did say so himself. He oversaw the development of software that allowed any SIA employee to post a query, have that question directed only to those employees with rel- evant expertise, and then receive an answer, often in a matter of minutes and usually before the day was out. The only hitch was that hardly anyone was posting queries on the easy-to-use system. Why? Rachel Greenwell, a veteran SIA under- writer, clued him in. Especially after weathering a turbulent period, one that had seen plenty of layoffs in the insurance industry, many employees viewed the restructuring as the fi rst step in a process that would lead to pink slips landing on their desks.
  • 357. Some employees, in fact, saw their own highly spe- cialized knowledge as a kind of job insurance policy. “I know that’s not what your knowledge-sharing efforts are about and that their fears are unfounded,” she reassured him. “But you’ve got about 9,999 other employees who are at least willing to entertain the possibility that sharing what they know isn’t in their best interests.” Questions 1. What are some of the social, political, and eco- nomic forces that are infl uencing SIA’s decision to become a learning organization? CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 55 Introduction 1 ch2 ON THE JOB VIDEO CASE
  • 358. Mitchell Gold ! Bob Williams: The Evolution of Management Thinking Mitchell Gold and Bob Williams, founders of MG # BW, have had the mantra “Break the rules whenever possible!” from the beginning. Following the outdated rules governing the upholstery manufacturing indus- try when they started their company in 1989 would have put them on a path to destruction. Few, if any, management philosophies taking hold in the larger business world were on the minds of manufacturing executives. Industry-wide, supply chain manage- ment and customer service was a joke. Total quality management (TQM), let alone customer resource management (CRM), was nowhere to be found. When a customer placed an order for a custom upholstery couch, a customer service representative (CSR) told the customer the couch would arrive in ten weeks. Ten weeks later, however, the couch wasn’t ready and no one knew when it would be. Rules Broken by MG ! BW Produce Mission-Style Furniture, Not Mission Statements Until recently, furniture manufacturers’ idea of mis-
  • 359. sion was limited to a style of heavy oak furniture. Gold and Williams had a clear sense of how they wanted to run their business, so they wrote it down. Following is a summarized version of the MG # BW mission: ▪ Guarantee comfort. ▪ Minimize costs to ensure price points represent understandable value to customers. ▪ Enforce rigorous standards for quality materials and quality control to achieve no returns and real consumer satisfaction. ▪ Sincerely treat all customers as we want to be treated. ▪ Create styling that we want in our homes—inviting, warm, an oasis of quiet and calm. ▪ Manufacture products in a way that preserves our rich environment for future generations. Make a Profit from Cutting Corners Furniture manufacturers are notorious for skimp-
  • 360. ing on materials whenever possible, especially when the difference might seem imperceptible to custom- ers. For example, many manufacturers use low-cost materials such as soft woods, particleboard, or plastic to construct their frames. MG # BW uses solid kiln- dried hardwoods, logged using sustainable methods, to construct its products. Gold and Williams are con- vinced that using cheap materials only hurts compa- nies in the end. Pay Factory Workers by the Hour To meet delivery promises to customers, MG # BW needed to run a more effi cient operation, so the com- pany instituted an incentive-based pay structure at its Taylorville, North Carolina, factory. Most production is done by hand, so instead of hourly wages, factory employees get paid for each piece they complete. When they work faster, everybody wins. Quality assurance meetings involving representatives from the factory fl oor are held regularly to identify process improvements. 2. If you were a specialist at SIA, how and why would you respond to the proposed changes? What steps would you suggest Jerry take to increase employee
  • 361. utilization of the knowledge-sharing system in par- ticular? How can he encourage SIA employees to share information? 3. What general obstacles would you foresee in a company such as SIA trying to make the transition from a hierarchical, or bureaucratic, to a learning organization? What are some general measures managers can take to smooth the way? SOURCES: Based on Megan Santosus, “Case Files: CNA Underwriting Knowledge,” CIO Magazine (September 1, 2002): http://www.cio.com/ archive/090102/underwriting.html; and Eric Lesser and Laurence Prusak, “Preserving Knowledge in an Uncertain World,” MIT Sloan Management Review (Fall 2001): 101–102. http://www.cio.com/archive/090102/underwriting.html http://www.cio.com/archive/090102/underwriting.html
  • 362. PART 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT56 Casino Martin Scorcese’s fi lm is a lengthy, complex, and beautifully photographed study of Las Vegas gam- bling casinos and their organized crime connections during the 1970s. It completes his trilogy that includes Mean Streets (1973) and Goodfellas (1990).1 Ambition, greed, drugs, and sex destroy the mob’s gambling empire. The fi lm includes strong performances by Robert De Niro, Joe Pesci, and Sharon Stone. The vio- lence and the expletive-fi lled dialogue give Casino its R rating. Organizational Form This scene is part of “The Truth about Las Vegas” sequence that appears early in the fi lm. It follows the scenes of the casino deceiving the Japanese gambler. The scene starts with a close-up of Sam “Ace” Rothstein (Robert De Niro) standing between his two casino executives (Richard Amalfi tano and Richard F. Strafella). In a voice-over narration he says, “In Vegas, everybody’s gotta watch everybody else.” The scene ends after Rothstein describes the former cheaters
  • 363. who monitor the gambling fl oor with binoculars. The fi lm continues with the introduction of Ginger (Sharon Stone). What to Watch for and Ask Yourself ▪ Which organizational form discussed in this chap- ter best fi ts this scene from Casino? ▪ Apply Fayol’s principles of management to this scene. Which ones appear in the scene? Give exam- ples from the scene of what you see. ▪ Compare the Theory X and Theory Y assumptions shown in Exhibit 2.4 to this scene. Which assump- tions appear in this scene from Casino? 1 J. Craddock, ed., VideoHound’s Golden Movie Retriever (Detroit, MI: Gale Cengage Learning, 2008), p. 182. ch2 BIZ FLIX VIDEO CASE Full Employee Benefits Are Optional By industry standards, MG # BW’s approach to bene-
  • 364. fi ts is pretty unusual. Apparently, offering full benefi ts to employees and generous benefi ts to spouses, part- ners, and other family members is downright radical. For its employees, MG # BW also built a health- conscious café, a gym and indoor walking track, and the fi rst on-site daycare ever to exist in the furniture industry. College scholarships are awarded annually to the employees’ children as well. Cater to the Masses Uninterested in catering to the lowest common denominator, MG # BW was the fi rst in its indus- try to target a niché market. Gold loves to say, “Our emphasis is on taking care of a small and highly select number of customers extremely well.” Strategic Alliances Are for Countries To reach its customers, MG # BW blazed new trails in channel strategy, starting with a deal to produce private-label furniture for Pottery Barn. Additional partners include Crate & Barrel, Restoration Hard- ware, Chambers (catalog), and more. Thanks to another strategic coup, the W Hotels furnish their rooms with MG # BW’s furniture, too.
  • 365. Gold and Williams have become the Couch Kings. The competition tries to play by their rules now. As they celebrate 20 years in business and $100 million in sales, it seems their renegade methods have paid off. Discussion Questions 1. How does the humanistic perspective apply to MG # BW’s treatment of employees? 2. How does MG # BW’s approach to manage- ment refl ect thinking about open systems and contingencies? 3. In what ways does MG # BW practice total quality management? CHAPTER 2 THE EVOLUTION OF MANAGEMENT THINKING 57 Introduction 1
  • 366. This questionnaire is from William 1. Pfeiffer and John E. Jones, eds., “Supervisory Attitudes: The X–Y Scale,” The 1972 Annual Handbook for Group Facilitators (New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1972), pp. 65–68. This material is used by permission of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. The X–Y scale was adapted from an instru- ment developed by Robert N. Ford of AT&T for in-house manager training. Eric Abrahamson, “Management 2. Fashion,” Academy of Management Review 21, no. 1 (January 1996): 254–285. Also see “75 Years of Management Ideas and Practice,” a supplement to the Harvard Busi- ness Review (September–October 1997), for a broad overview of historical trends in management thinking. Daniel A. Wren,3. The Evolution of Management Thought, 4th ed. (New York: Wiley, 1994). Much of
  • 367. the discussion of historical forces comes from Arthur M. Schlesinger, Political and Social History of the United States, 1829–1925 (New York: Macmillan, 1925); and Homer C. Hockett, Political and Social History of the United States, 1492–1828 (New York: Macmillan, 1925). Based on Stephanie Armour, “Gen-4. eration Y: They’ve Arrived at Work with a New Attitude,” USA Today (November 6, 2005): www.usatoday .com/money/workplace/2005-11-06 -gen-y_x.htm; and Marnie E. Green, “Beware and Prepare: The Govern- ment Workforce of the Future,” Pub- lic Personnel Management (Winter 2000): 435ff. Aziz Hannifa, “India, China Growth 5. Dominates World Bank Meet,” India Abroad (New York edition), Novem- ber 2, 2007. Thomas Petzinger, Jr., “So Long 6. Supply and Demand,” The Wall Street Journal, January 1, 2000.
  • 368. Study reported in Phred Dvorak, 7. “Why Management Trends Quickly Fade Away (Theory and Practice column), The Wall Street Journal, June 26, 2006. See Keith Leslie, Mark A. Loch, and 8. William Schaninger, “Managing Your Organization by the Evidence,” McKinsey Quarterly, Issue 3 (2006); Thomas H. Davenport, Laurence Prusak, and H. James Wilson, What’s the Big Idea? Creating and Capital- izing on the Best New Management Thinking (Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 2003); Daniel James Rowley, “Resource Reviews,” Acad- emy of Management Learning and Education 2, no. 3 (2003): 313–321; Jane Whitney Gibson, Dana V. Tesone, and Charles W. Blackwell, “Management Fads: Here Yesterday, Gone Today?” SAM Advanced Man- agement Journal (Autumn 2003): 12–17; David Collins, Management
  • 369. Fads and Buzzwords: Critical- Practices Perspective, (London, UK: Routledge, 2000); Timothy Clark, “Management Research on Fashion: A Review and Evaluation,” Human Relations 54, no. 12 (2001): 1650– 1661; Brad Jackson, Management Gurus and Management Fashions (London: Routledge, 2001); Patrick Thomas, Fashions in Management Research: An Empirical Analysis (Aldershot, UK: Ashgate, 1999). Daniel A. Wren, “Management His-9. tory: Issues and Ideas for Teaching and Research,” Journal of Manage- ment 13 (1987): 339–350. Business historian Alfred D. Chan-10. dler, Jr., quoted in Jerry Useem, “Entrepreneur of the Century,” Inc. (20th Anniversary Issue, 1999): 159–174. Useem, “Entrepreneur of the 11. Century.” The following is based on Wren,12. Evolution of Management Thought,
  • 370. Chapters 4, 5; and Claude S. George, Jr., The History of Manage- ment Thought (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1968), Chapter 4. Cynthia Crossen, “Early Industry 13. Expert Soon Realized a Staff Has Its Own Effi ciency,” The Wall Street Journal, November 6, 2006. Alan Farnham, “The Man Who 14. Changed Work Forever,” Fortune (July 21, 1997): 114; Charles D. Wrege and Ann Marie Stoka, “Cooke Creates a Classic: The Story Behind F. W. Taylor’s Principles of Scientifi c Management,” Academy of Management Review (October 1978): 736–749; Robert Kanigel, The One Best Way: Frederick Winslow Taylor and the Enigma of Effi ciency (New York: Viking, 1997); and “The X and Y Factors: What Goes Around Comes Around,” special section in “The New Organisation: A Survey of the Company,” The Economist
  • 371. (January 21–27, 2006): 17–18. Quoted in Ann Harrington, “The 15. Big Ideas,” Fortune (November 22, 1999): 152–154. Wren,16. Evolution of Management Thought, 171; and George, History of Management Thought, 103–104. Gary Hamel, “The Why, What, and 17. How of Management Innovation,” Harvard Business Review (February 2006): 72–84; Peter Coy, “Cog or Co- Worker?” BusinessWeek (August 20 & 27, 2007): 58–60. Max Weber,18. General Economic History, trans. Frank H. Knight (London: Allen & Unwin, 1927); Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, trans. Talcott Parsons (New York: Scribner, 1930); and Max Weber, The Theory of Social and Economic Organizations, ed. and trans. A. M. Henderson and Talcott Parsons (New York: Free Press, 1947). Kelly Barron, “Logistics in Brown,” 19.
  • 372. Forbes (January 10, 2000): 78–83; Scott Kirsner, “Venture Vérité: United Parcel Service,” Wired (Sep- tember 1999): 83–96; “UPS,” The Atlanta Journal and Constitution, April 26, 1992; and Kathy Goode, Betty Hahn, and Cindy Seibert, “United Parcel Service: The Brown Giant” (unpublished manuscript, Texas A&M University, 1981). Henri Fayol,20. Industrial and General Administration, trans. J. A. Coubrough (Geneva: Interna- tional Management Institute, 1930); Henri Fayol, General and Industrial Management, trans. Constance Storrs (London: Pitman and Sons, 1949); and W. J. Arnold et al., Business- Week, Milestones in Management (New York: McGraw-Hill, vol. I, 1965; vol. II, 1966). Mary Parker Follett,21. The New State: Group Organization: The